Ehe 07

Electromagnetic Field, Health and
Environment
Proceedings of EHE07
Edited by
Andrzej Krawczyk
Central Institute for Labour Protection, Department of Bioelectromagnetics,
Warsaw, Poland
Roman Kubacki
Military University of Technology, Warsaw, Poland
Sawomir Wiak
Technical University of Lodz, Institute of Mechatronics and
Information Systems, Lodz, Poland
and
Carlos Lemos Antunes
University of Coimbra, Electrical Engineering Department,
Coimbra, Portugal
Amsterdam Berlin Oxford Tokyo Washington, DC

2008 The authors and IOS Press.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,
or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission from the publisher.
ISBN 978-1-58603-860-1
Library of Congress Control Number: 2008926255
Publisher
IOS Press
Nieuwe Hemweg 6B
1013 BG Amsterdam
Netherlands
fax: +31 20 687 0019
e-mail: order@iospress.nl
Distributor in the UK and Ireland Distributor in the USA and Canada

Gazelle Books Services Ltd. IOS Press, Inc.
White Cross Mills 4502 Rachael Manor Drive
Hightown Fairfax, VA 22032
Lancaster LA1 4XS USA
United Kingdom fax: +1 703 323 3668
fax: +44 1524 63232 e-mail: iosbooks@iospress.com
e-mail: sales@gazellebooks.co.uk
LEGAL NOTICE
The publisher is not responsible for the use which might be made of the following information.
PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment v
A. Krawczyk et al. (Eds.)
IOS Press, 2008
2008 The authors and IOS Press. All rights reserved.
Introductory Remarks
The book mirrors the image of the EHE07 conference (2nd International Conference
on Electromagnetic Fields, Health and Environment) which was held in Wroclaw, Po-
land, 1012 September 2007. The conference, the second in chain of EHE confer-
ences the first one, EHE06, was held on April 2729, 2006 on Madeira Island, Por-
tugal gathered engineers, biologists and physicists dealing with bioelectromagnetic
problems, i.e. it attracted people investigating the phenomenon of interaction of elec-
tromagnetic field and biological objects. The problem is of great importance as the
number of sources of electromagnetic field has increased dramatically in the last dec-
ades and still keeps growing. Both producers of electromagnetic energy and its con-
sumers want to produce and to consume more and more energy, the first group because
of commercial benefits while the second one because of their quality of life. And,
somewhere aside there are groups of ecologists, journalists, medical doctors, who sus-
pect, correctly or not, that electromagnetic field can interfere with living creatures. For
many years has the discussion about these interactions lasted, and many scientific con-
ferences have witnessed numerous emotional disputes. Because of the nature of non-
ionizing radiation, i.e. because its effect in human is reversible and hardly measured
inside, all the debates, and relevant discussions are very emotional and do not leave
much place for scientific arguments. The ambiguity around bioelectromagnetism is
especially seen in mass-media, where, almost every day, completely unfounded facts
are revealed only evoking anxiety among people.
It seems to us that such book as you have in your hands, conferences as EHE, and
many other similar scientific events, as well as series of books and scientific journals
try to enlighten the problem with the use of scientifically founded facts. Of course, the
discussion among scientists can be, and very often is, fierce and long-lasting, but all is
carried out and kept within methodological discipline, which does not allow to go no-
where.
The particular targets of the book can be briefly summarized as reviewing, present-
ing and discussing innovations in Computer Modelling, Measurement and Simulation
of Bioelectromagnetic Phenomena, analysing physical and biological aspects of Bio-
electromagnetic Phenomena, and discussing Environmental Safety and Policy issues as
well as relevant International Standards.
To make some order in reading the book, all the contributions are divided into 5
chapters which are named as follows:
1. Electromagnetic Field & Environment,
2. Electromagnetic Field & Health,
3. Electromagnetic Field & Biology,
4. Computer Simulation in Bioelectromagnetics,
5. Electromagnetic Field in Policy and Standards.
Three contributions are behind the above categorization and foreword the volume:
the first contribution shows the brief essay on Heinrich Rudolf Hertz on the occasion of
his 150 birth anniversary, the second summarizes the long-lasting research in magnetic
vi
stimulation and bioimaging and the third one considers some theoretical aspects of
electromagnetic field.
We, the Editors of the volume, as well as all the authors whose contributions are
the essence of the book, are convinced that all those who read it can find the subjects
they are interested in.
Editors:
Andrzej Krawczyk
Roman Kubacki
Sawomir Wiak
Carlos Lemos Antunes
vii
Contents
Introductory Remarks v
Andrzej Krawczyk, Roman Kubacki, Sawomir Wiak and Carlos Lemos Antunes
General Papers
Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz on His

150th Birth Anniversary 3
Agnieszka Byliniak and Andrzej Krawczyk
New Horizon in Biomagnetics and Bioimaging 8
Shoogo Ueno
Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon 18
Anthony H.J. Fleming
Chapter 1. Electromagnetic Field and Environment
Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz 300 GHz

Electromagnetic Fields Exposure in Poland 27
Halina Anioczyk
Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect Related to Operation of
Computer Monitors 32
Karol Bednarek
Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines with Variable
Frequency 38
Felipe Daz, Fabin Dniz and Guillermo Hernndez
Measurement of Electromagnetic Fields in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV
Substation Power (Gran Canaria Island, Spain) 43
Fabin Dniz, Felipe Daz, Antonio Pulido and Miguel Martnez
Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead Transmission Line in Urban
Utilities Corridor 47
Mrio L. Pereira Filho and Jos Roberto Cardoso
Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line 53
Cihan Guneser, Ozge Sahin and Hacer Sekerci Oztura
Improvement of Electromagnetic Compatibility an Electro-Energetic Network
with Converter Power Supply System and Their Influence for Environmental
Protection 58
Zygmunt Szymanski
viii
Chapter 2. Electromagnetic Field and Health
Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures 67

M. Filomena Botelho, A. Cristina Santos, M. Carmo Lopes, Marta Pinto,
Isabel Carreira, Ins Aleixo, Ins Rolo, Lus Neves, Ricardo Costa,
Rosemeyre Cordeiro, Cludia Ferreira, Gilberto Almeida, Hugo Tavares,
Joana Marques, Joo Castro and M. Joo Brtolo
Influence of Static Electric Field Generated Nearby High Voltage Direct Current
Transmission Lines on Hormonal Activity of Experimental Animals 72
Grzegorz Cieslar, Pawe Sowa, Beata Kos-Kudla and Aleksander Sieron
Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals 79
Agnieszka Duraj and Andrzej Krawczyk
Neurophysiological Investigations of Retinas Function and Evoked Activity of
Central Visual Structures Under Microwave Irradiation 86
E.N. Panakhova, T.M. Agayev, A.A. Mekhdiyev and A.A. Sadiyeva
Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation 92
Bartosz Sawicki, Robert Szmuro, Przemysaw Ponecki, Jacek Starzyski,
Stanisaw Wincenciak and Andrzej Rysz
Immunotropic Influence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation and Microwaves
Applied Sequentially on Human Blood Mononuclear Cells in vitro 98
W. Stankiewicz, M.P. Dbrowski, A. Cheda, E. Nowosielska,
J. Wrembel-Wargocka, R. Kubacki, M. Janiak and S. Szmigielski
Chapter 3. Electromagnetic Field and Biology
Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to Electromagnetic

Fields 105
Dana Dabala, Didi Surcel, Csabo Szanto, Simona Miclaus,
Mariana Botoc, S. Toader and O. Rotaru
Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study 110
A.H.J. Fleming, E.B. Bauer, R. Bergeron, M. Dahle and J. Enge
Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables 116
Taiki Hori, Koji Fujiwara, Yoshiyuki Ishihara, Toshiyuki Todaka and
Masao Nakajima
Mutagenicity and Co-Mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field in Yeast Cells 122
Masateru Ikehata, Sachiko Yoshie, Sachi Matsumoto, Yuji Suzuki and
Toshio Hayakawa
Model for Investigation of Microwave Energy Absorbed by Young and Mature
Living Animals 126
Roman Kubacki, Jaromir Sobiech and Edward Sdek
A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues to
Radiofrequency Fields 133
Simona Miclu and Mihaela Rcuciu
ix
Non-Thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects on Vegetal Tissue

Developed from Exposed Seeds 142
Mihaela Rcuciu, Simona Miclu and Dorina E. Creang
Chapter 4. Computer Simulation in Bioelectromagnetics
Three-Dimensional Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting

Screens 151
Piergiorgio Alotto, Massimo Guarnieri, Federico Moro and Roberto Turri
The Influence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefficient in the Biological Object 157
Katarzyna Ciosk and Andrzej Krawczyk
A Transmission Line Scale Model for Characterizing Electric and Magnetic Fields 162
Jaime Estacio, Adolfo Escobar, Guillermo Aponte and Hctor Cadavid
Reducing Computational Time in Obtaining 3D Magnetic Field Distributions
Emanated from Very High Voltage Power Lines 168
Carlos Lemos Antunes, Jos Ceclio and Hugo Valente
LMAT_SIMAG The Magnetic Field Numerical Calculator of the Package
LMAT_SIMX for Very High Voltage Power Lines 176
Carlos Lemos Antunes, Jos Ceclio and Hugo Valente
Montecarlo Evaluation of Long Term Exposure to ELF Magnetic Fields from
Independent Power Lines 188
Giovanni Lucca
Medical Image Segmentation Hybrid Algorithm Based on Otsu Method and
Markov Random Fields 198
R. Ludwiczuk and P. Mikolajczak
The Influence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage at
Cardiac Pacemaker Implanted into Human Body Model 207
Arkadiusz Miaskowski, Andrzej Krawczyk, Andrzej Wac-Wlodarczyk and
Yoshiyuki Ishihara
Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance Using
an Alternative Human Head Model 213
Maia Sauren, Raymond J. McKenzie and Robert L. McIntosh
Finite Element Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human
Body by Using Quasi-Static Zooming 221
Riccardo Scorretti, Le Ha Hoang, Nel Burais and Alain Nicolas
Chapter 5. Electromagnetic Field in Standards and Policy
Electromagnetic Fields Measurements Methods and Accuracy Estimation 229

Pawel Bienkowski
Cardio-Vascular Homeostasis and Changes in Geomagnetic Field, Estimated by
Dst-Index 238
S. Dimitrova
x
Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation 244

Fryderyk Lewicki
A Verification of Quality and Efficiency of Therapeutical System Using
Electromagnetic Field 249
Mira Lisiecka-Bieanowicz, Andrzej Krawczyk and Adam Lusawa
Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator and UMTS Telephones Interaction 255
Anna Plawiak-Mowna and Andrzej Krawczyk
Finishing the German Mobile Telecommunication Research Programme (DMF) 260
Blanka Pophof, Monika Asmuss, Cornelia Baldermann, Anne Dehos,
Dirk Geschwentner, Michaela Kreuzer, Christiane Plzl,
Gunde Ziegelberger and Rdiger Matthes
The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound on SAR Values of RF Phones 264
Igor V. Smirnov
Assessment of the Results of Tightening the Regulations in the Scope of
Protecting the Environment Against the Effects of Electromagnetic Fields
with a Frequency of 50 Hz 269
Marek Szuba
Author Index 277

General Papers
This page intentionally left blank
Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment 3
IOS Press, 2008
Some Remarks on Life and Achievements

of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz on His 150th
Birth Anniversary
Agnieszka BYLINIAK, Andrzej KRAWCZYK
Central Institute for Labour Protection National Research Institute, Warsaw, Poland
Abstract. In this paper a biographical draft of an eminent German physicist,

Heinrich Rudolf Hertz, has been presented. His tremendous contribution to the
development of the science of electromagnetism has been underlined with special
attention paid to the experimental verification of the crucial and turning point
James Clark Maxwell theory.
Keywords. Heinrich Rudolph Hertz, electromagnetic wave, wireless

communication
Introduction
It seems to be an undisputable fact that Heinrich Hertz (1857-1894), a German scientist

and engineer, was an undoubted hero of the history of electromagnetism, and speaking
precisely, its application to telecommunication. Looking at the photograph of the
scientist (Figure 1) one can see a face of a noble and solemn man! One should be
surprised to hear that he was only 37 at the time of his death. His creative attainments
realised in such a short time, and additionally interfered with numerous and serious
illnesses, might become a fascinating topic for those who are interested in plumbing the
mysteries of human potential.
Figure 1. Heinrich Rudolph Hertz
____________________________________
Corresponding Author: Andrzej Krawczyk, Central Institute for Labour Protection - National Research
Institute, Czrniakowska 16, 00-701 Warszawa, poland, e-mail: ankra@ciop.pl
4 A. Byliniak and A. Krawczyk / Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz
1. Short Biography
As a schoolboy he had already revealed a distinguishing capabilities not only in

sciences but in humanities as well. He read Plato and Greek tragedies in their original
versions. He also willingly quoted Homer and Dante, as one of his biographers states
[1]. He also studied other subjects with great passion; he shone at practical activities
during which demonstrated his avocation for modelling, sketching or for very tangible
occupations like carpentry or turnery. There is an anecdote referring to this: a craftsman
instructing him in turnery once exclaimed having learnt about his professorship
nomination: What a great pity but that boy could have become a turner worth his salt.
Perhaps his passion for practical occupations contributed to his future decision of
taking up engineering and studies at Dresden Technical University. However, he soon
recognised that his true love was physics, and not technical subjects, so he moved to
Berlin University where for several years- he studied physics with such great
scientists as Gustav Kirchoff (1824-1887) and Hermann von Helmholtz (1821-1894).
This latter one soon appreciated that young mans talent and intellectual capabilities.
Young Hertz is appointed a difficult problem to be solved, namely he was supposed to
determine the mass of electrical carriers. The young scientist made the original
instruments necessary for carrying out the experiment by himself. In 1879 he received
an award from the department of philosophy both for the successful experiment and
dissertation. A year later he is happy with another success. It is his theoretical
dissertation on rotating balls in electromagnetic field for which he is admitted his PhD
being only 23 years old (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Title page of Hertzs doctors dissertation
Soon, at the age of 28, he receives the chair of physics at Karlsruhe Technical
University where, for the first time, he experimentally confirms the existence of
electromagnetic waves predicted twenty years earlier by a Scottish scientist John Clerk
Maxwell. The year 1888 is an essential date for Hertz as then he finally verifies
A. Byliniak and A. Krawczyk / Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz 5
Maxwells theoretical considerations on electromagnetic field. In his laboratory Hertz

constructed all by himself a transmitting and receiving system. The source of
electrical oscillations was an oscillator, and the receiver a resonator (Figure 3).
Placing the resonator in different positions he managed to measure the length of
electromagnetic waves. He also determined their speed it turned out that it was close
to that theoretically computed by Maxwell and equals ca. 300 000km/s. The results of
the experiment became the evidence of the existence of electromagnetic wave that
travels in a vacuum with the light speed.
Figure 3 Hertzs experiment: up setup, down - scheme
One should regret very much that Hertz was not able to properly appreciate the results
of his experiment. There is again an anecdote referring to it. Once his students at the
University of Bonn were impressed, and wondered what use might be made of this
marvelous phenomenon. Hertz explained It's of no use whatsoever; this is just an
experiment that proves Maestro Maxwell was right, we just have these mysterious
electromagnetic waves that we cannot see with the naked eye. But they are there. One
of his students insisted: So, what next?. Hertz shrugged and modestly answered:
Nothing, I guess. Fortunately, his contemporaries did not share his skepticism. The
English mathematical physicist, Oliver Heaviside (1850 1925), said in 1891: Three
years ago, electromagnetic waves were nowhere. Shortly afterward, they were
everywhere. Guglielmo Marconi (1874 - 1937) in his youth read the Hertz article and
it inspired him immediately to use Hertz's spark oscillator for signaling. And he
realized this idea in introducing radio transmission.
In his sequential works Hertz examined properties of electromagnetic waves. In
his experiments he gave evidence for optical properties of electromagnetic waves, i.e.
6 A. Byliniak and A. Krawczyk / Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz
for their ability to travel along straight lines, as well as for their refraction and
polarization.
2. Death and afterwards
That interesting and happy period of Hertzs life did not last long. Since 1889, when he
took up his important post at the chair of Bonn University, he started having serious
health problems. Initially the symptoms did not interfere much with his scientific work;
however, while becoming more and more serious, they caused that he gave up his
research, resigned from his post, stopped conducting university lectures, and they
finally led to his too early death. Heinrich Hertz died of blood poisoning on 1 January
1894 in Bonn, and has been buried in the Jewish cemetery in Ohlsdorf, Hamburg,
Germany (Fig.4).
When Hertz died in Bonn, Germany, in 1894, Sir Oliver Lodge (1851 -1940),
British physicist and writer, gave Hertz credit for accomplishing what the great English
physicists of the time were unable to do. It was not hard to give Hertz credit. Not only
had he established the validity of Maxwell's theorems, he had done so with a winning
modesty. And it is worth quoting the passage from one eulogists funeral speech: ...he
was a noble man who had the singular good fortune to find many admirers, but none to
hate or envy him; those who came into personal contact with him were struck by his
modesty and charmed by his amiability [3].
Figure 4 Hertzs grave and his signature
Heinrich Hertzs experiments confirmed the existence of electromagnetic waves

which travel in the air at a very high speed. It is the discovery without which one
cannot imagine contemporary telecommunication. Radio, TV, cellular phones and all
other kinds of telecommunication equipment would lose their raison detre without this
knowledge introduced to the scientific culture by the hero of our essay. His
contribution to the scientific heritage was acknowledged by the international society.
His name was given to the frequency unit Hertz (Hz). IEC took the decision in 1930.
A. Byliniak and A. Krawczyk / Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz 7
References
[1] Susskind, Charles, "Heinrich Hertz : a short life". San Francisco Press, 1995
[2] http://www.sparkmuseum.com/hertz.htm
[3] http://www.wsone.com/fecha/hertz.htm
8 Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment
IOS Press, 2008
New Horizon in Biomagnetics and

Bioimaging
Shoogo UENO1
Department of Applied Quantum Physics, Graduate School of Engineering,
Kyushu University, Fukuoka 812-8581 Japan
Abstract. New developments in the fields of biomagnetics and bioimaging have

enabled the non-invasive brain-function measurement and localization of several
human brain functions such as cognition, memory and learning. At the same time
new biophysical phenomena such as cell and macromolecular alignment under
strong magnetic fields and cancer therapies via magnetic nanoparticles and
hyperthermia have opened new paths for biomedical engineering, cancer and
immunological treatment. This paper presents a review on the recent work of our
group in the topics of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI), magnetoencephalography (MEG), cancer therapy and
cell orientation.
Keywords. electromagnetic field, biomagnetism, magnetotherapy, magnetic

resonance imaging, transcranial magnetic stimulation.
Introduction
Biomagnetics is a multidisciplinary research field that studies the interactions between

living organisms and magnetism. It combines a wide range of disciplines from
medicine and biology to physics and engineering to investigate the principles of
interaction between biological cells and macromolecules while dealing with the
repercussions and possible applications arising from these principles. As an example of
these applications there are the localized and vectorial transcranial magnetic
stimulation (TMS), the development of bioimaging technologies such as functional
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and magnetoencephalography (MEG), the
alignment of diamagnetic cells for tissue regeneration, and innovative cancer therapies.
The TMS has enabled us to obtain non-invasive functional mapping of the human brain
[2,3] and has therapeutic effects for several diseases such as mental illnesses, ischemia,
and cancer [4-10].
On the other hand, MRI and MEG enabled us to identify the locations of human brain
functions [11] but, despite these new technologies, it is still difficult to understand the
dynamics of brain functions, which include millisecond-level changes in functional
regions and dynamic relations between brain neuronal networks (Figure 1). It is for
1
Corresponding Author: Shoogo Ueno, Graduate School of Engineering, Kyushu University, 6-10-1
Hakozaki, Higashi-ku, Fukuoka, 812-8581 Japan, Email: ueno@athena.ap.kyushu-u.ac.jp
S. Ueno / New Horizon in Biomagnetics and Bioimaging 9
these reasons that we are also developing new bioimaging methods to visualize
neuronal electrical activities and electrical conductivities in the brain [12-15].
On the cell manipulation and medical engineering front, we make use of the
technological advances in superconducting magnets to study diamagnetic forces on
biological macromolecules and cells. This diamagnetic force causes magnetic
orientation of macromolecules and cells, which has potential applications in
regenerative medicine [16,17].
In this paper, recent advances in biomagnetics and bioimaging for medical applications
are reviewed and discussed based on the results obtained mainly in our laboratory.
6
10
3
10 Magnetic Stimulation
Magnetic Flux Density (T)
of the Heart ( =1ms)

Parting of Water
Magnetic Orientation Magnetic Stimulation
1 MRI Magnet of the Brain ( =0.1ms)
Blood Flow Change via
Magnetophosphene Magnetic Stimulation
-3 of Sensory Nerves
10 Ca
2+
Release
Earth ELF
-6 Consumer Electronics
10 Magnetic Storm
Urban Magnetic Fields Hyperthermia
-9 Lung (MPG)
10
Heart (MCG) Mobile Telephone
-12 Brain (MEG)
10 Evoked Fields
SQUID
Brain Stem
Sensitivity
-15
10 3 6 9
DC 1 10 10 10
Frequency of Magnetic Field

(Hz)
Figure 1. Various biomagnetic phenomena observed at different frequencies and magnetic field intensities
1. Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation
In transcranial magnetic stimulation a pulse of a strong magnetic field is used to

generate eddy currents and stimulate the brain or the nervous system. However, when
using a single coil to do it, the area of stimulation is not well defined. We therefore
devised a method of localized brain stimulation using a figure-eight coil [2] (see Figure
2). When a strong electric current is applied to a figure-eight coil over the head for 0.1
ms, a pulsed magnetic field of 1 T is produced. To confirm the better localization of the
stimuli using this method, we calculated the spatial distributions of the eddy currents
using the finite-element method [4] for figure-eight and circular coils of 50, 75, 100
and 125 mm. The brain surface under the intersection of the figure-eight coil exhibited
high current density whereas the circular coils induced more widespread eddy currents,
which makes of the figure eight coil a more precise and accurate tool.
10 S. Ueno / New Horizon in Biomagnetics and Bioimaging
TMS is a useful method both to examine non-invasively brain functions and to operate
biological changes. In particular, it is convenient to examine dynamic brain function
without causing any pain, producing so-called virtual lesions for a short period of
time. We have successfully used this method to noninvasively evaluate the cortical
reactivity and functional connections between different brain areas. In our study, we
considered an associative memory task involving pairs of Kanji (Chinese) pictographs
and unfamiliar abstract patterns [3]. Given that the subjects were Japanese adults fluent
in Kanji, only the abstract patterns represented novel material. During memory
encoding, TMS was applied over the left and right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex
(DLPFC). Robust interference by TMS represents substantial evidence that the right
DLPFC is important to encoding non-verbal materials. A significant (P < 0.05)
reduction in subsequent recall of new associations was seen only with TMS over the
right DLPFC. This result suggests that the right DLPFC contributes to encoding of
visual-object associations and is consistent with a material-specific rather than a
process-specific model of mnemonic function in DLPFC.
Figure 2: Basic principles of magnetic stimulation using a figure-eight

coil. (a) A figure-eight coil on the head. (b) A single ring coil and an
induced current pattern. (c) A figure-eight coil and an inducedcurrent
pattern. After reference 2.
Recently, repetitive TMS (rTMS) has also become an increasingly important

therapeutic tool for the potential treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders.
We have employed a pulsed magnetic stimulator used in repetitive transcranial
magnetic stimulation (rTMS) for the treatment of treatment of lesions caused by
dopaminergic neurotoxins associated with Parkinsons disease. The magnetic field
peaks were set to 0.75 T (< motor threshold) and 1 T (> motor threshold) for a duration
of up to 238 s. The lesions were induced in the brains of adult male Wister rats and
the effect of rTMS on injured neurons was investigated in the rat brain after
administration of the neurotoxin MPTP (1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine)
[7]. The rats received rTMS (10 trains of 25 pulses/s for 8 s) 48 h after MPTP injection.
Tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) and NeuN expressions were investigated in the substantia
nigra. The functional observational battery-hunched posture score for the MPTP-rTMS
group was significantly lower and the number of rearing events was higher compared
with the MPTP-sham group, results suggesting that rTMS reactivates the dopaminergic
system in the brain. Long-term potentiations (LTPs) were observed in both the TMS
stimulated and sham control groups. The maintenance phases of LTP (from 10 min
after tetanus stimulation to 60 min) of the 0.75 T stimulated group (267+-26%) was
significantly enhanced compared with the sham control group (212+-10%) whereas
there were no significant differences between the maintenance phases of LTP of the
1.00-T stimulated group (223+-13%) and the sham control group (199+-13%). In
contrast, when the rat brain was stimulated by 1.25-T, the LTP was suppressed,
suggesting that the effect of rTMS on LTP depends on the stimulus intensity.
After hippocampus slices were exposed to ischemic conditions (blood-oxygen
deficiency), LTP was induced. The LTP of the stimulated group was enhanced
compared with the LTP of the sham control group in each ischemic condition. The
rTMS acted as a preconditioning treatment, being effective when delivered before
ischemia occurs. The rats received rTMS 48 h after MTPT injection, and tyrosine
hydroxylase (TH) and NeuN expressions were investigated in the substantia nigra to
examine the possibility of TH positive mediation. Neuronal survival in the substantia
nigra pars compacta (SNpc) was evaluated by double labelled (TH, NeuN)
immunofluorescence microscopy. The loss of nigral TH+dopaminergic neurons was
significantly prevented in the MPTP-rTMS group (62.9+-3.0) compared with the
MPTP-sham group (14.8+-2.0). The number of surviving dopamine neurons in the
MPTP-sham rats was significantly smaller than in the SNpc of undamaged rats. In
contrast, the number of surviving neurons in the MTPT-rTMS group was significantly
larger than in the MTPT-sham group. Our results show proof that the rTMS treatment
rescues injured dopaminergic SN neurons from cell death due to MTPT toxicity.
2. Magnetoencephalography
MEG is a technique to measure the very weak magnetic fields generated by neuronal
currents. These biomagnetic fields are measured by a superconducting quantum
interference device (SQUID), which detects changes in a magnetic field as weak as 5
fT, with a millisecond temporal resolution. We compared this method with the
established electroencephalographic technique by using to both techniques to measure
the event-related potential P300 [11]. Multiple equivalent current dipoles were
estimated from the P300 and P300m waveforms obtained from visual and
somatosensory oddball paradigm tasks. Estimated sources from P300m were located on
both sides of the occipito-temporal gyrus for visual stimuli and on the post-central
gyrus for somatosensory stimuli. The sources of P300m were modality specific. The
equivalent current dipoles of P300 were located on the cingulated gyrus and the
thalamus in addition to the locations estimated from P300m. However, the dipoles of
P300m in MEG were not located on the cingulated gyrus and the thalamus. The
discrepancy between EEG and MEG was due to the difficulty to measure radially
oriented dipoles in MEG.
MEG is a good tool for the recognition of patterns on the brain, and in our laboratory
we have used it to successfully identify the activated area for an early negative
component which seems to be associated with pattern recognition processes. This was
done by measuring the magnetic fields by comparing the timing and MEG of the
negative component obtained when the discrimination of visually presented letters
required only the identification of a geometric feature with the brain magnetic fields
obtained when the visually presented letters were selected on the basis of their sounds.
The geometric discriminative response task involved only the processing of the visual
configuration of the letters, whereas the phonetic discriminative response task required
an additional grapheme-to-phoneme conversion. The results of this study reflect the
postulated differences in cortical processing entailed in the GDRT and PDRT tasks.
Furthermore, our laboratory has also been involved in magnetoencephalographic
measurements during two types of mental rotations of three-dimensional objects, where
the results indicate that the parietal association area has an important role for the
visualization of hidden parts of visual stimuli [18].
3. Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Estimation of conductivity distributions in the brain is essential for various analyses in

biomedical engineering, such as obtaining current distributions in electric stimulation
and magnetic stimulation, calculating the absorption of electromagnetic waves from
mobile phones, and current-source estimations in EEG and MEG. We have developed
three different methods to obtain conductivity distributions in the human brain using
MRI, allowing to visualize in vivo the electrical properties of tissues without the need
to attach electrodes to the surface of the body and without requirements for
complicated image processing.
The proposed three different methods for conductivity imaging via MRI are the
following: i) a large flip angle method, ii) a third coil method and iii) based on
diffusion tensor MRI [12,13,19].
i) When conductive tissues are subjected to an RF field in MRI, eddy currents are
induced, which results in a reduction of the net RF fields. By this shielding effect, the
flip angles (i.e., nutation angles of the macroscopic magnetization of excited spins) are
reduced in varied degrees, depending on the electrical characteristics of the tissues.
When a precise 180, 360 or 540 excitation pulse is applied to conductive tissues, the
tissues do not yield a signal due to the absence of the transversal components of
magnetization. Meanwhile, resistive tissues yield signals because they are less
electrically shielded than conducting tissues and simultaneously undergo different flip
angles. Also, the resistive tissues leave transversal components with magnitudes
determined by the sine wave functions of flip angles. The difference in signal, therefore,
reflects the conductivity of tissues.
ii) To obtain a conductivity-enhanced images at an arbitrary frequency, an additional

time-varying field parallel to the main static field B0 can be introduced via a third coil.
By the perturbing field or Bc field, slice positioning of the image is affected, and the
slice selection fluctuates. Spatial information in the read-out and phase-encoded
directions are also affected. Conducting tissues are less affected by Bc field, because of
the shielding effects and conductivity-enhanced images can be obtained at any
frequency but in the direction perpendicular to the Bc field.
iii) The diffusion components of biological tissues are usually divided into a fast and a
slow component. Thanks to the proportionality between conductivity and diffusion
coefficient, we can estimate the tissue conductivity by measuring the fast diffusion
component, which corresponds to diffusion in the extracellular fluid.
Figure 3: Color map of the conductivity in the brain as measured by the

conductivity MRI method iii) described in the text. The intensities of red,
green, and blue are proportional to the conductivities in the anterior-
posterior, right-left, and superior inferior directions, respectively. From
reference 19.
All the described methods lead to qualitative in vivo MRI conductivity imaging of brain
tissues in rats and humans without the need of invasive techniques. Furthermore, using
the third method the spatial distribution of anisotropic conductivity of the human brain
was obtained. We observed that the gray matter did not have a clear dependence of
conductivity on direction, whereas the internal capsule and the corpus callosum had
higher values of mean conductivity and anisotropy (Figure 3). This anisotropy is
attributable to the anatomical structures of these regions, diffusion of water molecules
in the extracellular fluid is disturbed by the cell membranes, and the fact that
diffusibility is higher in the direction of neuronal fibers than in other directions.
4. Magnetic Cancer Therapy
From the combination of nanotechnology and magnetism aroused the original

technique of magnetic hyperthermia as cancer treatment, where magnetic nanoparticles
irradiated with radio frequency magnetic fields are used to increase the temperature of
a tumoral region [20]. Our laboratory has explored two other different approaches to
cancer therapy via the magnetic forces acting on functionalised magnetic beads and the
use of pulsed magnetic stimulation. The first method makes use of magnetic beads
functionalised to attach to specific (tumoral) cells and moving along the field gradients
generated by magnetic pulses to destroy these cells [8]. We combined TCC-S leukemic
cells with magnetizable beads (diameter = 4.5 0.2 m, magnetic mass susceptibility =
(16.3 3) x 10-5 m3/kg). After combination the cell / bead / antibody complexes were
placed on a magnet for enough aggregation. The aggregated beads were then stimulated
by a circular-shaped coil which produced a maximum of 2.4 T at the center of the coil.
After stimulation, the viability of the cells was measured, and the cells were observed
under a scanning electron microscope. The viability of the aggregated and stimulated
cell / bead /antibody complexes was significantly decreased, and the cells were
destructed by the penetration of the beads into the cells or rupturing of the cells by the
beads (Figure 4). We hypothesize that the instantaneous pulsed magnetic forces cause
the aggregated beads to forcefully penetrate or rupture the targeted cells. The magnetic
force acting on any particular material is proportional to the magnetic field, magnetic
field gradient, and the magnetic susceptibility of the material. When the nanoscale
particles inside the beads are closely assembled, the magnetic mass susceptibility is
sufficiently high to force the attachment of the beads to the cells by the magnetic force.
The magnetic force acting on the aggregated beads was strong enough to shift the beads
and damage the cells.
Figure 4: Scanning electron micrographs of the cell/bead/antibody

complexes with and without pulsed magnetic stimulation. (a) The non
magnetically stimulated cell/bead/antibody complex was not damaged. (b)
The stimulated cell/bead/antibody complexes were damaged by
penetration of the beads. Scale bars 4:5 m. After reference 8.
To consider whether magnetic fields could have a therapeutic effect on their own right
and without using magnetic beads or nanoparticles, we investigated the effects of
repetitive magnetic stimulation on tumors and immune functions [9, 10]. Magnetic
stimulations were applied from a circular coil with the following conditions: peak
magnetic field = 0.25 T (at the center of the coil), frequency = 25 pulses / sec, 1000
pulses / sample/ day and magnetically induced eddy currents in mice = 0.79-1.54 Am-2.
Our tumor growth study showed a significant tumor weight decrease due to the
application of magnetic stimulation (54 % vs. the sham group).
An immunological assay was also performed to examine the effects of the magnetic
stimulation on immune functions. The in vivo study measured the production of
apoptosis related cytokines (tumor necrosis factor) TNF- and IL-2 in the spleen after
exposure to the magnetic stimulation for 3 or 7 times. We found that TNF- production
significantly increased in the stimulated group (146-164 % vs. the sham group). In an
in vitro study, isolated spleen cells (lymphocytes) were exposed to the magnetic
stimulation (25 pulses/sec, 1000 pulses per sample, and eddy currents: 2.36-2.90 A/m 2)
and a proliferation assay was performed. The proliferation activity of the lymphocytes
was upregulated in the exposed samples. These results indicate that the immune
functions might be activated by repetitive magnetic stimulation exposure, resulting in a
tumor weight decrease.
5. Magnetic Control of Cell Orientation
When diamagnetic materials such as fibrin, collagen, osteoblasts, epithelial, Schwann

and smooth muscle cells are exposed to static magnetic fields of T order, these
materials align either parallel or perpendicular to the direction of the magnetic field due
to the magnetic anisotropy of the materials [21] (Figure 5). This phenomenon offers
particular interest for biomedical engineering applications in tissue regeneration, such
as bone formation and nerve re-growth, the two examples we have studied and relate
next.
The introduction of bone formation to an intentional orientation is a potentially viable
clinical treatment for bone disorders [16,22]. We have investigated the effects of static
magnetic fields of 8 T on bone formation in both in vivo and in vitro systems [16].
After 60 h of exposure to the magnetic field, cultured mouse osteoblastic MC3T3-E1
cells were transformed to rod-like shapes and were oriented in the direction parallel to
the magnetic field. Although the magnetic field exposure did not affect cell
proliferation, it upregulated cell differentiation and matrix synthesis as determined by
alkaline phosphatase and Alizarin red stainings, respectively. The magnetic fields also
stimulated ectopic bone formation in and around subcutaneously implanted bone
morphogenetic protein-2 (BMP-2) containing pellets in mice, in which the orientation
of bone formation was parallel to the magnetic field. Strong magnetic fields have the
potency to stimulate bone formation as well as to regulate its orientation in both in vitro
and in vivo models. We propose that the combination of strong magnetic fields and a
potent osteogenic agent such as BMP may possibly lead to an effective treatment of
bone fractures and defects.
On the nervous system, Schwann cells aid in neuronal regeneration in the peripheral
nervous system by guiding the regrowth of axons. We have found that it is possible to
guide the growth of Schwann cells by exposing them to 8 T magnetic fields, or
cultivating them in magnetically oriented collagen gels [17]. We have also successfully
used this magnetic control of Schwann cell alignment as a nerve regeneration technique
in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Sciatic nerves in Wister rats were
transected, and immediately afterwards a silicone tube (1.5 mm in diameter, 15 mm
long) filled with type I collagen was used to bridge the space of the nerve defect as an
artificial nerve graft. Two types of silicone tubes were prepared: one was filled with
randomly oriented collagen fibers as a control, and the other was filled with collagen
fibers oriented magnetically by 2 hours of exposure to 8 T fields. 12 weeks afterwards
the number of regenerated axons was observed by morphological measurements and
the function of the newly generated axons was tested by recording the compound action
potentials in vivo. We observed the sciatic nerve regeneration 12 weeks after
neurotomy in both control and magnetically treated groups. The morphological
examination showed that the numbers and diameters of the regenerated myelinated
fibers in the silicone tubes gave a significant difference between control and
magnetically treated groups. The number of fibers was 373.4 +-27.6 (treated) and 274.0
+-11.7 (control). The diameters of the axons were 5.81 +-0.087 um (treated) and 5.53
+-0.064 um (control). We measured the compound action potentials to evaluate the
functional connection across the silicone tube bridge. The potentials propagated in 2
out of 6 samples in the control group, and in all of the 6 samples of the treated group,
strongly suggesting that a magnetically aligned collagen structure can guide the growth
cone and nerve axon, which results in the acceleration of nerve regeneration.
Figure 5: Magnetic orientation of biological macromolecules and cells

in an 8 T magnetic field. From references 17, 21 and 23.
6. Conclusions
Biomagnetics and bioimaging are thus leading medicine and biology into a new
horizon through the novel applications discussed above. With the increasing integration
of medicine and engineering, biomagnetics and bioimaging are further developing into
a new science that encompasses a wide range of fields, including physics and cognitive
science, integrating their diverse cultures to create a new, original discipline.
Acknowledgment
This study was supported by a Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research (S) (no. 17100006)
from the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science (JSPS).
The author thanks Masaki Sekino, Mari Ogiue-Ikeda, Hirofumi Funamizu and Yawara
Eguchi, all Ph.D. students at the Deparment of Biomedical Engineering, Graduate
School of Medicine, the University of Tokyo, for their contribution to this research
project.
References
[1] S. Ueno, IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. 18 (1999), pp. 108-120.

[2] S. Ueno, T. Tashiro, and K. Harada, J. Appl. Phys., 64 (1988) pp. 5862-5864.
[3] C.M. Epstein, M. Sekino, K. Yamaguchi, S. Kamiya and S. Ueno, Neurosci. Lett. 320 (2002), pp. 5-8.
[4] M. Sekino and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 40 (2004), pp. 2167-2169.
[5] M. Ogiue-Ikeda, S. Kawato and S. Ueno, Brain Res. 993 (2003), pp. 222-226.
[6] M. Ogiue-Ikeda, S. Kawato and S. Ueno, Brain Res. 1037 (2005), pp. 7-11.
[7] H. Funamizu, M. Ogiue-Ikeda, H. Mukai, S. Kawato and S. Ueno, Neurosci. Lett. 383 (2005), pp. 77-81.
[8] M. Ogiue-Ikeda, Y. Sato and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Nanobiosci. 2 (2003), pp. 262-265.
[9] S. Yamaguchi, M. Ogiue-Ikeda, M. Sekino, S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn., 41 (2005), pp. 4182-4814.
[10] S. Yamaguchi, M. Ogiue-Ikeda, M. Sekino, S. Ueno, Bioelectromag. 27 (2006), pp. 64-72.
[11] T. Maeno, A. Kaneko, K. Iramina, F. Eto and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 39 (2003), pp. 3396-3398.
[12] M. Sekino, K. Yamaguchi, N. Iriguchi and S. Ueno, J. Appl. Phys. 93 (2003), pp. 6730-6732.
[13] M. Sekino, Y. Inoue and S. Ueno, Neurol. Clin. Neurophysiol. 55 (2004), pp. 1-5.
[14] M. Sekino, H. Mihara, N. Iriguchi and S. Ueno, J. Appl. Phys. 97 (2005), article #10R303.
[15] T. Hatada, M. Sekino and S. Ueno, J. Appl. Phys. 97 (2005), article #10E109.
[16] H. Kotani, H. Kawaguchi, T. Shimoaka, M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno, H. Ozawa, K. Nakamura and K. Hoshi, J.
Bone Miner. Res. 17 (2002), pp. 1814-1821.
[17] Y. Eguchi, M. Ogiue-Ikeda and S. Ueno, Neurosci. Lett. 351 (2003), pp. 130-132.
[18] H. Kawamichi, Y. Kikuchi and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 41 (2005), pp. 4200-4202.
[19] M. Sekino, Y. Inoue and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 41 (2005), pp. 4203-4205.
[20] R. Hergt, W. Andr, C. G. dAmbly et al., IEEE Trans. Magn. 34 (1998), pp. 3745-3754.
[21] S. Ueno and M. Sekino, J. Magn. Magn. Mat. 304 (2006), pp. 122-127.
[22] H. Kotani, M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno et al., J. App. Phys. 87 (2000), pp. 6191-6193.
[23] M. Iwasaka, J. Miyakoshi and S. Ueno, In Vitro Cel. Devel. Biol. Animal (2003), pp. 120-123.
IOS Press, 2008
Self-Field Theory:
Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon
Anthony H. J. FLEMING
Biophotonics Research Institute, Australia. tfleming@unifiedphysics.com
Abstract. Self-field theory (SFT) provides deterministic eigensolutions to the

Maxwell-Lorentz equations for the hydrogen atom where Plancks constant
q2
= is the energy per cycle of the principal eigenstate [1]. Based on a
4 0 ve
composite (hydrogenic) photon, an analytic expression for photon mass is
ve
obtained m c 2 = , where is a discrete photon transition frequency within
4c
each cycle of the electron. This expression is compatible with the fine-structure
v 4m c 2
constant = e = , where m = 0.3961055 kg ( 0.2211019 eV ). Thus there
c
is a series of eigenstates within individual photons, like the atom, that vary with
the ambient energy density or temperature. Within atoms and molecules, photon
substructure introduces a previously unknown mechanism by which binding
energies can vary between strong and weak structures in variation with the
ambient energy density, or temperature. A range of physical and biological
examples support photon substructure with its associated photon spectroscopy.
Keywords. Self-field theory, quantum field theory, Planck's constant, fine

structure constant, composite photon, photon mass, photon spectroscopy,
Schumann resonance, atomic structure, molecular structure.
1. Introduction
Like quantum mechanics (QM) and quantum field theories (QFTs) in general, SFT is
both an analytic and a numerical method for solving field-particle equations. Unlike
QFTs however, SFT does not involve probabilistic inner products, but rather uses the
Lorentz equation and the virial relationships in addition to Maxwells equations to
solve for the periodic dynamic motions. SFT uses the E- and H-fields directly rather
than any derived potential functions and hence gauge and a necessity for any quadratic
functional form is avoided a priori; the field equations are first order rather than second
order. Importantly the E- and H-fields within SFT are not ubiquitous throughout space
as in classical electromagnetics (EM), but are discrete and particulate, albeit of minute
size compared with particles such as electrons, neutrons and protons. The atomic
binding field is not assumed to permeate all space out to infinity or even within the
atom, but it is stream-like, the photons all following each other performing helical
spirals while transiting to and fro between the electrons and the nucleus. The photon,
rather than being a single point particle with a dual wave/particle nature termed a
matter-wave, is assumed to have an internal structure, i.e. is composite, perhaps fractal
A.H.J. Fleming / Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon 19
in nature. It is also assumed to move in two orthogonal directions. This leads to

important mathematical differences to quantum methods and with classical EM. In SFT
mass-point particles are non-singular as they are assumed to always move as physical
spinor1 never residing at their origins, unlike QFTs where probabilistic renormalization
is necessary. Uncertainty is seen as a numerical factor due to the way the photon is
modeled and not, as described by Heisenberg, as a limitation to our knowledge. SFT
can be used in situations where dynamic balances hold between interacting particles as
in the hydrogen atom [1-2].
In the physical world SFT may be able to provide solutions to questions such as
how snow flakes form in such myriad different forms and the reason for the layering
seen within the atmosphere. In biophysics, the shape of the DNA protein varies with
the ambient energy inside a cell. SFT was recently used to examine possible internal
structures of the photon [4-5]. One possible structure of the ordinary photon is
hydrogenic as shown in Fig. 1; two sub-photonic particles termed the ephectron and the
phroton have equal mass and opposite charge. This provides Einstein's photoelectric
energy E = h and gives the proper continuous energy-frequency response unlike
the discrete physics of the atom where the electron and proton have differing masses.
The sub-photonic E- and H- fields for the two interacting particles are calculated using
a SFT formulation similar to that applied to the hydrogen atom. Except for the equal
masses forming the composite photon, SFT applies to the photon in a similar way it
applies to the hydrogen atom. Hence there is a strong similarity between the photon's
eigenstates and those of the hydrogen atom. The main parameter in the analytic
spectroscopy of the ordinary photon is its mass, similar to the principal mode of the
hydrogen atom where the electron mass specifies the spectroscopy. If the photon mass
is known, the spectroscopy of photons can be examined in detail. The transition
frequencies are expressed in terms of a continuous series,
1 1
= R 2 2 (1)
m n
where, m = 1,2,3... n = 2,3,4... The photon Rydberg number
q4 m m ( 8 2 3 ) 0 vo 2
R = = (2)
8 02 h3 c ro q 2
is a photon-specific function of mass and charge. These frequencies may be related to

the well-known Schumman frequencies whereby the ionosphere is layered during
sunlight. Other physical applications of photon substructure may include snowflake
design and the buildup of avalanches. These and other phenomenon may enable
mathematical investigation, hopefully empirical support for photon substructure.
1
Dirac spinors can be described as mathematical unitarian spinors whereas SFT spinors are actual motions.
SFT spinors are based on the analytic form of Heinrich Hertz's original potential functions [3].
20 A.H.J. Fleming / Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon
q + m-
rc
m
+ rc
q-
ro ro
Figure 1. Photon sub-structure consists of two particles, the ephectron, and the phroton, of equal mass
1 1
m = m+ = m and opposite charge q = q+ = q . Each has two spinorial motions
2 2
like the electron and proton in the hydrogen atom.
2. Mass of the Photon
The issue of photon mass has remained unanswered during the past century [6].
Moreover since the early days of QM, molecular structure has been studied using QM
primarily as a numerical tool [7]. At the same time important theoretical problems such
as the theory of the covalent bond of H2 remain. In the SFT analysis of the hydrogen
atom, the atom was modelled mathematically via two point-mass particles, the electron,
and the proton, an extension to the early Bohr model [1]. The eigenstructure of the
hydrogen atom forms into two balanced halves, one is a balance between the electron
and the E- and H-fields as shown below in Eq (3); another half, not shown, but
identical in form, balances the proton with the fields. The overall structure thus
involves the electron and the proton on the left hand side, with the photon on the right
hand side. It is seen that the sides consist of moving particles and hence the concept of
elastic collisions emerges between the electron with a stream of photons, and the
proton with the same stream of photons.
1 0 Ve
0 1 T = (3)
e
q2
Plancks constant = , the energy per cycle of the principal eigenstate,
4 0 ve
depends on the motions of the electron, proton, and photon; all are involved in the
atom's dynamic balance. The photon performs many relativistic transitions back and
forth between the proton and electron within each cycle of the electron and proton that
rotate coherently about their centre of mass. Since the photon must perform a discrete
number of transits per cycle for the atom's energy to be preserved this suggests
collisional based polygonal rotations for both the electron and proton rather than the
assumed circular rotations given by spinor theory and used by both SFT and QFTs. The
phase length of the photon each time it transits will maintain the overall periodicity
2
of the atom providing a method for analytically comparing the energy of the photon
2
v e
with that of the electron m c = , where is the collision frequency of the
4c
photon. Assuming a polygonal motion circumscribes a circle representing the Bohr
mageton, the photon collision frequency is estimated as 54 from the known value of the
55
Land g-factor. Thus m evaluates to 0.396 10 kg ( 0.221 1019 eV ). The
analytic expression for the photon mass is compatible with the expression for the fine-
2
ve 4m c
structure constant = = . The numerical value for m is compatible with
c
the experimental estimates for the lower limit mass listed by the Particle Data Group
[8].
3. Discussion: The Role of the Photon in Microbiology
Cells are fundamental building blocks of tissues and operate in concert with a range of
other tissue-specific components. The extra cellular matrix (ECM) can comprise
structural and connection fibres between and within cells. Cells are a community of
individual entities sharing their energies via cell dynamics and cell-to-cell
communication of photons and in addition to the ECM, other short-range mechanisms.
Cells thus adapt their individual energy states as the cell cycle proceeds; some cells die
while others replicate. The state of a cell at any time depends in part on the health of
the surrounding tissue. The photon mechanism investigated within this report reveals
that the energy of the EM binding field within DNA may well control the strength and
elasticity of the protein that is observed to vary across the cell cycle. As the energy of
the intracellular medium changes, the bond becomes more rigid, less able to coil.
Metaphase is one point in the cell cycle where the bonds across the bases are ready to
become disassociated in forming the two daughter chromatids. Part of DNAs structure
involves hydration between bases across its internal core. The continuous nature of the
photon's energy creates a precipitous reaction as the energy finally reaches a point
where the photon's internal dynamics changes abruptly from one spin state to another
resulting in the bond being wrenched apart. These hydration states of DNA may be
fundamental to the cell cycle. The photon transition energies may act as 'triggers'
within the cell cycle. At the same time as this binding energy reaction process occurs
in chromosomes, surrounding cells polarize causing proteins to diffuse within the cell
membranes allowing electrostatic fields to form within the cell and an electric gradient
between the spindle poles, similar to a capacitor. Energy is pumped into the cell via this
polarization mechanism. Under the electric gradient, the chromosome begins to stretch
22 A.H.J. Fleming / Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon
out to its full molecular reach. This may be due to the photon states gradually causing
the hydration bonds to assume a form akin to a liquid crystal. This represents a major
difference between in vivo and in vitro cell reactions. At the same time, this photon
mechanism may be responsible for the observed efflux of photons from DNA
strands [9].
Motions of proteins within the cell membrane in part control the energy state of the
DNA. The dielectric response of cells is a polarization process of diffusing proteins
within the membrane, and also a rotation of these same proteins. The dielectric
response of tissues is predominantly dipolar at ELF frequencies when most of the cells
align in a similar direction without many rotations occurring. As the external
frequency of a perturbing field is raised to RF for instance, rotational motions within a
cells membrane increase and the average polarization across a tissue decreases due to
these rotational diffusions. These frequencies can be related to the complex dielectric
constants. External EM fields thus perturb the endogenous cell dynamics.
No single photon energy or frequency drives all cells in a tissue. A set of
frequencies maps out how a tissue can remain viable, or conversely fall into disrepair,
depending on the overall management of the cells over the entire tissue. As each cell
develops, it has a specific set of frequencies that are associated with the bases of the
DNA code within the cell cycle. As the energy in the cell drops, each specific
frequency is engaged. In apoptosis the cell frequency becomes chaotic. So each cell is
in a particular state at any time. The overall tissue frequency is a weighted average over
the complete tissue. This is a macroscopic quantity whereas the DNA in each cell has a
specific photon frequency state, or binding energy state.
In time a degenerative action (aging) may occur via hydration states. In keeping
with the cellular mechanisms discussed above, both the intracellular and extracellular
components of tissues operate within certain energies or frequency bands causing
hydration binding to become important aging factors if the energy associated with the
tissue diminishes over time. Stiffening of joints and limbs may be related to a lowering
of the photonic energy states within the hydration bonds associated with proteins and
the ECM.
4. Conclusion
This report gives insight of the role of the photon as the binding energy of atoms and
molecules. Discussed is a previously unknown discrete process by which the photon
transits between electron and nucleus. This photon transit mechanism appears related
to a number of energy or temperature dependent processes where bonds range between
strong and weak structures. Physical processes such as the ionospheric layering and
biological processes such as the cell cycle may well involve photons of specific energy
states.
References
[1] A. H. J. Fleming, Electromagnetic self-field theory and its application to the hydrogen atom, Physics
Essays, vol. 18, 3, 2005.
[2] W. Heisenberg, The physical principles of the quantum theory, Dover, New York, NY, 1949.
[3] A. Von Hippel, Dielectrics and waves, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1962.
[4] A. H. J. Fleming, E. B. Colorio (nee Bauer), A Predicted Photon Chemistry, BEMS-26, Washington
DC, June 2004.
[5] A. H. J. Fleming, E. B. Colorio (nee Bauer), The Spectroscopy of the EM Field-a Predicted Photon
Chemistry, 3rd International Wkshp on Biological effects of EM Fields, Kos, Greece, October 2004.
[6] L.B. Okun, Photon 2005, Warsaw, 2005.
[7] L. Pauling, The Nature of the Chemical Bond. New York, Cornell Univ Press, 1960.
[8] C. Caso et al. Particle Data Group, European Physical Journal C3, 1, 1998.
[9] R. Van Wilk,. Bio-photons and bio-communication, Journal of Scientific Exploration, vol 15, 2,.2001.
Chapter 1
Electromagnetic Field and Environment
IOS Press, 2008
Supervision of State System of Protection

against 0 Hz 300 GHz Electromagnetic
Fields Exposure in Poland
Halina ANIOCZYK1
Nofer Institute of Occupational Medicine, Lodz, Poland
Abstract. For 35 years already, a system for monitoring EMF exposure has been
in operation in Poland. The system has been focussed primarily on the assessment
of occupational exposure of the workers in plants and institutions using EMF-
producing equipments, systems or installations, referred to as EMF sources. The
system for monitoring of occupational EMF exposure is associated with human
environmental protection. This paper presents the principles for the state system of
protection against EMF and the project of the preparatory steps to be undertaken in
association with Polands accession to the European Union.
Keywords. electromagnetic field, system of monitoring exposure
1. Introduction
In Poland, in 1970s, State System of Monitoring Electromagnetic Field Sources was

established, later on it has been renamed to State System of Monitoring Exposures to
Electromagnetic Fields (EMF). Within the System, the State Sanitary Inspection (SSI)
is responsible for the protection of the workers, while the problems of the protection of
the general population from the environmental EMF are run by the Environmental
Protection Inspection. Central Register of EMF Sources used for sanitary purposes,
which continues to be updated each year, constitutes an element of the System. After
Poland has accessed the European Union, it is necessary that the principles and
regulations of the existing system be adjusted to the EU relevant regulations. The main
legal regulations issued by the Euro Parliament and the EU Council include Directives,
which are obligatory, and Recommendations, which are not obligatory. A Project has
been prepared in Poland, intended to reinforcement the control over the State System of
Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields by implementing the EU methodology
and practices. The Project has been accepted by the EU Commission and is being
implemented since 2007 in collaboration with the Italian partner. The beneficiaries of
the Transition Facility 2005 Twinning Contract PL2005/IB/SO/01 Strengthening of
State supervision and monitoring system of exposure to electromagnetic fields
include: Polish Ministry of Health, Chief Sanitary Inspector and the Nofer Institute of
Occupational Medicine (NIOM), Lodz, Poland. The collaborating partners include the
Italian Ministry of Health, Regional Agency for Environmental Protection of Toscany
1
Nofer Institute of Occupational Medicine, 91-348 Lodz, Teresy Street 8, Poland, E-mail:
h_aniol@imp.lodz.pl
28 H. Anioczyk / Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz 300 GHz EMF Exposure
(ARPAT) and the Agency of the Italian Public Administration Department of the Prime
Ministers Office (FORMEZ).
2. Legal Background
The underlying legal regulations for the State System of Protection against EMF are of
various ranks, of which the highest is the Constitution; the regulations include acts of
parliament, e.g. labour code, and some minor regulations on labour health protection.
Currently in Poland the questions of the protection of health of workers operating
EMF-producing devices are regulated by the Labour Code and the associated executory
provisions, such as:
Regulation of the Minister of Labour and Social Policy of 29 Nov. 2002 on the
highest admissible concentrations and intensities of harmful agents at workplace
[1];
Regulation of the Minister of Health of 20 April 2005 on testing and measuring of
harmful agents at workplace [2].
The matters of the protection of the general population from EMF are regulated by
the Law on Environmental Protection [3] and the executory provisions thereto, such as
e.g. the Regulation of 30 Oct. 2003 by the Minister of the Environment on the
admissible environmental EMF levels and methods to ensure that the levels are not
exceeded [4].
In EU, the legal background for safety and health of workers includes directives
based on Item 118A of the EU Treaty. The directives represent minimum standards, i.e.
they do not infringe on the more stringent national regulations. The directives on labour
health and safety referring to risks from physical agents, such as e.g. EMF, include:
Council Directive 89/391/EEC of 12th June 1989 on the introduction of measure
to encourage improvements in the safety and health of workers at work [5].
Directive 2004/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29th
April 2004 on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the
exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic
fields) (18th individual directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive
89/391/EEC) [6].
To protect the general population from EMF, the EU Commission suggests the use
of:
Council recommendation 1999/519/EC of 12th July 1999 on the limitation of
exposure of the general public to 0 Hz 300 GHz electromagnetic fields [7].
3. Aims
The major aims of the State System of Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields
currently operated in Poland include:
sure correctly structured monitoring of environmental and occupational EMF
exposures.
Collect, on the nation-wide level, the information on EMF-emitting devices,
installations and systems, and EMF exposure levels (computer-aided Data
Base).
H. Anioczyk / Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz 300 GHz EMF Exposure 29
Eliminate and reduce unnecessary and excessive exposures to EMF in a

competent, comprehensive, and correct manner.
Ensure expert advice and information exchange to the personnel of research
institutions and control laboratories by organising, on a regular basis,
workshops, training courses and scientific conferences on modern
measurement techniques with a view to limit EMF exposures and to extend
personnels knowledge on the health effects of EMF exposures to humans and
EMF environmental effects.
4. Organisations and Institutions Responsible for the Development and

Management
Solutions adopted in Poland are based on offices, institutions, and other state
organisations, the statute of which includes the above mentioned tasks, such as the
State Sanitary Inspection, the State Labour Inspection, and the Environmental
Protection Inspection.
Activities associated with health protection are supervised by the State
Sanitary Inspection (SSI) through the network of its 16 regional Sanitary
Epidemiological Stations (SES) and their agencies located in industry-intense
regions. SSI is managed by the Chief Sanitary Inspector (CSI). Institutions
operating EMF-emitting devices are supervised by SES personnel that, in
addition to commercial accredited control and measurement laboratories,
performs measurements of EMF exposures at workplaces. Those SSI activities
constitute the basis for running the Data Base on EMF Sources. The collected
data is used to prepare the Annual Report on Protection against 0 Hz-300 GHz
EMF in the Occupational Environment.
Authorised by the Chief Sanitary Inspector, the Nofer Institute of
Occupational Medicine (NIOM), Lodz, Poland, runs a register of EMF
sources, known as the Central Register of Electromagnetic Field Emitting
Sources for Sanitary Purposes, which is updated each year. The Central
Register quoted above is compiled from the Regional Registers that contain: a
list of plants using EMF-emitting devices; the number of EMF sources
classified according to the category of plants economic activity; number of
people exposed to EMF arranged according to EMF exposure indices. The
Central and Regional Data Bases on EMF Sources constitute a major
component in the structure of EMF Sources Control System in Poland.
The supervision and monitoring of working conditions, and in particular of
compliance to the labour health and safety rules, is exercised by the State
Labour Inspection through its network of 16 Regional State Labour
Inspectorates (SLI).
Chief Inspector of Environmental Protection is obliged to supervise the
compliance with the regulations on the environmental protection and monitor
the condition of the environment, and in particular:
organise and coordinate states environmental monitoring,
develop and implement methods to monitor and measure the environmental
characteristics.
30 H. Anioczyk / Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz 300 GHz EMF Exposure
Governmental and self-governmental organs running registers and lists,

performing determinations and observations, and preparing analyses on the conditions
of the environment are obliged to make the environmental data available, free of charge,
for the purpose of environmental monitoring. To that end, 16 regional environmental
protection inspectorates have been established.
5. Twinning Project on the Collaboration for the Transition Facility

and Adjusting the State Rules to the European Union Directives
According to the 2002 data collected by the NIOM Lodz, over 60 thousand EMF-
emitting devices have been recorded in Poland, of which 63% were those used in radio
communication, 21% in the industry, 15% in heath services and ca. 1% in the science.
Over 45 thousand workers are users of those devices.
January/February 2007 saw the beginning of the implementation of the
Contracting Authority Transition Facility 2005, Twinning Contract PL2005/IB/SO/01
on Strengthening of State Supervision and Monitoring System of Exposure to
Electromagnetic Fields. The project is intended to:
Ensure implementation in Poland of the EU methods and practices for assessment
of the risk of worker and general population exposure to EMF through adjusting
Polish legal regulations to the EU law in the sphere of the protection of labour
and general population exposed to 0 Hz - 300 GHz EMF.
Enhance the supervision over the existing State System of Monitoring Exposures
to Electromagnetic Fields through increasing the competence of the personnel
responsible for that controlling by personnels participation in training courses
and workshops.
As part of an investment contract, modern equipment for EMF measurements shall
be acquired for SES and NIOM. A service contract provides for modernisation, and
adjusting to EU directives, of the annually updated Central Register of EMF Sources
Used for Sanitary Purposes that serves as a tool for the assessment and management of
occupational risk, including occupational exposure to EMF. As a result of
modernisation of the existing software used to run the Data Base on EMF Sources, the
latter shall be renamed to State Information System for Recording and Monitoring
EMF Sources and EMF-Exposed Workers, and for Classification of that Exposure.
The Resident Twinning Advisers (RTA) and other expert aid is necessary to ensure
that the Project objectives are duly achieved. The RTA reside in Poland throughout the
duration of the Project as he is responsible for supervision and co ordination of the
Projects implementation. Short- and long-time experts from various fields, such as
organisation and management, measurement techniques, epidemiology, computer
sciences, as well as experts in effects of EMF exposure, help in the implementation of
the Project.
The implementation of the Project shall result in preparing the background for the
incorporation of Directive 2004/40/EC into the national regulations and into the system
of EMF control through:
preparation of Procedure Book for the operation of the State Supervision
System according to the requirements of the respective EU directives,
training of expert personnel to run the State System of Monitoring Exposures
to Electromagnetic Fields,
H. Anioczyk / Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz 300 GHz EMF Exposure 31
preparation of a Report on the ways of adjusting EU Directive requirements to

the System, decisions by:
Minister of Health,
Minister of Labour,
Minister of Environmental Protection.
References
[1] Regulation of the Minister of Labour and Social Policy of 29th Nov. 2002 on the maximum admissible
concentrations and intensities of agents harmful to human health at workplaces. Annex 2. Part E.
Journal of Laws. 217.1833 (2002, in Polish).
[2] Regulation of the Minister of Health of 20th April 2005 on the determinations and measurements of
agents harmful to human health at workplaces. Journal of Laws. 73.645 (2005, in Polish).
[3] Act of 27th July Environmental Protection Law. Journal of Laws. 62.627 as amended later on (2001,
in Polish).
[4] Regulation of the Minister of Environment of 30th October 2003 on the maximum admissible
environmental EMF intensities and methods to verify that the intensities are not exceeded, Journal of
Laws. 73.645 (2003, in Polish).
[5] 89/391/EEC, Council Directive 89/391/EEC of 12th June 1989 on the introduction of measure to
encourage improvements in the safety and health of workers at work. OJ L 183, (29.6.1989), 1.
[6] 2004/40/EC, Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29th April 2004 on the
minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from
physical agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual directive within the meaning of Article 16(1)
of Directive 89/391/EEC). OJ L 159, (30.4.2004), 1.
[7] Council recommendation 1999/519/EC of 12th July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general
public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz), OJ L 199, (30.7.1999), 39.
[8] Notification of the Twinning Project Partners, Twinning contract PL 2005/IB/SO/01 Strengthening of
State supervision and monitoring system of exposure to electromagnetic fields, Office of the Committee
for European Integration. Undersecretary of State Tadeusz Kozek.
Sekr.Min.TK/7410/159.1/0130/2007/DPR-WG. Warsaw, (11.01.2007).
IOS Press, 2008
Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic

Aspect Related to Operation of Computer
Monitors
Karol BEDNAREK
Institute of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, Poznan University of Technology,
Poland
Abstract. The paper deals with environmental interaction of electromagnetic

fields emitted by computer monitors. Moreover, an ergonomic problem is
considered that is related to the work of computer users and interaction of the
network frequency magnetic field with screen monitors. The paper also provides
opinions on the results of calculation and measurements of electromagnetic fields
caused by computer monitors.
Keywords. Electromagnetic interaction, computer monitors, electromagnetic

fields, normative condition, calculation and measurements
Introduction
Computer is a device that is used nearly everywhere in social and economic life (the
existential and work environment). Large numbers of people spend several or even
dozens hours a day in front of computer monitors. Therefore, the care for securing
proper working conditions of the computer users becomes very important. The interest
in the problem is justifiable, taking into account the concern for human health and
comfort, and considering the definite legal consequences resulting from employing the
people working in harmful labour conditions.
Electromagnetic field (EMF) emitted by computer central units give no rise to
human health hazard. The main attention should be paid to identification of EMF
emitted by screen monitors and to ergonomics of operation of this equipment.
The paper makes reference to the state of standardization with regard to
electromagnetic field emitted by the CRT computer monitors. Measurement results of
electric and magnetic fields generated in the proximity of the monitors are presented.
Moreover, the ergonomic aspect of interaction of the 50 Hz frequency magnetic field
on the monitors is considered. The results are shown that have been obtained from
calculation and laboratory measurements carried out in the premises of production
plants subject to interaction of magnetic fields generated by power busways and its
effect on operation of monitors.
____________________________________
Karol Bednarek: Institute of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, Poznan University of Technology,
Piotrowo 3a, 60-965 Poznan, Poland; E-mail: Karol.Bednarek@put.poznan.pl
K. Bednarek / Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect 33
1. Influence of Electromagnetic Field Emitted by Computer Monitors on Humans
1.1. Emission Sources and the Normative Condition
Main EMF sources of screen monitors are [1,2,3,4]:

the image tube (giving rise to the field of the highest frequency ionizing and
optical radiation and electrostatic field),
brightness modulation system of the spot luminance (the fields of large
frequencies 105108 Hz),
horizontal and vertical deflection systems mainly deflector coils (the fields
of low and extremely low frequencies),
high voltage feeder (the electrostatic field).
Large numbers of research studies and measurements carried out in various
research centres in the world show that in the range of high frequencies (inclusive of
the ionizing radiation) the monitor-generated EMF-s are very weak or intensively
damped. In consequence, their effect on human body is decidedly below allowable
level [2,3,4].
The highest EMF-interaction of monitors occurs in case of very low frequencies
(VLF) in the range 2400 kHz, extremely low frequencies (ELF) i.e. below 2 kHz,
and electrostatic field. Therefore, further analysis is performed for such a radiation.
Taking into account the wavelengths of the considered fields (the proximate zone) the
magnetic and electric fields are analyzed separately.
Requirements of the Council of the European Union related to EMF exposition in
the range 0300 GHz (according to the ICNIRP guidelines) have been published in
July 30, 1999, in the Official Journal of the European Communities No L199/59. They
provide the limits for a general population and a working environment subject to EMF
in result of their professional occupation. On May 24, 2005, the Directive 2004/40/EC
of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 has been published,
related to the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of
workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields)
(18th individual Directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive
89/391/EEC). According to the resolutions of the Directive three ways of assessment
of exposition conditions of the workers are allowed: the estimation, measurement, and
calculation of the values of electromagnetic field affecting the workers [5,6,7,8].
The legal acts binding in Poland with regard to protection against electromagnetic
non-ionizing radiation are the regulations of ministers published in the Journal of
Laws: with regard to the working environment the Journal of Laws: Dz.U. No 217,
pos.1833, 18.12.2002, and for a general population (the residential environment) the
Journal of Laws: Dz.U. No 192, pos.1883, 14.11.2003 [3,5,6,9,10].
Standardization with regard to EMF interaction in the proximity of computer
monitors was carried out by the Swedish National Board for Measurement and Testing
(SWEDAC), by publication of a set of the MPR Standards. The most severe limitations
related to the matter are formulated in the requirements of the Swedish Confederation
of Professional Employees TCO (several editions of the recommendations). Monitor
manufacturers predominating on the market make efforts to meet the MPR and TCO
requirements [2,4].
34 K. Bednarek / Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect
1.2. Measurement of Slowly-Varying EMF in the Proximity of Screen Monitors
Magnetic and electric fields have been measured around the screen monitors in the ELF
and VLF bands. The measurement has been performed with the use of the 3D H/E
Fieldmeter ESM-100. Magnetic flux density B and electric field intensity E have been
measured in definite distances from computer monitor (from the front). The
measurements have been performed for the VOBIS Highscreen MS17S monitor. The
results are shown in Figures 1 and 2.
1400
B [ nT ]
1200 ELF
1000 VLF
800
600
400
200
0
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
l [ mm ]
Figure 1. Dependence of magnetic flux density B [nT] expressed as a function of the distance l [mm] from
the VOBIS MS17S monitor, for the ELF and VLF frequency bands
60
E [ V/m ]
50 ELF
40 VLF
30
20
10
0
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
l [ mm ]
Figure 2. Dependence of electric field intensity E [V/m] expressed as a function of the distance l [mm] from
the VOBIS MS17S monitor, for the ELF and VLF frequency bands
Similar measurements have been made for the NEC MultiSync V520, NEC
MultiSync FE770, and Philips 104B monitors. Results of the tests are presented
in [3,4,5]. The measurement results obtained for the magnetic and electric fields are of
similar range to the case of the Vobis monitor. In case of older monitor versions the
levels of interacting fields are slightly higher than in more modern ones (this
particularly concerns the ELF frequency of electric field), nevertheless, they meet the
normative requirements (in accordance with the year of their manufacture).
2. Ergonomic Aspect of the Effect of the Disturbances Caused by Magnetic Field

of 50 Hz Frequency on Computer Monitors
Any requirements related to electromagnetic compatibility of computer monitors with

regard to their emissivity and immunity are fulfilled at the stage of their manufacture
(this is confirmed by the CE mark assigned to the devices). A specific negative effect is
exerted on operation of the CRT monitors (not provided by the standards) by magnetic
field of power network frequency. This is an oscillation approximating the image
repetition frequency (50120 Hz). In the case of relatively small interaction of the
magnetic field (of the induction level reaching several T) the monitor image vibrates
with the differential frequency that is burdensome for the user (the disturbances of the
work ergonomics) [3,4,5].
Such condition may arise in the cases of computers located in the proximity of
heavy current power supply (heavy-current busways, power cables, etc.). In order to
present the scale of the problem an identification of the magnetic field in the
neighbourhood of a heavy-current line (i.e. power busway) has been carried out.
Results of calculation of magnetic flux density around a busway operating in plane
system are shown in Figure 3. In bottom part of Figure 3 a scale is shown that presents
the values of magnetic flux density B [T], depicted by particular colours (in greyscale).
The laboratory measurements have been performed in a similar system, the results of
which are presented in Figure 4 and Figure 5.
Figure 3. Distribution of magnetic flux density B [T] in the proximity of phase conductors of a heavy-current
line operating in plane system
As a final practical verification of the considered interactions the values of

magnetic flux density have been measured at the area of a plant, where computer stands
were arranged above a transformer station supplying power to the production bay by
means of a cable suspended under the ceiling (being a floor of the office rooms above).
The magnetic flux density at the computer stand desktop located directly above the
busway amounted to 8 T. The computer monitor image was subject to important
oscillation, precluding normal operation of the stand.
36 K. Bednarek / Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect
B [mT]
1,4
Bp [mT]
1,2 Bw [mT]
1 B [mT]
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0
50 100 150 250 300 400 600 700
d [mm]
Figure 4. RMS value of magnetic flux density B [mT], cross component of the magnetic flux density
Bp [mT], and longitudinal component of the magnetic flux density Bw [mT] as functions of the distance
d [mm] from the busway
B [mT]
0,2
0,16
0,12
0,08
0,04
0
300 400 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 1500 2000
d [mm]
Figure 5. Dependence of magnetic flux density B [mT] expressed as a function of the distance d [mm] from
the busway (for greater distances)
Similar effects have been recorded in case of computers located at a laboratory

station of technical inspection of electric power meters and in a control-room of a
thermal-electric power station (where computer equipment was located on the desks
placed several meters from power busways). Magnetic fields of the range from several
to dozen T arising in such locations resulted in disturbance of operation of CRT
monitors manifesting themselves in onerous monitor image oscillation. The intensive
oscillation led to increasing fatigue of the computer users and, in some cases, entirely
precluded the work [3,4,5].
3. Final Notes and Conclusions
The magnetic and electric fields generated by screen monitors in the ELF and VLF
frequency bands are relatively large as compared to the radiation of the fields of higher
frequencies. Anyway, their values are below the allowable levels provided by
appropriate legal provisions. Sometimes, the values approximate limit levels referred to
by the Swedish MPR and TCO standards and recommendations, considered to be
world-wide patterns.
The screen monitors are susceptible to influence of an external magnetic field of
power network frequency. The field of magnetic flux density reaching 1 T may cause
image oscillations that are burdensome for the user (the disturbances of the work
ergonomics). Such conditions may arise in case of location of the computer stands in
the proximity of heavy-current equipment, i.e. power busways or cables (high power
supply), resistance and induction furnaces, production bays or laboratory stands
supplied with heavy currents, etc. Disadvantageous electromagnetic interaction with
computer monitors may be eliminated or at least reduced by means of proper screens.
In some cases even minor changes in computer stand location may be sufficient (as the
magnetic field distribution strongly depends on the distance from its source).
References
[1] Z. Garbarczyk, C. Kozowski, M. Nowicki, K. Pachocki, Electromagnetic hazards, from the series
entitled: Human Safety and Protection in the Working Environment, Part 11, Central Institute for
Labour Protection, 1998. (In Polish).
[2] A collective elaboration edited by J. Bugajska: Computer workplace. Health and ergonomics aspects,
Central Institute for Labour Protection, Warsaw 1999. (In Polish).
[3] A collective elaboration edited by A. Krawczyk: Bioelectromagnetism, The Research-Scientific
Institute ZTUREK, Warsaw, June 2002. (In Polish).
[4] K. Bednarek, The problems of slowly-varying magnetic and electric fields in computer monitors the
question of emissivity and immunity, Academic Journals, Electrical engineering, No 50, Poznan
Uniwersity of Technology, Pozna 2006, s. 129-137. (In Polish).
[5] K. Bednarek, Electromagnetic influence of heavy-current busways, Electrotechnical Review No 12,
2003, s. 897-899. (In Polish).
[6] J. Karpowicz, M Hietanen, K. Gryz, EU Directive, ICNIRP guidelines and Polish legislation on
electromagnetic fields, International Journal of Occupational Safety and Ergonomics (JOSE), Vol. 12,
No. 2, pp. 125-136, 2006.
[7] Directive 2004/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the minimum
health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical
agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual Directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of
Directive 89/391/EEC). Official Journal of the European Union (L 159, 30.04.2004) L 184, 24.05.2004.
[8] Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields (up to
300 GHz), Health Physics, vol. 74, no 4, pp. 494-522, April 1998.
[9] Regulation of the Minister of Labour and Social Policy of 29 November 2002 on the maximum
admissible concentrations and intensities for agents harmful to health in the working environment,
Dz.U. No 217, item 1833, 18.12.2002. (In Polish).
[10] Regulation of the Minister of Environment of 30 October 2003 on maximum admissible levels of
electromagnetic fields in the environment and methods of checking adherence to these levels,
Dz.U. No 192, item 1883, 14.11.2003. (In Polish).
IOS Press, 2008
Magnetic Field around Asynchronous

Electrical Machines with Variable
Frequency
Felipe DAZ1, Fabin DNIZ, Guillermo HERNNDEZ
Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Abstract. The aim of this paper is the essay and measurement of the magnetic
induction at low frequencies produced by an asynchronous electrical machine.
Measurements have been taken near to the machine, starting from its axis. We
have worked at different frequencies, all of them below 50 Hz. This way we have
studied the relationship between a non-punctual source of magnetic field, the
frequency of the voltage and the values of the M.F. around it.
Keywords. Magnetic Field, Electrical Machines, Human Environment
1. Instrumentation and Equipment
Due to its relevance, magnetic fields in the air gap of electrical machines have been
broadly studied. The design, calculus and construction of rotating machines depend
upon the values of the magnetic induction between stator and rotor.
However magnetic fields are too, the centre of a controversy because of its
possible influence over human and animal health. From this point of view, it is
necessary to analyse the production and presence of magnetic fields in the usual human
environment.
As part of a more ambitious project to characterize the magnetic field around big
asynchronous machines, we have started essaying a machine with different frequencies,
all of them below 50 Hz. The aim of the work is to describe how the magnetic field
varies with some other electrical and mechanical variables. The first parameters under
study were the distance to the machine and the frequency of the supply voltage, what
definitely implies the frequency of the magnetic field in the air gap. We have measured
the magnetic field around the machine taking as reference the machine long axis.
A 75 kW asynchronous machine with Ward Leonard has been essayed. It has a
speed control system using a frequency converter. The frequency converter is an
Omron Sysdive 400 V. In Figure 1 you can see the essayed electrical machine. The
asynchronous machines controlled by frequency converters are quite common in
nowadays industry, so this is a typical example of an industrial worker environment.
The magnetic fields measurements are expensive. Any equipment with minimum
quality requirements is a high cost one. Due to the social interest in this matter, the
group of the Electric Department could purchase an equipment to measure electric and
1
Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Edif. de Ingenieras.
Campus de Tafira. Las Palmas 35017. SPAIN; E-mail: fdiaz@die.ulpgc.es
F. Daz et al. / Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines 39
magnetic fields around lines, transformers and substations. The equipment we used is a
portable magnetic field measurer, PMM 8053A. The probes are absolutely
independent from the measurement equipment, so we can apply all the distance
requirements to measure fulfilling all the restrictions that are necessary to have taken
into account.

Figure 1. Asynchronous machine essayed with measurement probe
2. Methodology and Results
The machine has been started at a low frequency of 5 Hz and, with the machine
spinning in stationary state, the magnetic induction has been measured placing the
probe under the machine and by its axis. After that, measurements have been taken in
different places moving the probe further away from the machine axis. For each and
every essay, the operator was far enough to not taking into account the increase of
uncertainty due to this cause.
This procedure has been repeated changing the frequency of the three phase supply
in order to watch the behaviour of the magnetic field around the machine, with
different frequencies.
Figure 2 shows the two-dimensional geometrical distribution of the magnetic field
around the electric machine for different frequencies, starting with 5 Hz up to 30 Hz
using 5 Hz wide intervals. These low frequencies show higher values what means a
worse behavior from the workers health perspective. Anyway, all the measurements
taken have values under 30 T under the machine, reaching values around 12 T for a
frequency of 30 Hz.
40 F. Daz et al. / Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines
Magnetic Field Distribution

30,00
5 Hz
25,00 10 Hz
15 Hz
20,00
20 Hz
T)
Induction (
15,00 25 Hz
30 Hz
10,00
5,00
0,00

Distance (cm)
Figure 2. Magnetic field versus distance to machine axis and frequency
Also, it is interesting to analyze the variation of the magnetic field in one

geometric point, with the frequency. Figure 3 shows the variation of the induction in
the axis versus frequency.
B=F(f) B = -0.6854f + B0
35,00
Experimental
30,00
Induction (mT)
25,00 Trend
20,00
15,00
10,00
5,00
0,00
0,00 5,00 10,00 15,00 20,00 25,00 30,00 35,00
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 3. Magnetic field in the machine axis versus frequency
A simplified expression can be deduced for this case. It is shown in Eq. (1).
B = -0,685 f +B0 (1)
If we study different distances, we can generalize and write Eq. (2).

F. Daz et al. / Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines 41
Bd(d) = m f +B0d(d) (2)
Where m is a parameter which depends exponentially on the distance to the source. It is

shown in Figure 4.
m = -0,685 e 0,035d (3)
The induction, therefore, would be as shown in Eq. (4).
Bd(d) = -0,685 f e 0,035d + B0d(d) (4)
Where the first addend is the value of the decrease of the magnetic field from the
reference value B0d. Watch the fact that in this addend, the value affected by the
exponential decrease, increases with the frequency as it is represented in the figures.
Please take note that B0d is not a constant, but a function that depends on the distance to
the machine axis.
Axis distance (cm) Parameter m

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
0
-0,1
-0,2
-0,3
-0,4
-0,5
-0,6
-0,7
-0,8
m = -0.6854e-0.0352d Experimental Trend
Figure 4. Parameter m evolution
3. Conclusions
The magnetic field induction has been measured around a three phase asynchronous
electrical machine controlled through a frequency converter. This is the first step to
make a more complex and complete characterization of the magnetic field in an
industrial environment.
The essay has taken into account different points around the machine, and different
frequencies for the electrical supply. The dependence of the magnetic field with the
distance is a well known relationship.
To study the influence of the voltage and current frequency, a simplified
expression of the induction depending on frequency has been obtained. A parameter
(m) which links distance to source and frequency has been defined. Its evolution is
exponential.
42 F. Daz et al. / Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines
References
[1] J. D. Bowman, M. A. Kelsh, W. T. Kaune, Manual for Measuring Occupational Electric and Magnetic
Fields Exposure, NIOSH, 1998, Cincinnati.
[2] ANSI/IEEE Std 644-1987, IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric
and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1987,
New York, USA.
[3] M. Borsero, G. Crotti, L. Anglesio and G. dAmore, Calibration and Evaluation of Uncertainty in the
Measurement of Environmental Electromagnetic Fields, Radiation Protection Dosimetry, Vol. 97, No 4,
pp. 363368, 2001, Nuclear Technology Publishing.
IOS Press, 2008
Measurement of Electromagnetic Fields in

the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation
Power (Gran Canaria Island, Spain)
Fabin DNIZ 1, Felipe DAZ, Antonio PULIDO and Miguel MARTNEZ
Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria
Abstract. In this paper, the extremely low frequency (ELF) electromagnetic field
environment around 66kV/20kV substation power is studied. This substation is
located in Gran Canaria island, more precisely in a municipality with the largest
tourist area on the island, covering one fifth of its surface. The relevance of these
measurements is great because there are multi-family dwellings around the
substation. These measurements were made using Digital Signal Processing (DSP)
techniques. Also, several existing overhead transmission lines are in an area that
has seen significant residential growth
Keywords. magnetic field, human environment
Introduction
The last years has witnessed growing public concern over possible adverse health effect
of electromagnetic fields produced by transmission and utilization of electric power.
The population growth needs land for building development what causes an
expansion of the urban centre. This expansion can move nearer electrical
infrastructures that were isolated initially from any area of dwellings. The present work
is born due to a group of residents whose homes are near a transformer substation of
66kV/20kV
The potential hazard due to exposure to extremely low frequency (ELF)
electromagnetic fields emitted by electric power systems and installations has become a
major public and environmental concern.
1. Substation Characteristics
First of all, the power electric network of the Gran Canaria Island is shown in Figure 1.
There are twenty substation power and electric and magnetic fields in one of them were
measured.
1
Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Edif. de Ingenieras.
Campus de Tafira. Las Palmas 35017. SPAIN; E-mail: fdeniz@die.ulpgc.es
44 F. Dniz et al. / Measurement of EMF in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation Power
Figure 1. Power electric network of Gran Canaria Island
In order to investigate the magnetic field environment accurately, we carried out

measurements magnetic field distribution in the 66kV/20kV substation.
The main characteristics are: overhead transmission lines of 66 kV, underground
cables of 20 kV and three power transformers. The substation has three power
transformers, two of them of 30 MVA and one of 40 MVA. Also there is double-circuit
configuration. The substation is connected with the power transmission lines passing
near the substation. The Figure 2 shows the single-line diagram of 66 kV.
Figure 2. Single-line diagram of 66 kV

F. Dniz et al. / Measurement of EMF in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation Power 45
The secondary cables with 20kV located at about 1 meter under ground and the
single-line diagram of 20 kV is shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Single-line diagram of 20 kV
Results
Before showing the results it is advisable to remember which are the reference levels
for general public exposure to time-varying electric and magnetic fields (to the
frequency of 50 Hz):
5.000 V/m electric field
100 T magnetic field
The magnetic field values around substation were represented in Figure 4. The
maximum value obtained of magnetic field was 2,2 T.
Magnetic Field (T)
2,00
Magnetic Field (T)
1,50
1,00
0,50
0,00
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
# item
Figure 4. Magnetic field

46 F. Dniz et al. / Measurement of EMF in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation Power
Likewise, electric field values were represented in Figure 5, being maximum value
of electric field was 41,10 V/m
Electric Field (V/m)
45,00
40,00
35,00
Electric Field (V/m)
30,00
25,00
20,00
15,00
10,00
5,00
0,00
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
# item
Figure 5. Electric field
2. Conclusions
In this studied area, overhead transmission lines dont cause levels exposure to time-
varying electric and magnetic fields upper legally allowed levels.
Maximum level of magnetic field was obtained over underground cable of 20 kV,
near urban population. Measured magnetic field strength is agreed applicable legal
rules in Spain.
These measurement data may be a useful technique predicting ELF magnetic field
environment around the power transmission / substation systems.
References
[1] International Commission On Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), Exposure to Static and
Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Biological Effects and Health Consequences
(0- 100 kHz), ICNIRP 13/2003.
[2] Cigre Technical Brochure 221, Improving the impact of existing substations on the environment, Paris
[3] Earle C. Bascom et al, Magnetic Field Management Considerations for Underground Cable Duct
Bank.2005 IEEE Transmission & Distribution Conference 9-14 October 2005. Paper . 05TD0399.
New Orleans, Louisiana.
[4] K. Kato, Y. Uga, N. Goto, M. Shimizu, H. Okubo, Magnetic field characterization based on line current
conditions in 77kV/6.6kV substation, High Voltage Engineering Symposium, 22-27 August 1999
Conference Publication No. 467.0 IEE. 1999.
[5] I. A. Metwally, W. J. Zischank, F. H. Heidler, Measurement of Magnetic Fields Inside Single- and
Double-Layer Reinforced Concrete Buildings During Simulated Lightning Currents, IEEE transactions
on electromagnetic compatibility, vol. 46, no. 2, May 2004.
[6] IEEE Magnetic Fields Task Force, A protocol for spot measurements of residential power frequency
magnetic fields, IEEE Trans. PWRD, Vol.8, No.3, pp. 1386-1394, July 1993.
[7] IEEE Power Engineering Society, IEEE Standard 644-1994 Procedures for measurement of power
frequency electric and magnetic fields from AC power lines, New York, March 1995.
[8] A V. Mamisheve, B. D. Russell, Measurement of Magnetic Field. in the Direct Proximity Power Line
Conductors, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 10, No.3, July 1995, pp.1211-1216.
IOS Press, 2008
Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple

Overhead Transmission Line in Urban
Utilities Corridor
Mrio L. PEREIRA FILHO1, Jos Roberto CARDOSO (2)
(1)
Instituto de Pesquisas Tecnolgicas de SP, Cidade Universitria
05508-901 So Paulo SP Brasil, mleite@ipt.br
(2)
Escola Politcnica da USP, Av. Prof. Luciano Gualberto, trav. 3, n. 158
Cidade Universitria, 05508-900 So Paulo - SP Brasil, jose.cardoso@poli.usp.br
Abstract. Supplying electric power to central metropolitan areas is challenged by

free area to build overhead high voltage transmission lines (OHTL). A solution is
to share existing right-of-way (ROW). As a result, there are two or three voltage
levels OHTL and oil and gas underground pipes. This paper presents a method to
calculate magnetic field human exposure in the proximity of an utilities corridor
with 345 kV, 230 kV and 88 kV OHTL in Sao Paulo metropolitan region,
considering power flow direction and phase shift between concerned OHTL.
Keywords. ELF magnetic field; utilities corridor; human exposure; overhead high
voltage transmission lines.
Introduction
A previous paper presented a software tool CampoLT [1] to calculate ELF

electromagnetic field from TL on the environment. A pilot study was conducted around
an 88 kV double vertical circuit TL in Sao Paulo city to validate this software tool in an
urban scenario. Fig 1 shows measured versus calculated values, with a good agreement
results [2].
Figure. 1 shows results for only one TL configuration. Sao Paulo metropolitan region
has some utilities corridors sharing TL of 345 kV, 230 kV and 88 kV voltage levels. To
calculate magnetic field from this corridor is necessary to know, additionally to
geometry and electric current magnitude, direction of power flow and current phase
shift between TLs, associated with step-down delta-wye power transforms. Reichelt et
all [3] analyzed a double vertical circuit case. This present paper extends such analyze
to multiple TL.
Corresponding Author: Mrio L. Pereira Filho Corresponding author: Instituto de Pesquisas Tecnolgicas de
SP Cidade Universitria 05508-901 So Paulo SP Brasil, mleite@ipt.br
48 M.L. Pereira Filho and J.R. Cardoso / Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead TL
Figure 1. Calculated versus measured magnetic field
1. Results
Case 1 Corridor with one 345 kV and one 88 kV TL
Calculation was done for a corridor with TL according Table 1. Figure 2 shows a
picture of the row-of-way. Phase sequence is low reactance type.
Table 1. TL technical data

Nominal Nominal Lower Distance between Distance between Typical load
voltage current phase phase(m) circuits (m) factor (%)
(kV) (A) height
(m)
345 2000 30 7.5 6 80
88 950 14 2.4 5 72
345 kV TL is part of the high voltage ring supply for Sao Paulo metropolitan area.
Direction of power flow depends on energy balance concerning Southeast , North and
Northeast Brazilian regions. Current phase shift is 30 degree lead for 345 kV TL. Both
TL are double vertical circuit configuration.
Fig. 3 shows magnetic field values in a direction perpendicular to the ROW, at 1.0m
height. Load conditions for 345 kV TL are 66% load factor, 60% nominal load for
circuit 1 and 40% nominal load for circuit 2. Load conditions for 88 kV TL according
legend of Fig. 2, 72 % load factor, 1 = equal direction of 345 kV power flow, -1 =
inverse direction, last number pairs are load combination in percent of nominal load.
M.L. Pereira Filho and J.R. Cardoso / Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead TL 49
Figure 2. Row-of-way with towers silhouette
345 kV 88 kV
5
4.5 72_ 1_100_ 0
4 72_ 1_ 0_100
Magnetic field (uT, RMS)
3.5 72_ 1_ 50_ 50

3 72_ 1_ 40_ 60
72_ 1_ 60_ 40
2.5
72_ -1_100_ 0
2
72_ -1_ 0_100
1.5 72_ -1_ 50_ 50
1 72_ -1_ 40_ 60
0.5 72_ -1_ 60_ 40
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Distance from ROW border (m)
Figure 3. Magnetic field values for both equal and inverse power flow direction
ROW width is 30 meters, with borders at 0 m and 30 m. Arrows show position of 345
kV and 88 kV TL axe. There is an important field value reduction when power flow is
reversed in 88 kV TL side. Such a reduction can be explored to mitigate magnetic
fields in the proximity of ROW.
Spot measurements executed around noon in a business day, on TL axes found 4.0 T
and 4.7 T for 345 kV and 88 kV, respectively. Actual load factor in the moment of
measurements are unknown. There is a fair agreement with the last figure, but the
former one suggests 345 kV TL operation condition are different from simulated data.
Case 2 Corridor with two 230 kV and two 88 kV TL
Calculation was done for a corridor with TL according Table 2. Fig. 4 shows a picture
of the row-of-way. Phase sequence is low reactance type.
Table 2. TL technical data

Nominal Nominal Lower Distance between Distance between Typical load
voltage (kV) current phase phase(m) circuits (m) factor (%)
(A) height (m)
230 (1) 814 13 6.5 12 80
230 (2) 814 13 6.5 12 80
88 (1) 780 9 2.4 2.6 72
88 (2) 2020 9 3.6 4.2 72

Figure 4. Row-of-way with towers silhouette
M.L. Pereira Filho and J.R. Cardoso / Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead TL 51
Figure 5 shows magnetic field values in a direction perpendicular to the ROW, at 1.0m
height. Load conditions for 230 kV TL are 100% load factor, 50% nominal load for
both circuit 1 and 2. Load conditions for 88 kV TL according legend of Figure 5, 66%
load factor for TL (1) and 72% load factor for TL (2), 1 = equal direction of 230 kV
power flow, -1 = inverse direction, last number pairs are load combination in percent of
nominal load.
88 kV(1) 88 kV(2) 230 kV(1) 230 kV(2)

18
16 72_ 1_100_ 0
72_ 1_ 0_100
Magnetic field (uT RMS)
14
72_ 1_ 50_ 50
12
72_ 1_ 40_ 60
10 72_ 1_ 60_ 40
8 72_ -1_100_ 0
6 72_ -1_ 0_100
72_ -1_ 50_ 50
4
72_ -1_ 40_ 60
2 72_ -1_ 60_ 40
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Distance from left ROW border (m)
Figure 5. Magnetic field values for both equal and inverse power flow direction
ROW width is 60 meters, with borders at 0 m and 60 m. Arrows show position of 230
kV and 88 kV TL axe. There is a noticeable field value reduction when power flow is
reversed in 88 kV(2) TL side.
3. Conclusion
The most relevant conclusion concerning human exposure on border of ROW is that
major contributions are from 88 kV TL. This is because there are higher currents and
lower clearance from ROW border on lowest voltage TL.
Inverse power flow mitigates magnetic field near the TL with inverse power flow.
However, for power companies, power flow is a consequence of generation / demand
scenario, it is not possible to choose an arbitrary power flow for mitigate magnetic
field.
References
[1] M. L. Pereira Filho, J. R. Cardoso., A Coupled 3D CSM BEM software tool to evaluate ELF fields
near power lines. International Conference on Electromagnetic Fields, Health and Environment
EHE2006. 27th 29th April, 2006. Madera Island, Portugal.
[2] M. L. Pereira Filho, J. R. Cardoso., Urban fields pilot project with TL LTA Sul Ban 1-2. EMF-SP II
Workshop, 14th 15th August 2006, Sao Paulo - Brazil.
[3] Reichelt D., Scherer R., Braunlich R., Aschwanden T., Magnetic field reduction measures for
transmission lines considering power flow conditions. Transmission and Distribution Conference, 1996.
Proceedings 1996, p 486-492, IEEE.
IOS Press, 2008
Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz

Power Transmission Line
Cihan GUNESER, Ozge SAHIN, Hacer SEKERCI OZTURA
Dokuz Eylul University, Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Buca, Izmir-TURKEY
Abstract. This study covers a case study on magnetic field measurements in a

university campus area in Izmir, Turkey. A power transmission line of 154 kV, 50
Hz has previously been located inside of this area. In this study, it is aimed to
determine the health risk of this transmission line in its vicinity. Measurements are
realized using a calibrated Gauss-meter in multiple locations in different times.
These measurements give people an idea about the safety of settling around power
transmission lines. Safe distance limits are determined according to the
international standards.
Keywords. Power transmission line, magnetic field, health, international standards
Introduction
In recent years, electromagnetic field and its effects on human health has become an
important subject of researches. It is already known that ionising magnetic radiation is
harmful for human. But non-ionising radiation is still not proved to be harmful with
medical proof but statistical researches show that people who live near high voltage
transmission lines have higher health risks. In this paper, an extremely low frequency
measurement is made and the results are compared to limits that are determined by
international standards.
Electromagnetic fields consist of electric (E) and magnetic (H) waves traveling
together [1], as shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Electric and magnetic field

54 C. Guneser et al. / Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line
Frequency is an important parameter for electromagnetic fields. Table 1 shows the

classification of frequency ranges where S means super, U means ultra, V means
very, L means low, M means medium. ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) includes
magnetic field of which frequency is between 3 Hz and 60 Hz. In this paper the
frequency of interest is 50 Hz. This frequency is also used in transmission lines in most
of the countries over the world.
Table 1. Frequency classes
ELF SLF ULF VLF LF MF HF VHF UHF SHF EHF
3 Hz 60 Hz 300 Hz 3 kHz 30 kHz 300 kHz 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz 3 GHz 30 GHz
60 Hz 300 Hz 3 kHz 30 kHz 300 kHz 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz 3 GHz 30 GHz 300 GHz
1. Transmission Line Properties and International Standards
Electric power transmission and distribution, a process in the delivery of electricity to

consumers, is the transfer of electrical power and schematic of the system is shown in
Figure 2.
Typically, power transmission is between the power plant and a substation near a
populated area. Due to the large amount of power involved, transmission normally
takes place at high voltage (110 kV or above). Electricity is usually transmitted over
long distance through overhead power transmission lines which consist of non-isolated
wires. Today, transmission-level voltages are usually considered to be 110 kV and
above. Lower voltages such as 66 kV and 33 kV are usually considered sub-
transmission voltages but are occasionally used on long lines with light loads.
Voltages less than 33 kV are usually used for distribution [2, 3].
Figure 2. Schematic of electric power transmission and distribution system

C. Guneser et al. / Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line 55
In this paper, transmission lines in Dokuz Eylul University Campus, Izmir are
examined. Overhead electric power transmission line systems in Turkey are operated
mainly at 154kV and 380kV. Majority of the transmission lines are double circuit and
vertically arranged. Unfortunately, there is a high voltage transmission line in the
campus area. Measurements are taken by using a calibrated digital EMF tester.
Measurements were repeated increasing 5 meter-distances perpendicular to
transmission lines. Two different groups of values are measured on different dates. One
group is taken in midday, on Wednesday. The other group is taken at the weekend, on
Saturday. The aim is to see the difference in magnetic field values between the working
hours and vacation. It is also important to which area the transmission lines are
transmitting electricity. The values may change depending on these factors. The
material that is used for transmission is also important. The earth conductivity, actual
current frequency is also important for calculation.
Measured magnetic field values are shown in Figure 3 for 154 kV transmission lines.
Magnetic Field (mG) May 23rd Wed 15:00

Magnetic Field (mG) May 26th Sat 16:00
Magnetic Field (mG)
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75
Horizontal Distance
Figure 3. Measurement results
2. Limit Values for EMF
EMF values must be in a limit, which is determined by WHO (World Health

Organization) and the other international standards. After biological studies and
according to recent reports, magnetic field should be less than 0,002 Gauss in the
environment of man for a long time. Tables 2 and 3 show the required distance for
different voltage values and different kinds of areas [3-6].
Table 2. Parameters of 110 kV high voltage transmission line
line passing area minimum distance location of max. maximum area of
from conductor value of B value of B B<0,002 Gauss
to ground at y=1,8 m at y=1,8 m
d [m] x [m] [Gauss]
residential area 7,0 0,0 0,1139 x>49,0 m
non-residential area 6,0 0,0 0,1548 x>49,5 m
difficult traffic area 5,0 0,0 0,2179 x>49,5 m
56 C. Guneser et al. / Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line
Table 3. Parameters of 220 kV high voltage transmission line

line passing area minimum distance location of max. maximum area of
from conductor value of B value of B B<0,002 Gauss
to ground at y=1,8 m at y=1,8 m
d [m] x [m] [Gauss]
0,0 0,1484 x>77,5 m
(horizontal erect)
residential area 7,5
0,0 0,1211 x>64 m
(triangle erect)
0,0 0,1805 x>77,5 m
(horizontal erect)
non-residential area 6,5
0,0 0,1503 x>64 m
(triangle erect)
0,0 0,2276 x>77,5 m
(horizontal erect)
difficult traffic area 5,5
-3,0 0,1972 x>64 m
(triangle erect)
3. ELF and Human Health
When standing below a high-voltage power line with a positive polarity, body would
develop a negative charge. Electric field lines originate at the source and land on the
body. As charge reverse so would body charges reverse. The person distorts field lines
in from nearby space so they land perpendicular to the head. The electric field around
the head becomes highly concentrated and intense. [7,8]
Most evident biological effects are cell membrane, tumor growth, circadian
rhythms, stimulation of nerves and muscles and tissue heating. When a person is in
electromagnetic field, calcium ions are moved from inside of a cell through the cell
membrane to the outside.
Some investigators have reported that ELF field exposure may suppress secretion
of melatonin, a hormone connected with our day-night rhythms. It has been suggested
that melatonin might be protective against breast cancer so that such suppression might
contribute to an increased incidence of breast cancer already initiated by other agents.
While there is some evidence for melatonin effects in laboratory animals, volunteer
studies have not confirmed such changes in human bodies [7].
There is no convincing evidence that exposure to ELF field causes direct damage
to biological molecules, including DNA. It is thus unlikely that they could initiate the
process of carcinogenesis. However, studies are still underway to determine if ELF
exposure can influence cancer promotion or co-promotion. Recent animal studies have
not found evidence that ELF field exposure affects cancer incidence.
Many studies published during the last decade on occupational exposure to ELF
fields have exhibited a number of inconsistencies. They suggest there may be a small
elevation in the risk of leukemia among electrical workers. However, confounding
factors, such as possible exposures to chemicals in the work environment, have not
been adequately taken into account in many of them. Assessment of ELF field
exposure has not correlated well with the cancer risk among exposed subjects.
Therefore, a cause-and-effect link between ELF field exposure and cancer has not been
confirmed.
The International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP)
has published guidelines on exposure limits for all EMF. The guidelines provide
adequate protection against known health effects and those that can occur when
C. Guneser et al. / Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line 57
touching charged objects in an external electric field. Limits of EMF exposure

recommended in many countries are broadly similar to those of ICNIRP, which is a
non-governmental organization (NGO), formally recognized by WHO and a full
partner in the International EMF Project. It will reassess its guidelines once the EMF
Project has completed new health risk assessments.
4. Conclusion
Electric and magnetic fields exist, because electricity is generated, transmitted,

distributed and also used. So, questions related to the possible health effects from
power frequency have increased recently. There are still many questions that need to be
answered to determine hazards to human.
In this paper, EMF measurements are taken near 154 kV transmission lines.
Measurement results are compared to other results of some other transmission lines. It
is seen that, these results are similar to others. And the graphics of EMF values are
parabolic. When calculation is made on the paper, same kind of a graphic will be
determined.
It is tried out to find the EMF values near the transmission lines in our campus
which are close to classrooms. For 154kV, nearest classroom or residential building has
to be at least 70 meters far from lines. This distance has 2 mG EMF value which is
determined by international standards. The aim was to see if residential buildings are in
reasonable distance from lines. It is seen that these buildings are usually in border of
reasonable distance. Generally, necessary attention is not paid for EMF and its effects
on human health.
References
[1] http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/
[2] GAO Yougang, Analysis of Magnetic Field Environment Near High Voltage Transmission Lines, 1998.
[3] S. A. Mahmoud, M. A. Abdallah, H. I. Anis, Magnetic Fields around 2200-66kV Transmission Line,
IEE High Voltage Engineering Sym., 22-27 August 1999.
[4] Perarnbur., Neelakanta, Vichate, Ungvichian; Electromagnetic Fields Due To Overhead and Buried
High-Voltage Power-Lines: A Quantitative Comparison, 1989.
[5] J. F. Heneage, P. E. Ashley, J. R. Ashley; An EMF Mitigation Technology for Power Transmission
Lines, Ph.D. dissertation, 2004.
[6] L.Li, G. Yougang, Analysis of Magnetic Field Enviroment Near High Voltage Transmission Lines,
IEEE Inter. Con. on Communication Technology, 22-24 October 1998, China.
[7] G. Rauch, S. Sussman N. G. Hingorani, Electric and Magnetic Fields: Background on Health Effects
and an Update on Eprl Research, 2004.
[8] G. Robert G. Olsen, Electromagnetic Fields from Power Lines, School of Electrical Engineering and
Computer Science, Washington State University, 2004.
IOS Press, 2008
Improvement of Electromagnetic
Compatibility an Electro-Energetic
Network with Converter Power Supply
System and Their Influence
for Environmental Protection
Zygmunt SZYMANSKI
Silesian University of Technology Gliwice, Poland
Abstract. The paper presents a consequences of application a converter supply

system in electro energetic grid of middle and high voltages, supplied a great
power drive system (over 1000 kW), and their influences on quality of electric en-
ergy in industrial plants. Problems of influence electromagnetic and electrostatic
fields generated from electro energetic grid, on surround environmental is ana-
lyzed in the paper The paper presents a mathematical analysis of phenomenon to
occur in industrial plants of electro energetic grid of middle and high voltages,
with great power load systems. A computer model of electro energetic supply sys-
tem considerate a magnetic and electric field distribution are also presented in pa-
per. For reduction of parasitic harmonics level in current supply and voltage sup-
ply are mostly applied a static capacitor filter. For reduction a negative influences
of magnetic and electric field distribution on surround environments to work up a
special criteria reduced an harmfully interaction. The paper present a solution with
static and active power filters in reduction of high harmonics levels. Some results
of computer simulation performed for selected electro energetic grid configuration,
with and without active filter are presented in the paper. Results of industrial
measurement are also presented in the paper
Key words. electromagnetic compatibility, environmental protection
Introduction
Electromagnetic stability of electro energetic systems, its ability of the system for re-
alization of rated work, independently of the level a stochastic and periodic distur-
bances. Those disturbances can be caused by: breakdown work condition of the system
(short circuit state, asymmetrical loading), parallel and series resonances, nonlinear
load and inverter power supply. Power industrial plants are mostly supplied with mid-
dle voltage grid MVn, with short circuits power non-great of 300MVA. Total rated
power of drive systems, supplied with inverter power supply are a dozen of MW. Mu-
tually interaction of the individual supplied drive system, can caused the disturbance
their normally work state. The phenomenon is especially visibly among other things:
during heavy starting of the great power machines, their interaction for ventilator or
pumps supply systems, start of the conveyers (chain or belt), during ride of few electri-
cal wire line locomotives, riding after contact line segment, supplied with rectifier sup-
Z. Szymanski / Improvement of Electromagnetic Compatibility 59
ply station. The interaction can be limited: to increase of the rated power of transformer
supply station, applied of modern control system in converter supply system. The paper
presents a consequences of application of converter supply system in electro energetic
grid of middle voltage, supplied of drive system a great power load systems (over
1000kW), and their influences on quality of electric energy. In the paper presents a
mathematical analysis of phenomenon to occur in industrial plants of electro energetic
grid of middle voltage, with great power load systems. Dynamical state systems ap-
pearance during heavy starting of drive system caused a great voltages drops in electro
energetic supply sets (0,35 U1n), generated parasitic harmonics in current supply and
voltages supply systems. The paper presents a computer model of electro energetic
supply system of industrial plant with converter supply systems. Together with para-
sitic harmonics compensation, problem of LC resonances between the output filter of
inverter and power active filter and the line inductances are analyzed. For reduction of
parasitic harmonics level in the current supply and in voltage supply, are mostly ap-
plied a static capacitor filter. The paper presents a solution with active power filters in
reduction of parasitic harmonics levels. For reduction a negative influences of magnetic
and electric field distribution on surround environments to work up a special criteria
reduced an harmfully interaction. Some results of computer simulation performed for
selected electro energetic grid configuration, with and without active filter are pre-
sented in the paper. Some results of industrial measurement are also presented in the
paper.
1. Resonance Phenomenon in Electrical Plant Grid
Mains grid of the industrial plant are composed with: overhead air grid conducted in
the steel tower or by cable line, systems of energetic transformer conditioning grid vol-
tage for the level of rated voltages supplied loadings: induction motor, DC motor and
capacitor battery. For analysis of dynamic states of MV grid assumed cascade connec-
tion four terminal network type G: in longitudinal branch finding series connected
elements: Rs and Ls, in transverses branch are included a capacitance of the network
section Cs. Dynamic state in electro energetic grid of middle voltage can described a
system of differential equations (1):
di 1
k 1
= (U i R ), dU
k k
i
k 1 k 1
k
= k
(1)
dt X k b dt k 1
di 1
k
= (U i R ), dUdt = i
k 1 k 1 k k
k 1 k 1
dt X k b k
where:
k-1, k, bk-1, bk coefficient of matrix four terminal network,
Rk-1, Rk, Xk-1, Xk longitudinal resistance and reactance of k four terminal network,
Uk-1, Uk, ik-1, ik voltage and current in input and output of k four terminal network,
The values of coefficients: k, bk depended of industrial grid loading parameters, and

capacity of condenser battery including in grid for static compensation of reactive po-
wer, and for reduction of parasitic harmonics in supply voltages and in currents, re-
ceived with supply sources. Static converters are frequently used in industrial plants in
order to improvement the quality of energy, and in reduction of parasitic harmonics.
60 Z. Szymanski / Improvement of Electromagnetic Compatibility
One of the chosen structures used in plant grid MV is application of the parallel voltage
inverter associated with an LC filter (hybrid active filter). Sometimes, in particularly
coincidences, maybe arise a series or parallel resonance between a reactive elements of
the output filter of voltage inverter, and capacitor banks for reactive power compensa-
tion, and also a static passive filters used in elimination of current harmonics in hybrid
structure of AFP [4]. Simplified scheme of the three-phase network with parallel active
power filter are presented in figure.1. Scheme of electro energetic supply system of the
industrial plant are presented in figure 2.
Figure 1. Simplified scheme of the three-phase network with parallel active power filter
Figure 2. Scheme of electro energetic network 6 kV

System of differential equations (2) described a transient state of middle voltage

grid:(2)

=
i i
n,i CF,i

i [i

L,i inv,i
] U =L di +U +V ] ] inv,i
N Caf

(2)
dt
inv,i af,i

Caf ,i
du
[i ] C
CF,i
=
af,i
Caf,i
[V ] L di r [i ]+[U ]+[V ]
n,i
=
af,i
n,i

+ n,i n,i CF,i NCaf
dt dt
After realization of: ab and dq transformations, system equations (2), we can presented
in the form of the system of matrix equations (3):
(3)

X A+j I 0
X + B 0 U B 0 w ] ]
cd =[ [ n cd u inv,ad
+ w
cd

X
qi 0 Aj I

X 0 B U
qi
u

inv,qi
0 B ww
qi
s C 0 [ [X +D 0 [ [U D 0 [ [w

inv,ad
cd = cd u
+ w cd
s 0 C X 0 D U

qi
qi
u

inv,qi

0 D w w qi
where:

X cd X d i n ,C
= i n ,C ,w C = i L ,C
1
=T , X = i inv , C , s C
i inv , C V n , C
X qi X q C

v Caf , C
1
v n 0
1
Ln 0
L
0

L
n

[A ] = 0
1 [B ] 1
[B ] n

0 = , = 0 0
L af

u
L af
w
1 0
1 1 0
0 C af
C af C af
1 0 0
[C ] = [D ] = 0 [D ] = 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 0
u w

This state presented a linear description of the network system, which allows to use a
high level synthesis tools for the control law of elimination of resonance phenomenon
(norms: H2 or Hoo ) [3]. On resonance pulse w0 impedance Z0 gives a high impedance. If
one of the sources: Vnet , Uinv , or iload, contains a current harmonic close to the reso-
nance pulse, the voltage range VP increases very significantly.[5].Control of resonance
phenomenon with using of control Uinv voltage will reject perturbations of Vnet and iload,
in a frequency range close to resonance pulse w0 . We can applied next possibilities:
direct measurement of voltage VP, and controller generate a voltage Vinv -= - K(jw)VP,
measurement of current network , and controller generate a voltage Vinv = K(jw)Inet ,
measurement of current network and inverter, controller generate a voltage V inv =
K1(jw)Inet + K2(jw)Iinv . With the help of multivariable synthesis tool, a control law is
formulated. This law allows to minimize the transfer of VP around the resounding
pulse.[5].
2. Power Active Filter in Industrial Plant Network
Growth of drive system supplied with converters supply system, caused considerable
deterioration of the parameter of electrical energy, in plants supply grid system. Con-
siderable level deterioration of current and voltage supply network, required applica-
tion of modern method compensation of deformations. Actual applied static resonance
compensator, besides advantages having a number of faults: rush control reactive pow-
er, limited speed control of the transient power to send for supply grid, great influence
of the supply network parameters for filtering efficiency of passive LC filters, possibil-
ity of appearance of resonances: series and parallels before filter systems and supply
sources. That faults can be reduced by application of the active power filter AFP in
inverter supply system. [1, 2, 4, 5]. AFP can work as: series filter, parallel filter, and
series - parallel filter. Intermediate solution is application of hybrid active filter coop-
erative with passive LC. AFP filter assured effective compensation of parasitic har-
monics in voltage and current, reduced results voltage and currents supply asymmetry;
stabilization of voltage in load terminal, to compensate of voltage drops in the supply
grid reactance and make to possible reactive power compensation. A theoretical model
of the network and real model of the industrial grid supplied a great power plants were
performed with Matlab - Simulink procedures and PSpice simulation programs.
Scheme of computer model of the supply grid presented in figure 3. Results of com-
puter calculation are presented in figure 4.
Powergui
-Continuous
iA
MW_iann MW_Ud
+ i MW_V
- A
+
MW_uabnn B Uf
Vd2
C
+ -
v - alpha_deg pulses
AB Przeksztatnik F+ F-
30/pi 1/60*2*pi*3
BC pulses
PGG +
A+ A- - v Gain
CA V [m/s]
Mobc [N] TL m Vd em
C
A
0 Block
Synchronizowany Maszyna Wycigowa D [1mH] MW_Id
L2d Zadawanie
6-Pulsowy Generator MW Terminator
obciazenia
C
A
FP1 Terminator1
Ifa V [m/s]
Ifb alfa
Ifc Id [A]
+
- v
Regulacja pradu
Vab
i predkosci obrotowej
+ v
-
Vbc
+ v
- peak2rms
Vca
0
c
a
magnitude -K-
TG signal
6kV/370V angle RMS Vab voltage kaskada_ir
2500kVA
- v
vab Fourier
+
C
A
8 HP- 6000 V
iAs1 50 Hz - 375 rpm MD_RW
i
A A A A +- A a In1
C
A
ir_abc
B B B B B b In2 ir_a (A)kasakada_is
Kabel: 207
C C C C C c In3
is_abc
is_a (A)
C
Tm m m
A
Vd1 (L) Kabla: 223 (R) Kabla: 223

+ wm
v -
C
A
B
RPW-5 Te 30/pi
do_kasakady_i
kabel_207_uab 2x39.8uF/1f 1
rpm N (rpm)
C
A
B
Demux1
iA1
+i-
kabel_207_ia
A A do_kasakady_uab
B B kaskada_Te
Mobc n
C C
RG-3/10
95uF/1f 1 Mobc
Ua
Wentylator
A A
kasakada_Mobc
Vb
Ub
B B
C C
Uc R/X zrodla
Figure 3. Simulation model of electro energetic supply system

Figure 4. Active filter node voltage transient and harmonic analysis
3. Influence of Electromagnetic Field Distribution on Surround Environment
Electromagnetic field is very divers environment factor: static fields ( electrostatic and
magnetic static), low and high frequency fields, to microwave radiation (frequency
below 300GHz) [3, 5]. In environment appears sinusoidal fields, distorted parasitic
harmonics fields, and modulated in different manner electromagnetic fields. Basic data
characterized degree of influence on environment are parameters: basic frequency, in-
tensity of electric field, intensity of magnetic field or flux density, density of radiation
power, exposure time of the worker. [4]. Manner and results electromagnetic fields
influences directly on human body and or physical elements of the work environment
depend on frequency of radiation, density of flux and distance from radiation sources.
Electromagnetic field energy absorb directly in human body induced in body electric
currents and heat up of tissue. It can be of the reason: sleep disturbance, head ache or
giddiness, dullness, partial loss of memory, eyesight disturbance, change of blood im-
age and pressure, immunologic disturbance and finally brain cancer. [3, 5]. Electro-
magnetic field distribution can be described by system of equation (4):

1
E = E + v B 2 E v v (4)
v

v E 1
B = B 2 2 B v v
c v

where:
Lorentz factor,
c light speed,
Analysis of electromagnetic field distribution were realised for different types of grid
plants supply systems with different coefficients of distortion (THD). ANSYS and
JMAG computer program were applied in computer calculation of electromagnetic
fields distribution. Each simulation cycle was carried out in the following steps: speci-
fication of geometry supply system, specification of human location properties, specifi-
cation of boundary condition and excitation sources, generating the solution and
graphical postprocessing and analysis environment emergency degree. Analysis was
performed for two work conditions: static and high frequency fields interaction. Results
of computer calculation are applied to calculation of basic parameters of factor danger-
ous for human body. Boundary data for electric field is 10 kV/m, and for magnetic
component 2,5 kA/m. [3]. For high frequency electromagnetic fields particularly
component are equal: 20V/m, and 3A/m, for frequency f (1kHz 3MHz). [4, 5].
4. Conclusion
Application of the inverter supply system in supply network of the great power drive
system, is a reason of the great voltage drop, increase of reactive power consumption,
and distortion of the transient supply voltages and supply currents. Capacitors static
filter to become that requirement in limited range. Application of the active filter in-
creases effectiveness of reduction level of parasitic harmonics. Application of hybrid
active filter assure simultaneously improvement of reactive power compensation. On
analysis of industrial plant network very important matter is definition of resonance
pulse of the network, and their influences on voltage drop and oscillation of high har-
monics of current and voltage in network. Analysis of electromagnetic fields distribu-
tion and their radiation in high frequency fields enable realization of special protection
system, which reduced negative effect of their fields, and limited their influence on
human body.
References
[1] M. Aredes, K. Heumann, A unified power flow controller with active filtering capabilities, Proceedings
of PEMC96, vol.III, Budapest, Hungary, 1996 r.
[2] P. G. Barbosa, E. H. Watanabe, Advanced series reactive power compensator based on voltage source
invernters, Conference Proceedings COBEC95, Sao Paulo, 1995 r.
[3] J. Karpowicz, K. Gryz, Control and shaping of work conditions in electromagnetic fields and radiations,
Work safety nr 10, 2001 r.
[4] Z. Szymaski, Modern method of improvement electromagnetic compatibility of electro energetic sets,
with converter power supply system of great work, Proceedings of CPE05, Gdansk, June, 2005 r.
[5] Z. Szymanski, Analysis of the stability an electro energetic grid with great load converter power supply
system, Proceedings of CPE07, Gdansk, June, 2007r.
Chapter 2
Electromagnetic Field and Health
IOS Press, 2008
Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures

M Filomena BOTELHO1, A Cristina SANTOS1, M Carmo LOPES2, Marta PINTO3,
Isabel CARREIRA3, Ins ALEIXO4, Ins ROLO4, Lus NEVES4, Ricardo COSTA4,
Rosemeyre CORDEIRO4, Cludia FERREIRA4, Gilberto ALMEIDA4, Hugo
4
TAVARES4, Joana MARQUES4, Joo CASTRO , M Joo BRTOLO4
1
Instituto de Biofsica/Biomatemtica, IBILI, Faculdade de Medicina de Coimbra
2
Servio de Fsica Mdica, IPO-CROC, Coimbra
3
Instituto de Biologia Mdica, Faculdade de Medicina de Coimbra
4
Licenciatura de Engenharia Biomdica, Faculdade de Cincias e Tecnologia da
Universidade de Coimbra, E-mail: filomena@ibili.uc.pt
Abstract. We aimed to compare eventual biological effects in cellular cultures

after X-ray irradiation. Human amnyocytes and rat peritoneal macrophages,
irradiated with 3 Gy (G II) and 6 Gy (G III) were compared with a non-irradiated
control (G I) over time. Both cell lines were isolated and cultured under aseptic
conditions (37C, 5% CO2). Cell proliferation and radiation cytotoxic effects were
studied with the MTT test Cytogenetic evaluation of amnyocytes was done at 4,
24, 120 and 144 h post-irradiation, showing a correlation between the decrease of
the survival rate and the increase of the irradiation intensity, although with some
recovery capacity. For rat peritoneal macrophages the 6 Gy were also more
harmful, killing the majority of the cells. The 3 Gy dose, although aggressive,
enables a higher survival rate.
Introduction
Since the second half of the XXth century, after the discovery of X-rays, the effects of
this kind of radiation on living cells has been a subject of intense research. Although
there is a lot of information on macroscopic and cytologic induced alterations, little
knowledge exists on the mechanism of these changes or the connection between the
effects of short wave radiation and environmental conditions. It is extremely important
to know the interactions that might occur between radiation sources and living cells, in
order to try to evaluate, qualitative and quantitatively, possible lesion risks. Studies of
Hayden et al. and Smith in cereals gave a great contribution to determine cause-effect
relationships between presence or absence of lesions, genetic effects and chromosomic
aberrations due to irradiation with X-rays of barley seeds [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]. When exposed
to radiation, cells suffer physical, chemical and biological changes. As cells are a part
of the all, these changes will influence tissues, organs and systems, and ultimately the
organism [6,7].
Radiation can be non-ionizing or ionizing, depending on its ability to withdraw
electrons from the atoms and to form ion pairs. Ionizing radiation is potentially
dangerous due to its capacity of producing ions, being responsible for biological
damage in living organisms [7]. Chemical (atom binding rupture and free radical
formation) and biological phenomena (specific cell function alteration) follow physical
68 M.F. Botelho et al. / Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures
properties of radiation which are responsible for the decrease or alteration of activity of
the living organism. These are the first reactions to radiation usually happening for
relatively low doses. Besides these functional reactions, biological effects are also
characterized by morphological variations. Changes of essential functions might induce
immediate cell death, if its structure it is considerably damaged [6,7]. Some human
cells are highly specialized, for example neurons, while others are constantly renewed.
The higher the specialization degree, the slowest is the cell division, being less
radiosensitive. For instance, epithelial, intestinal lining or hmatopoietic cells are more
sensible to radiation than other kinds of cells. Exception made to the lymphocytes,
although they only divide in very particular conditions [7].
In studies with vegetables it has been seen that X-rays induce two kinds of
cytologic alterations, depending if nuclei are in interphase or in division upon
irradiation. Primary effects are irregular fragmentation and agglutination of
chromosomes when irradiation coincides with the prophase, due to matrix rigidity. As a
consequence of agglutination, chromosome movements are irregular and might origine
an atypical disposition of the accromatic fuse, pseudo-amythosis, etc.. The secondary
effect, due to irradiation during the interphase, will be fragmentation which induces
aberrations, with or without subsequent reconstruction of the ends of the fractured
chromosome, originating transloccation, inversion, deletion, bridges, fragments, etc. [1].
A complex organism exposed to radiation suffers somatic effects and genetically
transmissible effects [8]. Cells have a great capacity of reparing damages throughout a
series of mechanisms designated cell rescue. In some cases the damaged cell is still
able to divide and the mutated daughter cells either die or replicate the mutation,
possibly leading to a malignant tumor. Each organ reacts presenting different levels of
tolerance to radiation [7]. According to some studies, there are situations in which one
can observe a phenomenon designated low dose hypersensitivity [9]. The clinical
condition of an all-body irradiated patient depends on the absorbed radiation dose,
expressed by the unit Gray (Gy) quantity of energy by mass unit of tissue,
corresponding to 1 J/Kg of irradiated mass. Very high doses (hundreds of Gy) imply
death in a very few minutes; doses such as 100 Gy cause death of the central nervous
system and death in a few hours to 1 or 2 days. An all-body dose of tens of Gy induces
a gastrointestinal syndrome, dehydration, weight loss, serious infections leading to
death in some days. Doses of a few Gy lead to an hmatopoietic syndrome [6,7].
Litterature on the influence of atmosphere on X-ray effects is scarce, but apparently
(both for plants and animals) lesions are smaller in the absence of air. Besides the rate
of cell division, the organ sensitivity is also influenced by the organ ranking role in the
organism well-being, as well as its oxygen and blood supply [1,8].
Material & Methods
Two different kinds of cells from two different species were chosen - human
amnyocytes and rat peritoneal macrophages - for our experimental study, due to
previous work developed in our lab. The human amnyocytes were isolated from
amnyocentesis fluid and cultured in flasks with the indicated media, in asseptical
conditions at 37C, in an enriched 5% CO2 atmosphere [10]. The peritoneal
macrophages were collected from Wistar rats two months old [11]. After collection, the
macrophages were cultivated in flat bottom multiwell plates with complete RPMI-1640
M.F. Botelho et al. / Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures 69
medium with L-glutamine and recommended antibiotics, also at 37C in a 5% CO2

atmosphere.
After propagation, the amnyocytes were divided into three culture flasks: flask I
was the non-irradiated control; flask II was irradiated with 4 MeV X-rays in a Varian
Clinac 600C accelerator for 67.2 sec corresponding to a 3 Gy dose; flask III was
irradiated for 134.4 sec receiving a 6 Gy dose. One hour after irradiation, 100 l of
colcemide were added to the aliquots in order to inhibit the accromatic fuse formation.
Samples were kept for 3 h at 37C (Heraus Instruments Incubator function line EG
110I, Line A JOUAN, SHELLAB). Manipulation and cell fixation for cytogenetic
evaluation were done at 4 h (T0), 24 h (T1), 120 h (T2) and 144 h (T3) post-irradiation.
The slides with the fixed cells were observed using a contrast phase optical microscope
(NIKON Japan 60). To evaluate cell proliferation and radiation cytotoxic effects, the
colorimetric MTT test [3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazolyl-2)-2, 5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide]
(Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Missouri, USA) was used at this point, enabling the
counting of living cells 6:30h, 42:30h, 120h and 146h after irradiation. Images were
obtained with a contrast phase optical microscope (NIKON Eclipse TS 100) and colour
intensity was measured by microELISA (at 570 nm, with a ref. filter of 620 nm).
The rat macrophages were splitted into three groups: group I control; group II
cells irradiated with 3 Gy; and group III cells irradiated with 6 Gy. After irradiation,
the multiwell plate was incubated in the previously referred conditions for 2:30h. This
wasconsidered our time 0 (T0); time-1 (T1) = 8 h post-irradiation; time-2 (T2) = 48 h
after irradiation; time-3 = 58 h post-irradiation. Cell viability was evaluated also using
the MTT test [12]. Visual control was achieved with a contrast phase optical
microscope and colour intensity was measured by microELISA (at 570 nm, with a ref.
filter of 620 nm).
Results
In human amnyocyte cytogenetic studies, for times T1 and T3, the cells irradiated with
a 6 Gy dose showed more lesions and/or isolated chromosome fragments when
compared to the ones irradiated with 3 Gy (Table 1). The surviving cells showed, along
time, in both samples (3 Gy and 6 Gy), ability to recover, nevertheless a more
significant recovery was verified for the 3 Gy dose (Fig. 1). Using the cytotoxicity test
we observed a decrease of the viable cells rate, from 88.89% to 66.66% in the 3 Gy
sample and from 70.37% to 45,94% in the 6 Gy irradiation.
In what concerns the rat macrophages, cell survival rate of the control culture has
been considered the standard for all samples. For T0 (2:30h) cell survival has been
100% for all samples (control, 3 Gy and 6 Gy); for T1 (8h) cell survival was 90% for
the 3 Gy dose and 80% for the 6 Gy irradiation; for T2 (48h) values were, respectively,
71.43% and 28.60% (Fig. 2); for T3 (58h) the survival rate was 70% for 3 Gy and 25%
for 6 Gy.
70 M.F. Botelho et al. / Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures
Table 1. Chromosomic study of 30 metaphases.
Study Normal Pieces Ruptures
Control 29 1 0
T1
3 Gy 18 9 (1 plate with pieces) 4 (1 rupture in a plate with 1 piece)
(24h)
6 Gy 4 25 10 (9 of which in plates with pieces)
Control 29 0 1
T3
3 Gy 30 0 0
(144h)
6 Gy 17 11 (1 broken chromosome) 2 (in plates also with pieces)
Control (T1) 3 Gy (T1)
6 Gy (T1) 6 Gy (T3)
Fig. 1. Results of human amnyocytes cytogenetic study performed in 30 metaphases.

M.F. Botelho et al. / Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures 71
T1 (8h)
control 3 Gy 6 Gy
T2 (48h)
control 3 Gy 6 Gy
Fig. 2. Some images of viability/cytotoxicity MTT tests of rat peritoneal macrophages for T1 & T2.
Discussion & Conclusions
The human amnyocyte cell line showed, after irradiation in our experimental
conditions, a significant decrease of the survival rate. They showed some recovery, and
the proliferation rate was correlated with the irradiation intensity.
The rat peritoneal macrophages showed that a 6 Gy irradiation is more harmful,
killing the majority of the cells. The 3 Gy dose, although aggressive, enables a higher
survival rate. Time is also an important factor and cell death is proportional to it. The
number of living cells decreases with time and dose intensity.
References
[1] B. Hayden, L. Smith, The relation of atmosphere to biological effects of X-rays, Genetics 34: 26-43,
1949.
[2] L. Smith, Hereditary susceptibility to X-ray injury in. Triticum monococcum, Amer J Bot 29: 189-191,
1942.
[3] L. Smith, Relation of polyploidy to heat and x-ray effects in the cereals, J. Hered. 34: 130-134, 1943.
[4] L. Smith, A comparison of the effects of heat and X-rays on dormant seeds of cereals with special
reference to polyploidy , J. Agric. Res. 73: 137-158, 1946.
[5] L. Smith, The aceto-carmine smear. Technic, Stain Tech 22: 17-31, 1947.
[6] F. A. Mettler, A. C. Upton, Medical effects of ionizing radiation, Grune & Stratton, Inc., Orlando,
Florida, 1995.
[7] National Council on Radiation Protection (NCRP), Report 93, USA, 1987.
[8] B. Buddemeir, Understanding radiation and its effects, in LLNL Counter terrorism and incident
response program. LLN Laboratory ed, California, 2006.
[9] M. C. Joiner, B. Marples, P. Lambin, S. C. Short, I. Turesson I, Low-Dose Fractionated Radiation
Potentiates the Effects of Paclitaxel in Wild-type and Mutant p53 Head and Neck Tumor Cell Lines, Int
J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys 49: 379-389, 2001.
[10] H. E. Wyandt, V.S. Tonk, X.L. Huan, A.T. Evans, J.M. Milunsk, A. Milunsky, Correlation of
Abnormal Rapid FISH and Chromosome Results from Amniocytes for Prenatal Diagnosis, Fetal Diagn
Ther 21: 235-240, 2006.
[11] D. M. Weir, Handbook of experimental immunology, vol 2, Blackwell Scientific Publ, 2nd ed, Oxford,
1973.
[12] T. Mossman, Rapid Colorimetric Assay for Cellular Growth and Survival: Application to Proliferation
and Cytotoxicity Assays, J Immunol Meth 65: 55-63, 1983.
IOS Press, 2008
Influence of Static Electric Field Generated

Nearby High Voltage Direct Current
Transmission Lines on Hormonal Activity
of Experimental Animals
Grzegorz CIESLAR a,1, Pawe SOWA b, Beata KOS-KUDLA c, Aleksander SIERON a
a
Department and Clinic of Internal Diseases, Angiology and Physical Medicine,
Medical University of Silesia, Bytom, Poland
b
Institute of Power System and Control,
Silesian University of Technology, Gliwice, Poland
c
Department of Pathophysiology and Endocrinology,
Medical University of Silesia, Zabrze, Poland
Abstract. The aim of the study was to estimate the effect of static electric fields
with physical parameters generated nearby HVDC transmission lines on hormonal
system of experimental animals. 96 male Wistar rats were exposed for 56
consecutive days (8 hours daily) to static electric field with intensity of 16, 25 and
35 kV/m respectively, while 32 control rats were shame-exposed. Exposure to
static electric fields evoked transient stimulation of insulin and thyroid hormones
secretion as well as decrease in serum corticosterone level. As observed effects
appeared mostly for intensity above 16 kV/m in prepared recommendations
potential harmful effect of electric fields with such intensities should be regarded.
Keywords. Static electric field, High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines,
hormonal activity, rats
Introduction
The results of experimental studies suggest that different forms of electric field affect
significantly hormonal activity of hypophysis, adrenal cortex, thyroid gland and testes
of experimental animals, probably as a result of stimulation by this physical factor -
acting as a non-specific stressor the activity of hypothalamus-hypophysis-peripheral
glands system or direct effect on synthesis and secretion of particular hormones.
The divergence of obtained results is related mainly to different physical
parameters of electric field and experimental models used by particular authors.
Nowadays transport of electric power using air High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC)
transmission lines becomes very popular.
Regarding the lack of reports dealing with the influence of strong static electric
fields on activity of endocrine glands in available literature, the aim of the study was to
1
Corresponding Author: Grzegorz Cielar, Department and Clinic of Internal Diseases, Angiology and
Physical Medicine, Medical University of Silesia, Batorego St. 15, PL-41902 Bytom, Poland, E:mail:
cieslar@mediclub.pl
G. Cieslar et al. / Inuence of Static Electric Field 73
estimate the effect of static electric fields with physical parameters generated nearby
HVDC transmission lines on hormonal system of experimental animals.
1. Material and Methods
Experimental material consisted of 128 male Wistar albino rats aged 6 weeks,
weighting about 150 g. During the whole experiment all animals were placed in
identical environmental conditions (constant temperature 22 1oC and humidity of air)
under a 12 h light-dark cycle) and fed with standard laboratory pellet food Labofed B
(15g per day) and free access to tap water.
All animals were randomly divided into 4 equal groups (32 animals each) with no
significant differences in body weight. Two weeks before the beginning of exposure
cycle rats from all groups were adapted to new environmental conditions in room, in
which subsequently whole experiment was performed. This adaptation process and
optimal environmental conditions in a specially designed room enabled to exclude the
influence of other factors than electric field action on hormonal activity of experimental
animals.
1.1. Procedure of Exposure to Static Electric Field
The animals from 3 experimental groups were exposed for 56 consecutive days (8
hours daily, alternately between 7001500, 15002300 and 2300700, similarly as in case
of electric current transmission lines staff working in shifts) to static electric field with
different electric field intensity values in a specially designed experimental system
consisting of autotransformer, high voltage transformer 220V/60000V, cascade
rectifier, water rheostat, 2 electrodes with round shape and specially profiled edges
placed in a distance of 50 cm from each other, typical plastic cage placed between both
electrodes containing 8 animals at a same time and magnetostatic kilo-voltmeter C196
type.
Rats from first experimental group were exposed to static electric field with
intensity of 16 kV/m, rats from second experimental group were exposed to static
electric field with intensity of 25 kV/m and rats from third experimental group were
exposed to static electric field with intensity of 35 kV/m. The control animals were
subjected to sham-exposure in the same experimental system, during which no electric
field was generated between electrodes.
Taking into account the lack of regulations limiting the parameters of exposure to
static electric field generated nearby High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines, in
selection of analyzed electric field intensity values actual obligatory norms for
occupational exposure to variable electric fields with frequency above 1 Hz as well as
results of measurements of electric field intensity in the corridor of actually existing
HVDC transmission lines were included.
The lowest value of chosen electric field intensity 16 kV/m is contained within
the range of permissible norm for variable electric fields in conditions of occupational
exposure, intermediary value of 25 kV/m corresponds with typical values of static
electric field intensity observed in corridor of actually existing HVDC transmission
lines and highest value of 35 kV/m conforms to top level of electric field intensity,
which occur sometimes in close proximity of electric field transmission lines in
especially unfavorable weather conditions.
74 G. Cieslar et al. / Inuence of Static Electric Field
1.2. Biochemical Analysis
At 14th, 28th and 56th day of exposure cycle and then at 28th day after the end of
exposure cycle a part of animals from all groups (8 rats at a same time) was
exsanguinated in Morbital narcosis (50 mg/kg of body weight i.p.) between 800 and 1000
a.m. regarding daily profile of concentration of some hormones with highest excretion
level in the morning.
Then the collected blood (6-8 ml) was decanted and centrifuged and in obtained
serum the concentrations of some hormones as insulin, glucagon, adrenocorticotropin,
corticosterone, triiodothyronine, thyroxine and testosterone were estimated.
Concentration of particular hormones were determined by means of radioimmunologic
method using respectively: Rat Insulin RIA Kit RI-13K (LINCO Research St. Charles,
MI, USA), Glucagon Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit RK-028-02 (Phoenix Peptide,
Belmont, CA, USA), DSL-2300 ACTH Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit, DSL-80100 Rat
Corticosterone Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit, DSL-3100 ACTIVE Triiodothyronine
(T3) Coated-Tube Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit, DSL-3200 ACTIVE Thyroxine
Coated-Tube Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit and DSL-4000 ACTIVE Testosterone
Coated-Tube Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit (all Diagnostic Systems Laboratories, Inc.,
Oxon, Great Britain).
1.3. Statistical Analysis
The results of measurements presented as mean values SEM for particular groups
were subjected to statistical analysis by means of analysis of variance (Kruskal-Wallis
ANOVA test) with subsequent detailed analysis of differences between particular
groups by means of post-hoc U-Mann-Whitneys test.
2. Results
Mean values of serum concentrations of particular hormones in succeeding days of

experiment in all experimental groups of rats are presented in Table 1.
Mean serum concentration of insulin at 14th day of exposure cycle in group 16
kV/m was significantly higher comparing to control group (by 110,3% (p=0,012)). In
other groups of animals exposed to electric field mean serum concentration of this
hormone did not differ significantly in comparison with control group. At 28th day of
exposure cycle mean serum concentration of insulin in group 16 kV/m did not differ
significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was
significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 38,8% (p=0,046) and 67,0%
(p=0,046), respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of
insulin in groups 16 kV/m and 25 kV/m was significantly higher in comparison with
control group (by 59,1% (p=0,012) and 90,2% (p=0,006), respectively), while in group
35 kV/m it did not differ significantly comparing to control group. At 28th day after the
end of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of insulin in groups of rats exposed to
electric field did not differ significantly in comparison to control group.
Table 1. Serum concentrations of particular hormones (mean value SEM) in succeeding days of
experiment in groups of rats exposed to static electric field and in control one.
Hormone Group of rats Day of experiment
14 day of 28 day of 56 day of 28 day after
exposure exposure exposure the end of
exposure
Insulin Control 0.8520.104 1.3180.150 0.4070.044 0.8630.223
[ng/ml] 16 kV/m 1.7910.218 1.9060.279 0.6480.055 1.0070.127
25 kV/m 1.1150.177 1.8310.203 0.7750.106 0.8780.117
35 kV/m 1.0060.131 2.2020.319 0.6170.084 0.8920.083
Glucagon Control 8.121.34 12.212.07 34.025.58 34.207.55
[pg/tube] 16 kV/m 8.300.45 7.170.96 40.495.87 25.024.02
25 kV/m 13.862.23 6.271.10 24.275.19 32.445.04
35 kV/m 13.401.35 6.800.85 17.383.61 30.954.12
ACTH Control 416.9429.34 307.2628.71 360.37840.47 380.2040.50
[pg/ml] 16 kV/m 412.5627.14 276.6315.19 476.7593.04 331.6130.68
25 kV/m 352.4630.09 315.6415.99 413.7433.95 380.8736.83
35 kV/m 286.8226.13 314.5421.73 454.7936.38 442.2634.37
Corticosterone Control 308.8545.75 275.2040.69 203.3915.80 211.4745.64
[ng/ml] 16 kV/m 202.9429.65 219.2742.94 209.8633.50 140.4137.03
25 kV/m 195.2421.29 160.9125.59 195.7723.59 238.7139.51
35 kV/m 152.2125.79 60.3019.32 157.5931.46 209.5439.23
Triiodothyronine Control 253.4710.25 207.707.35 256.2123.77 272.7518.45
[ng/dl] 16 kV/m 271.7814.75 234.509.03 284.698.08 289.3611.28
25 kV/m 278.636.39 241.128.89 315.1615.62 342.6210.92
35 kV/m 257.498.05 259.506.97 327.9821.08 360.6610.26
Thyroxine Control 4.0160,289 6.3190.381 4.1090.260 3.5600.207
[ng/dl] 16 kV/m 5.2720.302 8.1280.351 5.3700.262 3.8350.243
25 kV/m 5.3570.305 7.8080.788 4.7490.418 3.4370.246
35 kV/m 6.3360.430 9.5330.407 4.6370.347 4.0300.264
Testosterone Control 0.4010.114 5.6541.045 0.8320.428 3.5011.023
[ng/ml] 16 kV/m 3.0760.920 11.2203.520 3.5231.436 5.2441.126
25 kV/m 3.0411.184 7.1091.989 0.8960.342 4.4911.518
35 kV/m 3.1780.967 5.7581.533 6.3961.639 5.0662.224
Mean serum concentration of glucagon at 14th day of exposure cycle in groups 16

kV/m and 25kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with control group, while
in group 35 kV/m it was significantly higher comparing to control group (by 65%
(p=0,016)). At 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of glucagons in
group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with control group, while in
groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher comparing to control group
(by 48,6% (p=0,046) and 44,3% (p=0,046), respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle
mean serum concentration of glucagons in groups 16 kV/m and 25 kV/m did not differ
significantly in comparison with control group, while in group 35 kV/m it was
significantly lower comparing to control group (by 48,9% (p=0,027)). At 28th day after
the end of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of glucagon in groups of rats
exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison to control group.
Mean serum concentration of adrenocorticotropin (ACTH) at 14th day of exposure
cycle in groups 16 kV/m and 25 kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with
control group while in group 35 kV/m it was significantly lower comparing to control
group (by 31,2% (p=0,009). At 28th and 56th day of exposure cycle and at 28th day after
the end of this cycle mean serum concentration of adrenocorticotropin in groups of rats
exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison with control group.
Mean serum concentration of corticosterone at 14thday of exposure cycle in all

groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25kV/m i 35kV/m) was
significantly lower in comparison to control group (by 34,3% (p=0,046), 36,8%
(p=0,046) and 50,7% (p=0,006), respectively). At 28th day of exposure cycle mean
serum concentration of corticosterone in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly
comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly
lower in comparison with control group (by 41,5% (p=0,036) and 78,1% (p=0,002),
respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle and at 28th day after the end of this cycle
mean serum concentration of corticosterone in groups of rats exposed to electric field
did not differ significantly in comparison with control group.
Mean serum concentration of triiodothyronine at 14th day of exposure cycle in all
experimental groups did not differ significantly comparing to control group. At 28th day
of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of triiodothyronine in group 16 kV/m did
not differ significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35
kV/m it was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 16,1%
(p=0,021) and 24,9% (p=0,002), respectively). Also at 56th day of exposure cycle mean
serum concentration of this hormone in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly
comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly
higher in comparison with control group (by 23,0% (p=0,046) and 28,8% (p=0,036),
respectively). At 28th day after the end of exposure cycle serum concentration of
triiodothyronine in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly comparing to control
group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher in comparison
with control group (by 25,6% (p=0,006) and 32,2% (p=0,003), respectively).
Mean serum concentration of thyroxine at 14th day of exposure cycle in all groups
of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m) was significantly
higher in comparison with control group (by 31,3% (p=0,016), 33,4% (p=0,012) and
57,8% (p=0,002), respectively). Similarly at 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum
concentration of thyroxine in all groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m,
25 kV/m and 35 kV/m) was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by
28,6% (p=0,006), 23,6% (p=0,046) and 50,9% (p=0,001), respectively). At 56th day of
exposure cycle mean serum concentration of thyroxine in group 16 kV/m was
significantly higher comparing to control group (by 30,7% (p=0,009)), while in other
experimental groups concentration of this hormone did not differ in comparison with
control group. At 28th day after the end of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of
thyroxine in groups of rats exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in
comparison with control group.
Mean serum concentration of testosterone at 14th day of exposure cycle in all
groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m) was
significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 666,5% (p=0,006), 657,7%
(p=0,021) and 692,0% (p=0,005), respectively). At 28th and 56th day of exposure cycle
and at 28th day after the end of this cycle mean serum concentration of testosterone in
experimental groups did not differ significantly in comparison with control group.
3. Discussion
The observed effect of exposure of experimental animals to static electric field

resulting in transient significant increase in insulin, thyroxine, triiodothyronine and
testosterone activities during exposure cycle, as well as significant decrease in
corticosterone activity in early phase of exposure cycle with subsequent normalization

of this activities after the end of exposure approximate typical two-phase stress reaction
to external stimulus as e.g. immobilization [1]. Unfortunately, lack of data dealing with
the influence of static electric field on activity of hormonal axis hypothalamus-pituitary
gland-peripheral glands in attainable literature does not allow to confirm univocally the
hypothesis on stress origin of obtained effects.
It seems that results of experimental studies on hormonal effects of variable
electric fields with similar values of electric field intensities could support this
hypothesis. Exposure of male mice to electric field (frequency 50 Hz, intensity
10 kV/m) [2] and (frequency 60 Hz, intensity 25, 50 kV/m) [3] led to increase in
morning corticosterone level with subsequent normalization during further exposure.
On the other hand exposure of rats to electric field (frequency 60 Hz, intensity 15
kV/m) [4] and (frequency 60 Hz, intensity 64 kV/m) [5] evoked significant decrease in
corticosterone level and both in corticosterone and testoterone level, respectively.
Finally exposure of rats to electric field (frequency 50 Hz intensity 50 Hz) [6] caused a
slight decrease in triiodothyronine concentration without any significant changes in
corticosterone and thyroxine level, while exposure of young rabbits to electric field
with the same parameters resulted only in decrease in corticosterone level [7].
Presented results indicate that electric fields could influence hormonal activity of
adrenal gland, thyroid gland and testicles in experimental animals both by activation of
physiological hormonal axis or by direct stimulation of synthesis and secretion of
hormones in particular glands. The divergence of time dependence and direction of
obtained changes in hormone concentrations are due to different physical parameters of
electric field and experimental models used.
Taking into account that observed hormonal effects of electric field action were
intensity-related and they appeared mostly for intensity values above 16 kV/m, it
seems that intensity values of static electric field nearby planned High Voltage Direct
Current transmission lines must not exceed level of 16 kV/m.
4. Conclusions
1. Long-term exposure of rats to strong static electric fields with intensity

generated nearby High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines evokes
transient stimulation of excretion of insulin and thyroid hormones as well as
decrease in corticosterone level probably in the course of long-lasting stress
reaction caused by electric field action.
2. The observed hormonal effects of electric field action were intensity-related
and they appeared mostly for intensity values above 16 kV/m.
3. In prepared recommendations potential harmful effect of electric fields with
such physical parameters should be taken into account, and intensity values
of static electric field nearby planned High Voltage Direct Current
transmission lines must not exceed level of 16 kV/m.
Acknowledgements
Study was supported by grant of ministry of Education and Science (2004-2007) as

research project PBZ-KBN-098/T09/2003
References
[1] D. Rai, G. Bhatia, T. Sen, G. Palit, Comparative study of perturbations of peripheral markers in
different stressors in rats, Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol., 81 (2003), 1139-1146.
[2] L. DeBruyn, L. DeJager, Electric field exposure and evidence of stress in mice, Environ. Res. 65,
(1994), 149-156.
[3] R. Hackman, H. B. Graves, Corticosterone levels in mice exposed to high intensity electric fields,
Behav. Neural. Biol., 32 (1981), 201-213.
[4] A. A. Marino, T. J. Berger, B. P. Austin, R. O. Becker, F. X. Hart, In vivo bioelectrochemical changes
associated with exposure to extremely low frequency electric fields, Physiol. Chem. Phys., 9 (1977),
433-441.
[5] M. J. Free, W. T. Kaune, R. D. Phillips, H. C. Cheng, Endocrinological effects of strong 60 Hz electric
fields on rats, Bioelectromagnetics, 2 (1981), 105-121.
[6] R. Portet, The thyroid and adrenal glands in rats chronically exposed to an intense electric field,
C R Seances Soc. Biol. Fil., 177 (1983), 290-295.
[7] R. Portet, J. Cabanes, Development of young rats and rabbits exposed to a strong electric field,
Bioelectromagnetics, 9 (1988), 95-104.
IOS Press, 2008
Classifying Endogenous Rhythms

in Pacemaker ECG Signals
Agnieszka DURAJ (1), Andrzej KRAWCZYK (2)
(1)
Institute of Computer Science, Technical University of Lodz, 93-005 d,
ul. Wlczaska 215, apyc@ics.p.lodz.pl,
(2)
Central Institute for Labour Protection (2) 00-701 Warsaw,
ul Czerniakowska 16, ankra@ciop.pl
Abstract. This article presents the problem of classification of endogenous

rhythms with electrocardiography signals coming from patients with implanted
cardiac pacemaker. Efficiency of detection of QRS complex was examined by
algorithms working in time domain. During the investigation attention was paid to
proper selection of level decomposition, good choice of detection threshold as well
as choice of wavelet transformation. In case of identification of endogenic rhythm
attention was paid to architecture of feedforward neural network, selection of
teaching file and the accuracy of classification depending on the activation
function used.
Keywords. wavelet neural networks, QRS complexes, pacemaker signals
Introduction
In recent years, a fast-paced development of processing methods of biomedical signals

could be observed, offering new diagnostic possibilities. In addition to the methods
using signals derivatives and neural networks, the time-frequency routines are
becoming more and more popular, especially wavelet transforms and solutions
combining several methods (e.g. wavelet neural networks). Prior works referred to
utilizing the aforementioned methods (neural networks, wavelet transforms or signals
derivatives) for the purpose of QRS complex detection [1-6]. Electrocardiographic
signals from freely accessible Internet MIT-BIH database [7] were taken into
consideration.
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology Beth Israel Hospital Arrhythmia
Database (MIT-BIH) contains eight directories with various disorders detected using
Holter method. Most commonly examined are the 48 records from MIT-DIB directory,
which contain the signal file, the header file (contains the patient's information) and the
file of diagnostic data (contains the signal in the binary form). Sampling frequency of
those signals is 360 Hz and the resolution is 12 bit.
For the purpose of the conducted research considering the QRS complex detection
and concurrent classification of patients endogenous rhythm, the database of
electrocardiographic signals from patients with implanted pacemaker systems was
assembled. Analysis of specialist literature on the subject gives more hope for
enhancement of accuracy and reliability of algorithms by combining various digital
80 A. Duraj and A. Krawczyk / Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals
signal processing technologies. In the paper the results obtained for 150 pacemakers
ECG signals made available by the Institute of Cardiology in Warsaw will be
presented. Those signals came from patients with implanted cardiac pacemaker
produced by Biotronik company and recorded by Holter method with sampling
frequency of 128 Hz and resolution of 8 bit. We checked the frequency of pacemaker
working. In case of 150 ECG pacemakers signals, which it was discussed, it turned out
that all of signals were characteristic the different proportion of the endogenic or
pacemaker rhythms (Fig. 1).
In this paper the results of the research works related to the classification of
endogenous rhythm are presented. The tests were performed using several neural
network structures, considering several training sets. Also, two methods of division
were used (split-sample and cross-validation) and the best number of neurons in
particular layers was tested. Also, the research works related to the selection of
activation functions were conducted on selected neural network structures with 1 to 4
hidden layers.
The Methodology of the Research
In order to realize research on QRS complex detection and its classification on the
endogenous rhythm of a patient with implanted cardiac pacemaker device, the intuitive
concept of wavelet neural network (WNN) was used. At the first stage the
decomposition of electrocardiographic pacemaker signal was performed, which gave
the vector of all the QRS complexes occurring in electrocardiographic pacemaker
signal. At the second stage, for the purpose of classification of endogenous rhythm and
patients artificial rhythm, several feedforward neural networks were used, i.e. single,
double and triple layered networks of tangensoidal and sigmoidal activation function.
Thus, the structure of the entire system is qualified by suitable choice of the wavelet
and the neural network. Some authors, in order to finish the neural network training,
recommend aborting the training after predefined iteration (the so-called epoch
number) In case of the analyzed set of the electrocardiographic pacemaker signals,
the hold-out method was applied, which sets the breakpoint of the training process at
the moment of the minimal test error. In the literature of the subject both negative [8]
and positive [9] opinions concerning this methodology can be found.
Also, the appropriate selection of the input data set is of an essential issue. Analysis
of the literature on the subject indicates the existence of several methods related to
dividing that data set into the training set and the testing set. The database was divided
into training set and testing set using two methods:
split-sample, the most often used method;
cross-validation, where the set is divided into k almost equinumerous sets, out of
which (k-1) take part in the learning process.
It is also worth mentioning, that in the case of research on medical diagnostics it is
important to take into consideration in the learning process a well selected part of the
set, one that includes all characteristic cases. The methods of division of the set, in case
of medical data, are described in paper [10], pointing out, that the best method is the
cross-validation method. According to the author, too small k leads to understated
estimation due to big difference between the number of training sets used in the cross-
validation and the size of the full database.
A. Duraj and A. Krawczyk / Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals 81
Figure 1. Exemplary pacemaker ECG signals a) stym005; b) stym014; c) stym025 d) stym037
Another important issue is the selection of the adequate neural network architecture,
which comes down to specifying the appropriate number of hidden layers and the
quantity of neurons in them. In the case of the issue being discussed, the number of the
input and the output layers is determined by the examined task. In many research
papers directly related to the classification of the medical data, the problems
concerning the selection of optimal neural network architecture are very rarely
discussed. In majority of the works the optimization of the medical data (e.g. the
patient's) is performed and the specific structure of neural network is given, for which
the best result was obtained. In the aforementioned researches the observation of only
several neural network structures was performed, from one to four hidden layers. For
each structure the number of hidden neurons was modified, according to the following
vector: nu=[10,20,30,40,50,60,70]. Additionally, the principle was applied, that for
networks of n hidden layers, if the first layer was composed of N neurons, the second
one will undergo change consequently according to the sequence 5,10,...,N. For each
kind of network the two aforementioned ways of determining initial weights were used.
Each kind of network was trained until almost perfect recognition of the training set, in
other words until obtaining training error E=10-3. In the training process the error back-
propagation algorithm was used.
Endogenous Rhythm Recognition Research Results
As it was mentioned above, the researches were performed for several training sets. For
two disjoint sets, where the first set included only the endogenous QRS complexes, the
second one included only the pacemaker QRS complexes and the third set including
mixed number of endogenous and pacemaker QRS complexes.
Following the process of detecting QRS complex, further research was on the
recognition of endogenous rhythm - own rhythm of a patient with implanted
pacemaker. The activity of several feedforward neural networks was examined. The
result of training a particular neural network structure by particular training sets were
very similar and were within the margin of error E=0.001. It was noted, however, that
the more numerous the training set, the more exact the classification.
Simulation research began with a set of 5000 QRS complexes. Each of the three
sets was being scaled up by 1000 QRS complexes and the experiments were
performed. Scaling up the set was finished at the number of 12000. As result of the
observation, along with the number of the training set the accuracy of classification
increases, as shown in Fig.2.
98
97.5
97
96.5
96
95.5
95
94.5
5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 11000 12000
Figure 2. The relationship between the classification accuracy and the training set number.
Sequent research works were related to the division of the data set into the training
set and the testing set, using two methods as following: split-sample and cross-
validation. For the two prepared sets including only the endogenous QRS complexes or
only pacemaker QRS complexes, no differences in accuracy of classification between
the aforementioned set division methods were noticed. For the third set, which included
mixed number of QRS complexes (endogenous as well as pacemaker), better results
were obtained using the cross-validation method. Mean difference between the set
division methods is 0,37%. Sample results are given in Table 1.
Table 1 Average accuracy for division of the data set.

Metod Average accuracy [%]
Split sample 97,45
Cross-validation 97,82
It should be noticed that in case of electrocardiographic signals containing very

large number of pacemaker QRS complexes in comparison to endogenous QRS
complexes (or the other way round), each kind of neural network, except for the two-
layered structure with 10 neurons in the hidden layer, classified the QRS complexes in
100%. Different results were obtained for signals with diverse number of endogenous
and pacemaker QRS complexes. Sample results for four signals with endogenous
rhythm content ratio accordingly of 74% (stym032), 58% (stym121), 45% (stym037),
32% (stym095) are shown in Table 2.
Considering the four kinds of neural networks, the best results in most signals were
obtained with the structure with two hidden layers. However, after analyzing
thoroughly the aforementioned results, it should be noted that the dependency between
endogenous rhythm detection and the applied network architecture is not big. So it is
not possible to unambiguously state that three-layered network with n hidden neurons
detects the endogenous QRS complexes best. The results lack regularity which could
prove such statement. The maximum existing difference in accurate classification of
endogenous rhythm, depending on the number of layers, is 0,97%.
Table 2. Mean percentage of proper endogenous rhythm classification, for signals with diverse number of
endogenous and pacemaker QRS complexes, for neural networks with 1 to 4 hidden layers.
Numer % of proper endogenous QRS for neural networks

No signal of engogenic with 1 to 4 hidden layers
QRS
1 2 3 4
Stym032 60121 96,95 98,99 98,98 98,99
Stym037 46620 97,99 98,95 98,68 97,97
Stym095 30982 96,94 98,97 97,37 98,99
Stym121 57356 96,95 98,98 98,56 99,98
It is difficult to determine the most optimal number of neurons in the hidden layers
of neural networks. The results from the conducted analysis are that in case of:
105 examined signals the best results are obtained for 30 (53 signals) and 40
(52 signals) neurons in the hidden layers;
for 33 signals the best number of hidden neurons is 20 neurons in the hidden
layer;
for 12 examined signals results of the networks activity for various number
of neurons in hidden layers were identical (the differences were 0.01%).
The researches did not confirm, however, the opinion functioning in literature on
the subject about better generalization ability of networks with lesser number of
neurons. The number of 40 neurons is a central value of the examined vector nu.
The choice of a suitable neural network architecture is also connected with the
selection of the activation function. In the conducted research two activation functions
were examined: sigmoidal and tangesoidal. It was noted that the sigmoidal activation
function shows bigger percentage of accuracy for neural networks with one or two
hidden layers. For NN with three or four hidden layers the obtained results suggest, that
the use of tangesoidal activation function is more justified. The differences between the
examined accuracy of NN, depending on the applied activation function, are relatively
small.
Each kind of network (from two-layered to five-layered) was a subject of analysis
for the two aforementioned activation functions. During the examination the value of
the parameter was also a subject to changes, ={1, 5, 15, 25}. It was noticed, that for
the examined neural networks, with both activation functions applied, the poorest
results (at the level of 89% of accurate classification) are obtained for the value of
parameter =1. The change of the parameter to =5 makes it possible to detect the
endogenous rhythm at the level as high as over 96%. Mean results of individual kinds
of neural network for sigmoidal and tangesoidal activation functions with value of
parameter =15 are illustrated in Fig. 3.
On the basis of the above Fig. 2, it can be noticed that sigmoidal activation function
shows higher percentage of accuracy for neural networks with one and with two hidden
layers. For networks with three and four hidden layers the obtained results suggest that
application of the tangensoidal activation function is more justifiable. The differences
between the examined networks accuracies, depending on the activation function
applied, are relatively small.
97,8
97,7
97,6
97,5
97,4
97,3
97,2
97,1
1 2 3 4
sigmoidalna tangesoidalna
Figure 3 The accuracy of endogenous rhythm classification in dependency with the choice of the activation
function for neural networks with 1 to 4 hidden layers.
Conclusions
The conducted researches indicate that the collected database of 150 pacemaker
electrocardiographic signals is insufficient to decidedly determine that accuracy of
three-layered network of 30 (40) neurons, for which on average the best endogenous
QRS classification accuracy was obtained, could be recognized as the optimal one.
Differences in the obtained results for the particular neural network structures are very
small and they only point out to some regularities. They are of more research than
clinical value. The sequent researches will be related to the optimization methods of
neural networks.
This work was partially supported by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education,
Poland, grant No. 3 T10A 066 30
Reference
[1] A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, E. Koluk, M. Kumor, Zastosowanie przeksztacenia falkowego do detekcji

zespou QRS, Przegld Elektrotechniczny, nr 1, 2005, str. 72-75.
[2] A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, Zastosowanie sieci falkowo neuronowej do detekcji zespou QRS, Materiay
XIV Krajowej Konferencji Naukowej Biocybernetyka i Inynieria Biomedyczna, tom II, 21-23
Wrzenia 2005, str. 947-953.
[3] A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, M. Kumor, Detekcja zespou QRS przy zastosowaniu sieci falkowo
neuronowej, Przegld Elektrotechniczny, nr 12, 2005, str. 98-100.
[4] A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, E. Koluk, M. Kumor, J. Sadowski, The Application of Wavelet Transforms to
Detection and Identification of QRS, Folia Cardiologica, tom 12, Supp. D, 2005, pp. 390 - 392.
[5] A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, M. Kumor, Detection and identification by means of wavelet technique, The
Third Slovenian Polish Joint Seminar on Computational and Applied Electromagnetics, June 6 8,
2005, Maribor, Slovenia, pp. 54 55.
[6] A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, QRS detection by use of wavelet neural networks, Przegld
Elektrotechniczny, nr 5, 2006, str. 54-56.
[7] MIT-BIH (http://ecg.mit.edu).
[8] T. Master, Sieci neuronowe w praktyce. Programowanie w jzyku C++, Warszawa 1996.
[9] S. Osowski, Sieci neuronowe w ujciu algorytmicznym, Wydawnictwo Naukowo Techniczne
Warszawa 1996.
[10] M. Kearns, A bound of terror of cross validation Rusing the approximation and estimation ratek,
with consequences for the training test split, Neural Computation, 1997, Vol. 9, pp. 1143 1161.
IOS Press, 2008
Neurophysiological Investigations
of Retinas Function and Evoked Activity
of Central Visual Structures
under Microwave Irradiation
E. N. PANAKHOVA, T. M. AGAYEV,
A. A. MEKHDIYEV, A. A. SADIYEVA
Institute of Physiology, Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences epanahova@iatp.az
Abstract.. The effects of decimeter microwaves (irradiation 460 MHz with output
power 60 MW, duration 20 min) on functions of the visual system structures:
retina, visual cortex and colliculus superior - under the conditions of formation of
the focus of increased excitability in the amygdala and hypothalamus were studied.
Transformation of patterns of responses in the retina, visual cortex and colliculus
superior, being expressed in the most prominent way in the retina, evoked by
photostimulus presentation, was shown. The clinical observations (duration: 30
days) revealed aggravation of general status. Immediately after irradiation
exposure all studied rabbits showed transient signs of the first stage of kindling by
the R.Racine scale; very often seizure jerking movements of limbs was observed.
Besides, interictal spikes were registered electrographically.
Key words. retina, visual cortex, colliculus superior, decimeter microwaves.
Introduction
Intensification of technogenic factors exerts more and more significant impact on

environment and as a result all living organisms are subjected to increased impact of
the microwaves of wide range of frequency and power. Unequivocal reactions of the
organism to the said impact may be expressed both in positive effect and in harmful
toxic impact on the biological objects in the form of damaging factors. Particularly,
toxic impact is revealed in their absorption by bio-objects under big power without
relation to frequency values.
Presently, significant amount of data concerning effect of electromagnetic
irradiation is collected, and the range of studies appears to be rather broad whereas the
results are unequivocal. It has been shown that adverse impact of microwaves on
different biological objects from primitive bacteria in which gene mutations and
modulations on genome level related to this effect, were noticed [1, 2], changes of
biophysical indexes [3- 10, 13, 16, 17], studies on different laboratory animals [2, 5,
6,11,12, 13,14] including fundamental studies related directly to the humans health
beginning from childrens age [15, 16] indicate to harmful impact of microwaves
leading to stress formation [18, 19], neurological and oncological diseases [17, 20].
Particularly significant changes are observed in the central nervous system resulting in
E.N. Panakhova et al. / Neurophysiological Investigations of Retinas Function 87
disturbances in memory formation, influencing negatively on sensory organs.

Particularly, on acoustic system [12, 14], vision [5, 6, 10, 14, 15, 18], sleeping and
cognitive functions [1, 4, 5, 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21].
There are reliable evidences concerning impact of decimetric range of
electromagnetic irradiation on nervous system and different portions of eyes including
retina whose underlying mechanism correlates with intensification of lipids
peroxidation leading to forthcoming destabililizing and thereafter destruction of
biological membranes [11].
As well known, irradiation in the range of 280-292 nm is the most dangerous for
humans eyes. Eyes cornea absorbs completely the rays shorter than 390 nm bringing
to formation of kerato-conjuctivitis with acute hyperemia, burning sensation, pain and
blefarospasm. In experiments exposure to high doses of ultraviolet irradiation led to
opacification complicated with cataracta formation.
Presently, all studied spectrum portions with wave length from several millimeters
to one thousandth parts of angstrom are biologically active and can not only lead to
functional disorders, but as well induce unrecoverable organic damages of eye tissues,
including retina [3, 4, 5]. There are evidences concerning impact of decimeter range of
electromagnetic irradiation on eyes components including retina whose mechanism is
linked to intensification of lipids peroxidation, which, as a rule, is accompanied with
forthcoming destabilization and thereafter destruction of biological membranes [11].
In the light of the above said it appears to be important revealing of character of
advent, sequence and dynamics of impact decimeter range of microwaves on
perceptive functions of visual systems structures taking for consideration formation of
electroretinogram (ERG) and pulses of central structures visual cortex and Colliculus
Superior (CS) evoked by light flashes. The clinical observations of animals physical
state during one month from the first to the last day of experiment were used as
supplement to electrophysiological studies.
Methods
The experiments were conducted on 50 alert rabbits of Grey Shinshilla species. ERG
registration was accomplished by application of lens made from organic glass with
implanted steel electrode. The eyes were etherized by installation of 25% solution of
lidokain into conjunctiva sack. The tentative registrations of ERG of the left eye of
naive rabbits were used as a control. Thereafter the animals were made free from all
outcoming electrodes and subjected left eye to irradiation with application of special
source of irradiation therapeutic apparatus Volna-2 under frequency of decimeter
irradiation of 460 MHz with output power of 60 mW. Daily exposure duration of
irradiation was 20 min with total duration of 30 days. Simultaneously after irradiation
ERG registration of the irradiated eye and evoked potentials from Visual Cortex and
CS were initiated. The electrodes designed for registration of electrical activities and
stimulation of visual nerves, were inserted into the corresponding brain structures
(Amygdala, Hypothalamusand CS), according to stereotaxic coordinates by Marshall
and Fifkova. After finishing neurophysiological studies, biochemical analysis of eye
and mentioned brain structures was conducted.
All experimental procedures conform with the European Community guiding
principles in the care and use of animals (86/609/CEE, CE Off J no. L 358, 18
December 1986) and were approved by the Institutional Animal Care and Use
88 E.N. Panakhova et al. / Neurophysiological Investigations of Retinas Function
Committees at the Institute of Physiology and were conducted in accordance with the
Azerbaijan Physiological Societys Guiding Principles in the Care and Use of
Animals. Killing of animals used in this study followed principles of good laboratory
animal care and experimentation in compliance with Azerbaijan national laws and
regulations. The rabbits were killed humanely by exposure to a rising concentrations of
Nembutal.
Results and Discussion
Impact of non-ionizing irradiation on dynamics of development and character of

modulations of ERG and EP patterns in response to presentation of photostimuli with
intensity of 1.4 J was studied. The results showed that after irradiation significant
variations of patterns of retina and brain structures are fixed. That was revealed in
prominent (up to 80-100%) enhancement of generation of b-wave on ERG reaching
values of 180-200 mkV, whereas control values were in the range of 100 mkV. The
amplitude indexes of a-wave decreased to extremely low values approximately 10
mkV, which constituted just 15-20% relatively to the original data (70 mkV). The
analysis of such type of modulations showed that irradiation impact is revealed in
elimination of inhibitory impact on retina from the visual cortex and as a result to sharp
enhancement of bwave and inhibition of a-wave on ERG (Fig.1). To much more
significant changes undergoes c-wave, whose amplitude reached 50-60 mkV.
Fig.1. Electroretinogram before (a) and after (b, c) irradiation.
Enhancement of generation of this ERG component indicates to modulation of

metabolic processes in visual purple towards their increase both in conditions of
presence of two loci of increased excitability (in amygdala and middle hypothalamus),
and before their formation in the experiment (Fig.2). As it has been known, c-wave
does not participate in the process of transduction and processing of visual signal
realized in the retina. It is an index of dynamic metabolism in the visual pigment [3, 5, 6].
Fig.2. Impact of Amygdala stimulation on Retinogram generation (under strychnin application to

Hipothalamus) under microwave irradiation. Designation: c-wave is shown by the frame I a-wave; II -
b-wave; III- c-wave: mkV, ms
Simultaneously registration of EV in Visual Cortex and CS was conducted. It was

revealed that irradiation effect originally is accompanied with significant inhibition of
the first-order and secondary positive components (by 40-50% and 100-200%,
correspondently) with simultaneous enhancement of formation of the first-order and
secondary negativity by 45-50%.
Biochemical studies revealed opacification of the lens as well as revealed that in
the retina of irradiated eye activation of both processes of lipids peroxidation (LPO) in
the form of LPO products malone dialdehyde (MDA) by over 1.3 times and
hydroperoxides (HP) by over 1.35 times, and antioxidative enzymes glutathione
peroxidase (GP) by 43% and superoxidismutase (SOD) by 65%. Particularly, in the
retina of right eye slight changes of LPO level (MDA 1.3 times) is accompanied with
decrease of HP (-50%) and slight increase of SOD (+25%). Probably, sharp reaction of
the retina of the left eye in comparison is explained by direct impact of microwaves on
the left eye (protective function of HP is, apparently, diminishes). In hypothalamus
significant increase of LPO intensity (1.3-1.4 times) was shown which is accompanied
with decreased activity of antioxidant enzymes (+1.2-1.3 times). In the Amygdala
intensification of LPO (MDA 1.2-1.6 times; HP 1.3-1.5 times) was noticed. All
above said correlate strictly with the results of electrophysiological studies which
showed decreasing of amplitude parameters of responses of the central brain structures
of the visual system and, particularly retina, in the last stage of experiments (after 30
days since the first irradiation). So, microwaves of decimeter range increasing
oxidative processes, exert mostly negative impact on subcortical and central brain
structures.
The clinical observations showed that microwave irradiation is accompanied with
loosing weight by animal, anxious behavior, refuse from food intake (in single cases
with preterm death) as well as with gnashing with teeth ,advent of chewing movements
and contraction of facial muscles which showed to the first stage of kindling over the
adopted scale R.Racine [22].
Summarizing the obtained data, it should be emphasized that anxious changes
observed in the all visual system structures in the first 7 days of experiment, bear
reversible character and can be utilized in clinical practice as preventive measures to
avoid ongoing organic disturbances (which were noticed on the last stage of our
studies).
90 E.N. Panakhova et al. / Neurophysiological Investigations of Retinas Function
In conclusion, we express our deep gratitude to the collaborators of the Department of

Biophysics of Cellular Metabolism (Head Prof. A. Gadzhiyev) for carrying out
biochemical analysis.
References
[1] S. Koyama, Y. Takashima, T. Sakurai, Y. Suzuki, M. Taki, Effects of 2.45 GHz electromagnetic fields
with a wide range of SARS on bacterial and HPRT gene mutations, Lournal Radiat. Research (Tokyo),
Vol. 48(1), pp. 69-75, 2007.
[2] S. S. Qutob, V. Chauhan, P. V. Bellier, C. L. Yauk, G. R. Douglas, L. Berndt, A. Williams, G. B.Gaida,
Microarray gene expression proofing of a human glioblastoma cell line exposed in vitro to a 1.9 GHz
pulse-modulated radiofrequency field, J. Radiet. Research, Vol. 165(6), pp. 636-644, 2006.
[3] A. V. Musayev, L. F. Ismailova, A. M.Gadzhiev, Effects of decimetric microvawes on thiol defense
system in visual structures on animals of different age, Journal Fizioterapiya Balneologiya
Reabilitaciya, Vol.6, pp. 13-17, 2005.
[4] A. V. Musaev, L. F. Ismailova, A. B. Shabanova, A. A. Magarramov, E. Yu. Yusifov, A. M. Gadzhiev,
Pro- and antioxidant effect of Therapeutic microvawe irradiation (460 MHz) on Brain tissues in
experiment, Journal Fizioterapiya Balneologiya REABILITACIYA, Vol.10(2), pp. 19-23, 2004.
[5] E. N. Panakhova, A. A. Sadiyeva, The neurophysiological investigations of Amygdalar and
Hypothalamic influences on Retinas and Central Visual structures perception function (by irradiation),
Proceedings of Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences, Vol. 5-6, pp. 132-144, 2005.
[6] E. N. Panakhova, A. A. Sadiyeva, Amygdalar and Hypothalamic influences on function of Retina and
other structures of Visual System (in microwave irradiation conditions), Proceedings of Azerbaijan
National Academy of Sciences, Vol. 1-2, pp.66- 75, 2006.
[7] M. H. Gaber, E. I. Abd, N. Halim, W. A. Khali, Effect of microwave radiation on the biophysical
properties of liposomes, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 26 (3), pp. 194-200, 2005.
[8] H. Virtanen, J. Keshvari, R. Lappalaine, The effect of autothentic metallic implants on the SAR
distribution of the head exposed to 900, 1800 and 2450 MHz dipole near field, Phys. Med. Biol.,
Vol. 52(5), pp.1221-1236, 2007.
[9] S. Koyama, Y. Isozumi, M. Taki, J. Miyakoshi, Effects of 45 GHz electromagnetic fields with a wide
range of SARs on micronucleus formation in CHO-K1 cells, Scientific World Journal, Suppl. 2,
pp. 29-40, 2004.
[10] C. Granfield, H. G. Wieser, A. L. Madan, J. Dobson, Preliminary evaluation of nanoscale biogenic
magnetic-based ferromagnetic transduction mechanisms for mobile phone bioeffects, IEEE Trans.
Nanobioscience, Vol.2 (1), pp. 40-43.
[11] A. I. Gadzhiev, E. Yu. Yusifov, M. T. Abbasova, L. F. Ismailova, A. B. Shabanova, J. M. Ibragimova,
P. A. Khalilova, N. R. Bagirova, Study of microwave oxidative effect on organism, Proceedings of 3-rd
Symposium of Azerbaijan Physiological Society, pp. 278-291, 2005.
[12] H. Virtanen, J. Keshvari, R. Lappalainen, The effect of autothentic metallic implants on the SAR
distribution of the head exposed to 900, 1800 and 2450 MHz dipole near field, Phys. Med. Biol.,
Vol. 52(5), pp.1221-1236, 2007.
[13] J. Orendacova, M. Orendac, E. Racekova, J. Marsala., Neurobiological effects of microwave exposure:
a review focused on morphological findings in experimental animals, J. Arch. Ital. Biol., Vol. 145 (1),
pp.1-12, 2007.
[14] P. Galloni, G. A. Lovisolo, S. Mancini, M. Parazzini, R. Pinto et al, Effects of 900 MHz
electromagnetic fields exposure on cochlear cells functionality in rats: evaluation on the biophysical
properties of liposomes, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 26(3), pp. 194-200, 2005.
[15] E. van Rongen, E. W. Roubos, L. M. van Aernsbergen, G. Havenaar, F. B. Koops, F. E. van Leeuwen
et al, Mobile phones and children: is precaution warranted? Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 25 (2),
pp.142-144, 2004
[16] L. Martens, Electromagnetic safety of children using wireless phones: a literature review,
Bioelectromagnetics, Suppl. 7, pp. 1333-137.
[17] M. Kundi, K. Mild, L.Hardell, M. O. Mattsson, Mobile telephones cancer- a review of epidemiological
evidence, J. Toxicol. Envirron. Health B. Crit Rev, Vol. 7(5), pp. 351-384, 2004.
[18] A. Bergamaschi, A. Margini, G. Ales, L. Copetta, G. Somma, Are Thyroid dysfunctions related to
stress exposure (900 MHz)?, International Journal Immunopatholog. Pharmacology, Vol. 17(2),
pp. 31-36, 2004.
[19] H. B. Lim, G. G. Barker, L. A. Coulton, Effect of 900 MHz electromagnetic fields on non-thermal
induction of heat-shock proteins in human leucocytes, Radiat. Research, Vol. 163 (1), pp. 45-52, 2005.
[20] H. P. Hutter, H. Noshammer, P. Wallner, M. Kundi, Subjective Symptoms, sleeping problems, and
cognitive perforemance in subjects living near mobile phone base stations, J. Occup. Environ Med.,
Vol.63 (5), pp. 307-313, 2006.
[21] A. Besset, F. Espa, Y. Dauvilliers, M. Billiard, R. de Seze, No effect on cognitive function from daily
mobile phone use, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 26 (2), pp. 102-108, 2005.
[22] R. J. Rasine, Modification of seizure activity by electrical stimulation, II. Motor seizures. Journal EEG
Clinical Neurophysiology, Vol. 32, pp. 281-294, 1972
IOS Press, 2008
Mathematical Modelling
of Vagus Nerve Stimulation
Bartosz SAWICKI a, Robert SZMURO a, Przemysaw PONECKI a,
Jacek STARZYSKI a, Stanisaw WINCENCIAK a and Andrzej RYSZ b
a
Warsaw University of Technology, Poland
b
Medical University of Warsaw, Poland
Abstract. This article presents a numerical model of a human vagus nerve

stimulation therapy. The authors demonstrate methodology allowing to model both
the direct electrical stimulator used for years in medical practice as well as the
conceptual indirect magnetic stimulation used in computer experiments. The
mathematical model of neural tissue excitation combined with a realistic 3D
numerical model of the neck with the vagus nerve is described.
Keywords. Bioelectromagnetics, Eddy currents, Nerve stimulation
Introduction
The vagus nerve is one of the major elements of the peripheral nervous system. It starts
in the stem of the brain and its branches extend to nearly the whole body. The vagus
nerve is classified as one of the cranial nerves, emerging directly from the brain in
contrast to spinal nerves which emerge from segments of the spinal cord. The vagus
nerve provides a unique possibility to interact brain activity.
(a) (b)
Figure 1. (a) Vagus nerve location in the neck, (b) VNS device.
In Vagus Nerve Stimulation (VNS), an external excitation source is applied to the

vagus nerve. For about 10 years this technique has been used as a therapeutic tool for
controlling seizures in epilepsy patients. Because the vagus nerve is associated with
B. Sawicki et al. / Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation 93
many different functions and brain regions, research is being done to determine its
usefulness in treating other illnesses, including various anxiety disorders, Alzheimer's
disease and migraines [9]. Recently VNS applications have been expanded to cover the
treatment of another diseases such as drug-resistant cases of clinical depression.
1. Virtual neck
To perform any form of numerical modelling, creation of a virtual neck is required.

The most popular source data for such models are obtained by MRI scans of the human
body. For our vagus nerve model, a special series of MRI scans had been performed.
Fig. 2 (a) presents only a few of the 40 slices used to create the 3D model. Each of
them has a resolution 512x512 pixels. The slices were taken every 4 mm along the
neck.
Every 2D slice/picture has been segmented to distinguish different human tissues.
It had been decided to distinguish four different materials (bones, gullet, vagus nerve
and the rest of body). This decision was justified by the values of the electrical
conductivity of tissues. The segmented pictures were combined into a 3D model. This
is suiteable for finite element calculations which means that it divides the volume with
a mesh of 620,000 tetrahedra and 110,000 nodes.
In Fig. 2 (b) an internal structure of a completed numerical, virtual neck is
visualised. One can notice a spinal column, a few teeth and the narrow contour of the
vagus nerve.
(a) (b)
Figure 2. Virtual neck model; (a) set of MRI slices, (b) transparent view of final version of model.
2. Direct Electric Stimulation
The most commonly used method of a nerve stimulation, known for more than 100
years, is the current injection into the nerve fiber. Usually this is acquired by applying
an electric voltage source with direct contact to the nerve. Such an approach is used in
VNS. During a surgical operation the generator is implanted under the skin of the left
chest and connected to electrodes fixed around the left vagus nerve. In Fig. 3, showing
real electrodes, we can distinguish three components: the rightmost electrode with
negative polarity, the middle electrode with positive polarity and an anchor which helps
to fix the electrodes into place (on the left of the picture). To avoid tissue injury during
94 B. Sawicki et al. / Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation
the stimulation in the vicinity of the platinum electrodes they are embedded in the
silicone helix. This is the major factor of high impedance seen by the generator. The
stimulating device is regularly checked if the electrodes impedance is within the range
of 1 to 8 k [8]. If the impedance is outside of the range, this usually means that the
device has failed.
To develop an excitation model we treat the nerve fiber as a bundle of axons. The
response of each axon on the stimulus is specific, but in such a homogeneous medium
like fiber we may assume that the behaviour is very similar. Thus we can average it. In
our approach to VNS we combine the model of stimulation for a single axon with the
model of the whole neck and nerve fiber.
Figure 3. Vagus nerve electrical stimulation: stimulator electrodes
We shall start with mathematical model for cell membrane of a single axon, and
later to combine it with model of whole fiber.
During the activation of an axon, an evoked potential is generated in form of a
depolarization of neural cell membrane. The dynamics of the excitable cell membrane
voltage in a specific point may be described by a system of ordinary differential
equations. The most widespread is the Hodgkin-Huxley non-linear model which
contains four state variables. Because we need to solve this model many times during
the simulation (thousands times for each time step) we have chosen the simplified
model proposed by FitzHugh.
(1)
where Is is a stimulating current which in our model is always 0, a=0.13, b=0.013,

c1=0.26, c2=0.1, d=1.0 are the experimental coefficient propose by FitzHugh.
The most important variable in the membrane model is the membrane voltage Vm.
The propagation of the neural impulse along the axon is equivalent to depolarization
travelling along it. From the other point the membrane voltage allows us to combine
the mathematical description of the interiors and exteriors of neurons. The electric field
outside the cells and the field inside of cells can be described by scalar electric
potentials. To calculate each of those potentials we need the governing equation and
boundary conditions. The governing equation emerges from charge conservation law,
which constrains the divergence of current density at each point. Coupling these
constrains for extra- and intracellular regions we end with two partial differential
equations [1]:
(2)
where e and i are the extracellular and intracellular potentials, Iion is the ionic
current passing the membrane evaluated from the FitzHugh model parameter maps
surface currents of the cell membranes to the volume currents of the macromodel and
thus allows to average the discrete ionic currents evaluated in a single point onto the
volume quantity. represents the membrane area contained in the volume unit. Thus
the Iion multiplied by the factor represents all cumulative current passing all
membranes in the unit volume.
The electrical stimulation is put in the extracellular domain using the Dirichlet
boundary conditions for e in the place where electrodes have contact with nerve
bundle. To simulate the silicone isolating layer around the electrodes we have
decreased the potential of the conditions. The location of the Dirichlet boundary
condition was choose with electrodes configuration, as shown on Fig. 3. The energy
provided to the system by the boundary condition in e domain propagates to the i
domain and causes the current flow through the membrane, thus stimulates the neuron.
The activation may be observed in the solution of the FitzHugh ordinary differential
system.
We have solved the problem using self developed computer software. The
simulation length was 6 ms with 0.01 ms time step. The nerve was stimulated by a
single bell shaped impulse with length of 1 ms Propagation of the excitation in nerve
was observed. Validation of biomedical models is a challenging task. Any direct
measurements inside the real human body is trouble some because of many aspects.
The mathematical model presented in this paper was validated be comparison of the
speed of propagation of the action potential obtained from simulation (32 m/s) with the
experimental measurements (45 m/s) [3]. The comparison showed a pretty good
agreement of both simulated and experimental values. Difference can be simply
decreased by changing constant parameters used in equations (1) and (2).
3. Indirect Magnetic Excitation
For many years scientists have been attempting to replace the direct electric stimulation
by a magnetic one. It is expected that similar effects can be obtained using magnetic
stimulation, which could be non-invasive and less onerous for patients. The most
known example is the transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) which ought to be a
replacement for electroconvulsive therapy (ECT).
The biological background of electric and magnetic field stimulation is the same.
External time-varying magnetic fields excite eddy currents inside the body. Density of
eddy currents is in direct relation to electric field density, so it stimulates neural tissue.
The first step of simulation is to compute the distribution of magnetic fields
generated by an exciting coil. Assuming constant magnetic permeability this can be
done by simple integration according to the Biot-Savarte law:
(3)
r
where J s is current density inside the source coil.
The eddy current phenomena in low conducting media can be described by partially
96 B. Sawicki et al. / Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation
differential equation [5, 7]:
(4)
We will omit here discussion about variants of implementation of (4). It is enough to

know that such equation can be solved efficiently even for very complicated models.
Only 10 minutes of calculations were needed to find a solution on our 2 GHz computer.
(a) (b)
Figure 4. Indirect magnetic stimulation, (a) location of the exciting coil, (b) eddy currents density
in the cross section of the model (vagus nerve mark with right black line spot).
Results in the form of eddy currents density magnitude is presented on Fig. 4 (b).
The vagus nerve marked with a black line on the right is under influence of the coil
field. The values of the current density are often used as a criteria for neural tissue
excitation, in such a case we finish the process of simulation at this point.
The authors see the possibility to join passive results of magnetic stimulation with
a realistic model of neuron excitation presented in the previous section. Eddy current
density distribution should be applied as an excitement source. The mathematical
model of such complicated interaction is under heavy development, the following
works will contain new details.
4. Conclusions
This methodology presented by the authors can be used for the simulation of nerve
stimulation excited both by electric and magnetic fields. The model of electric
excitation of neurons has been implemented using a bidomain approach. Validation of
the method using action potential propagation speed produces a positive result. A
magnetic stimulation described as an eddy currents phenomena was modelled.
Vagus nerve stimulation is young therapy, so it is not surprising that there is a lack of
its modelling methods. Apart from a mathematical descriptions we also need
trustworthy methods for validating numerical models with biological reality. The
validation is probably the most difficult part of the problem.
This research was supported by the Polish Ministry of Science and Higher Education under
Grant No. N510 030 31/1379.
References
[1] R. Szmuro, J. Starzyski, B. Sawicki, S. Wincenciak, A. Cichocki, Bidomain Formulation for

Modeling Brain Activity Propagation. IEEE Conference on Electromagnetic Field Computation
(CEFC), USA, 2006, pp. 345.
[2] Wulfram Gerstner and Werner Kistler, Spiking Neuron Models: Single Neurons, Populations,
Plasticity, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
[3] Hermann M. , Freissmuth M ., Neuromonitoring of the Recurrent Nerve: Validation and Merits. Journal
European Surgery, October 2003, vol. 35, no. 5, pp. 228-235.
[4] P. M. Santos: Surgical placement of the vagus nerve stimulator, Operative Techniques in
Otolaryngology (2004) 15, 201-209
[5] W. Wang, S. R. Eisenberg, A Three-Dimensional Finite Element Method for Computing Magnetically
Induced Currents in Tissues, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, vol. 30, no. 6, pp. 5015-5023, Nov.
1994.
[6] N. Siauve, R. Scorretti, N. Burais, L. Nicolas, A. Nicolas,: Electromagnetic fields and human body: a
new challange for the electromagnetic field computation, COMPEL, Vol. 22 No. 3, 2003.
[7] B. Sawicki, P. Ponecki, J. Starzyski, S. Wincenciak, The Quest for the Best Potential for Biomedical
Eddy Currents Problems, Proceedings of COMPUMAG, Aachen, Gernamy, June 2007.
[8] Physicians Manual, VNS Therapy Pulse Model 102 Generator and VNS Therapy Pulse Duo Model
102R Generator 0.1, Part II Technical InformationVNS Therapy Pulse Model 102 Generator and
Pulse Duo Model 102R Generator.
[9] D. A. Groves, V. J. Brown, Vagal nerve stimulation: a review of its applications and potential
mechanisms that mediate its clinical effects.. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 29, pp. 493-
500, 2005.
IOS Press, 2008
Immunotropic Influence of Low Dose

Ionizing Irradiation and Microwaves
Applied Sequentially on Human Blood
Mononuclear Cells in vitro
W. STANKIEWICZ, M. P. DBROWSKI, A. CHEDA1,E. NOWOSIELSKA1,
J. WREMBEL-WARGOCKA1, R. KUBACKI, M. JANIAK1 , S. SZMIGIELSKI
Military Institute of Hygiene and Epidemiology, Dept. of Microwave Safety and 1Dept.
of Radiobiology and Radiation Protection,
Warsaw, Poland. E-mail : W.Stankiewicz@wihe.waw.pl
Abstract. Human blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were exposed to X-rays 0,1
Gy, to Microwaves 2850 MHz, SAR 0,1 W/kg or to the both exposures
sequentially. In the microculture system functional properties of T lymphocytes
and monocytes were tested and production of monokines (IL-1, IL-1ra) was
estimated. The irradiation protocols influenced differentially T cell response to
mitogens (PHA, Con A), degree of saturation of IL-2 receptors, immunoregulatory
T cell suppressive avtivity, monocyte immunogenic activity and monokine
production. The administered irradiations have demonstrated immunotropic
influence modulating the both T lymphocyte immunocompetent functions and
monocyte immunogenic activity.
Keywords. Microwaves, low dose ionizing irradiation, human immune cells,

immunoregulation
Introduction
The energy of electromagnetic fields of the both ionizing radiation (IR) and
microwaves (MW) nature, may influence many functions of living organisms. Recent
development and common use of different low energy and high frequency MW
emitters (mobile phones, radar and microwave broadcast stations) and sources of IR,
increased the interest on the risk of their possible harmful influence, and, on the other
hand, on the potential of their therapeutic application.
The undisturbed defensive, tolerogenic and proregenerative activities of immune
system are essential for the proper functioning of homeostatic mechanisms of the
organism. Thus, basic immunoregulatory activities which can be observed and
precisely quantified in microcultures of immune cells separated from the human blood,
represent an unique and objective model for investigation of possible immunotropic
effects of defined IR and MW.
The aim of our investigation was to determine the possible immunotropic influence
of low dose of IR and MW administered separately or sequentially, on chosen
W. Stankiewicz et al. / Immunotropic Inuence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation 99
parameters characterizing immunoregulatory properties of mononuclear cells

(lymphocytes and monocytes) isolated from the human blood and cultured in vitro.
Material and Methods
The samples of mononuclear cells (PBMC) from healthy donors (N = 20) were
irradiated with X-rays in a dose of 0.1 Gy, exposed to MW (2850 MHz, pulse
modulated, SAR 0,1 W/kg) or exposed sequentially to both irradiations. The control
samples were left without irradiation. After determination of cell viability the
microcultures of PBMC were set up in triplicate, each containing 105 viable cells in 0.2
ml of RPMI 1640 supplemented with 15% of inactivated autologous serum and
incubated for 72 hours at 37oC in an ASSAB CO2 (5%) incubator as described earlier
[1, 2, 3]. The following parameters of T cell and monocyte activity were determined
after harvesting the cultures: (a) spontaneous 3HTdR incorporation, (b) T cell response
to PHA, (c) T cell response to Con A, (d) suppressive activity of T cells (SAT index),
(e) saturation of IL-2 lymphocyte receptors (IL-2 index) and (f) monokine (IL-1/IL-1
ra) influence on lymphocyte proliferative response (LM index). Concomitantly, the
PBMC microculture supernatants collected at 24 h from the separate sets of not
stimulated with mitogen microcultures, were assessed for the concentration of chosen
cytokines (IL-1, IL-1ra, IL-10) by ELISA method with the use of respective cytokine
kits (R&D, Mineapolis, USA).
Results
The PBMC representing low response to mitogens (control response to PHA 45x103
dpm/cult., to Con A 30x103 dpm/cult.) were not sensitive for separate or sequential
irradiation with IR and MW (Table 1). The low values of IL-2 receptor saturation and
T cell suppressive activity (SAT) increased significantly under influence of the all
protocols of ionizing (IR) and microwave (MW) irradiation. Concomitantly to that, the
IL-10 concentrations also increased in these cultures (result not shown in the table).
The PBMC responding to PHA at the normal level (> 45x103 dpm/cult.) were
sensitive to irradiations and the all protocols significantly decreased the response
(Table 2). Normal response to Con A and normal level of saturation of IL-2 receptors
did not change under effects of irradiations. Only exposure to MW decreased normal
SAT value but not if administered after irradiation with IR. Irradiation with IR, with
IR+MW but not with MW decreased significantly saturation of IL-2 receptors in
PBMC which represented in control proper values of IL-2 receptor saturation. In those
with lower than normal values of saturation of IL-2 receptors, IR, MW and IR+MW
irradiations increased significantly values of saturation of IL-2 receptors.
100 W. Stankiewicz et al. / Immunotropic Inuence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation
Table 1. Influence of X-rays irradiation, MW irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on T
lymphocyte functional properties in the low responders PBMC populations (control response to PHA 45,0
dpm x 103/cult., to Con A 30,0, saturation of IL-2 R 80%, SAT index 20%)
Test control X-rays 0,1 Gy MW 2850 MHz X-rays + MW
Response to PHA
dpm x 103/cult 32,1 7,9 28,2 9,8 29,3 6,3 27,5 11,1
Response to Con
A dpm x 103/cult 24,5 5,1 23,4 7,1 25,0 6,1 23,2 5,0
Saturation of
IL-2 receptors % 77,1 9,3 96,2 7,2 * 94,1 10,1 * 89,2 8,9 *
T-cell suppressive
activity (SAT) % 15,2 6,9 28,9 14,0 * 27,0 11,2 * 30,2 9,8 *
* statistical significance p < 0,05
Table 2. Influence of X-rays irradiation, Mw irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on T
lymphocyte functional properties in high responders PBMC populations (control response to PHA > 45,0
dpm x 103/cult., to Con A > 30,0, saturation of IL-2 R > 80%, SAT index > 20%)
Response to PHA
dpm x 103/cult 62,3 17,1 54,2 14,9 * 53,3 12,6 * 44,9 11,9 *
Response to Con A
dpm x 103/cult 40,1 14,8 34,2 14,1 42,3 15,3 35,2 13,2
Saturation of
IL-2 receptors % 94,6 5,0 87,1 12,2 92,2 9,1 90,1 9,1
T-cell suppressive
activity (SAT) % 33,8 7,8 26,5 8,8 14,8 7,5 * 26,5 6,2
PBMC representing low immunogrnic activity of monocytes (LM index 8,0)

decreased this activity only under influence of sequential exposures to IR and MW
(Table 3). Similarly, this protocol of exposures also decreased IL-1 production in
PBMC populations demonstrating low level of the production of this monokine. The
concentrations of IL-1ra did not change in these PBMC. The excessive immunogenic
activity of PBMC, represented by LM values > 8,0 and IL-1 production > 250 pg/ml
(Table 4), decreased significantly under influence of irradiation with X-rays (IR) but
not under influence of exposure to MW. The concentration of IL-1ra did not change
under influence of the all protocols of exposures.
Table 3. Influence of X-rays irradiation, MW irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on
the monocyte functional properties in the PBMC populations representing low immunogenic activity (LM
index 8,0, concentration of IL-1 250 pg/ml, concentration of IL-1ra 1500 pg/ml)
LM index 4,1 2,5 2,9 1,6 3,6 3,1 2,8 1,5 *
Concentration of 165 55 156 74 175 76 136 78 *
IL-1 pg/ml
Concentration of 877 453 796 720 854 530 765 743
IL-1ra pg/ml
W. Stankiewicz et al. / Immunotropic Inuence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation 101
Table 4. Influence of X-rays irradiation, MW irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on
the monocyte functional properties in the PBMC populations representing high immunogenic activity (LM
index > 8,0, concentration of IL-1 > 250 pg/ml, concentration of IL-1ra > 1500 pg/ml)
LM index 15,5 6,5 8,9 4,5 * 12,5 7,1 8,3 5,1 *
Concentration of 315 65 231 54 * 245 76 * 236 72 *
IL-1 pg/ml
Concentration of 2035 444 1580 536 1910 498 1763 642
IL-1ra pg/ml
Conclusions
1. Low dose of ionizing irradiation (0,1 Gy) and low energy microwaves (2850 MHz,
SAR 0,1W/kg) can modulate immunoregulatory abilities of T lymphocytes and
monocytes in PBMC populations in vitro.
2. The IR exposure modulate beneficially the activity of immune cells increasing the
low values of SAT (T cell suppressive activity), increasing also saturation of IL-2
receptors and decreasing excessive immunogenic activity of monocytes (LM index and
production of IL-1).
3. The MW exposure improved low values of saturation of IL-2 receptors and
increased low values of T cell suppressive activity (SAT index) but decreased initially
high values of SAT index.
4. The sequential IR+MF exposures have positively compensated the decreasing effects
of MW on SAT values.
References
[1] M. P. Dbrowski, B. K. Dbrowska-Bernstein, A. Stasiak, K. Gajkowski, S. Korniluk, Immunological

and clinical evaluation of multiple sclerosis patients treated with corticosteroids and/or thymic
hormones, Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 496 (1987), 697706.
[2] M. P. Dbrowski, W. Stankiewicz, T. Pusa, A. Chciaowski, S. Szmigielski, Competition of Il-1 and
IL-1ra determines lymphocyte response to delayed stimulation with PHA, Mediators of Inflammation
10 (2001), 101107.
[3] W. Stankiewicz, M. P. Dbrowski, R. Kubacki, E. Sobiczewska, S. Szmigielski, Immunotropic
influence of 900 MHz microwave GSM signal on human blood immune cells activated in vitro,
Electromagnetic Biol. Med. 25 (2006), 4551.
Chapter 3
Electromagnetic Field and Biology
IOS Press, 2008
Oxidative and Immune Response

in Experimental Exposure
to Electromagnetic Fields
Dana DABALA1, Didi SURCEL2, Csabo SZANTO2, Simona MICLAUS3,
Mariana BOTOC2, S. TOADER2, O. ROTARU2
1
Department of Occupational Medicine, Transport Regional Public Health Center,
Cluj- Napoca, Romania
2
Department of Occupational Medicine, Institute of Public Health, Cluj-Napoca, Romania
3
Land Forces Academy, Sibiu, Romania
Abstract. Although the physical techniques for measuring of the electromagnetic

fields (EMF) are well developed, adequate characterization of the biological
effects induced by EMF is subject of discussion yet. We dont know the effects
that would be after a long term of exposure. Many scientific studies have been
devoted to assessing what health risks are associated with EMF exposure. Data
from the recent experiments suggest that EMF are associated with the iron-
mediated free radical generation, that can cause damage in the biologic molecules
such as lipids, proteins and can profoundly affect cellular homeostasis. The aim of
this study was to show the effects of the chronic exposure to EMF on the immune
and oxidative response. In vivo experiment was carried out on 80 Wistar rats that
were divided in 4 groups as following: 1. Control-group, without exposure,
sacrificed at 1 month; 2. Control-group, without exposure sacrificed at 3 months;
3. EMFexposed group, sacrificed at 1 month; 4. EMF exposed group, sacrificed
at 3 months. The rats were exposed to RF EMF that covers a range of the
frequencies between 140-160 MHz generated by a Motorola device. The
components of EMF field were measured with an EMF 200 Monitor
Wandel&Goltermann (the measured Power density (S) was 8+/- 1 W/m2).The
following parameters were assessed : a) 3HTdR incorporation test; b) IL-1 assay;
c) TNF-assay; d) Chemiluminiscence assay; e) Lipid peroxides. The 3HTdR
incorporation was decreased in the EMF- exposed groups, as compared with
control groups, but with statistically significant difference (ssd) (p>0.01 ) only in
third group. Increased values of the cytokines ( IL-1 and TNF ) were found in the
3 and 4 groups, with ssd for both of the cytokines (p> 0.05 for IL-1 and p> 0.01
for TNF) Chemiluminescence assay and lipid peroxides were parameters with
increased values for 3 and 4 groups, but ssd were found only in the forth -group.
Our results point out an important increased of the oxidative response in the EMF-
exposed groups, in special in the group sacrificed at 3 months. In the forth group,
an important suppression of the immune response and increased activity of the
cytokines was demonstrated. Our results indicate an association between
electromagnetic fields and immune and oxidative response, suggesting increased
modifications in the group with EMF -prolonged exposure.
Keywords. the effects of the chronic exposure to EMF on the immune and
oxidative response.
106 D. Dabala et al. / Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to EMF
1. Introduction
Although the physical techniques for measuring EMF are well developed, adequate
characterization of the biological effects induced by EMF is subject of discussion yet.
We dont know the effects that would be after a long term of exposure. Many scientific
studies have been devoted to assessing what health risks are associated with EMF
exposure. Data from the recent experiments suggest that EMF are associated with the
iron-mediated free radical generation, that can cause damage in the biologic molecules
such as lipids, proteins and can profoundly affect cellular homeostasis.
2. Materials and Methods
In vivo experiment was carried out on 80 Wistar rats that were divided in 4 groups as
following: 1. Control-group, without exposure, sacrificed at 1 month, 2. Control-group,
without exposure sacrificed at 3 months, 3. EMFexposed group, sacrificed at 1 month,
4. EMF exposed group, sacrificed at 3 months.
The rats were exposed 4 hours/day to RF EMF that covers a range of the frequencies
between 140-160 MHz generated by a Motorola device. The components of EMF field
were measured with an EMF 200 Monitor Wandel&Goltermann (the measured Power
density (S) was 8+/- 1 W/m2).
The following parameters were assessed: a) 3HTdR incorporation test, b) IL-1 assay,
c) TNF-assay, d) Chemiluminiscence assay, e) Lipid peroxides.
EMF :
Motorola Freq= 160 MHz;
S ech= 8+/-1Wm2
Wistar rats
Wistar rats CONTROLS (20)
EXPOSED GROUP (20), 4hours/day
SACRIFICED AFTER 1 and 3 MONTHS
BAL
PARAMETERS
3HTd-incorporation test
IL-1 assay
SPLEEN TNF-assay
Chemiluminiscence assay
AM Morphopatological exam
TISSUES
Fig. 0. Materials and methods

D. Dabala et al. / Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to EMF 107
3. Results
The 3HTdR incorporation was decreased in the EMF-exposed groups, as compared

with control groups, but with statistically significant difference (ssd) (p>0.01 ) only in
third group. Increased values of the cytokines ( IL-1 and TNF ) were found in the 3 and
4 groups, with ssd for both of the cytokines (p> 0.05 for IL-1 and p> 0.01 for TNF).
Chemiluminescence assay and lipid peroxides were parameters with increased values
for 3 and 4 groups, but ssd were found only in the forth -group. Our results point out an
important increased of the oxidative response in the EMF- exposed groups, in special
in the group sacrificed at 3 months. In the forth group, an important suppression of the
immune response and increased activity of the cytokines was demonstrated.
Our results point out the following:
an important increased of the oxidative response in the EMF- exposed groups,
in special in the group sacrificed at 3 months.
an important suppression of the immune response
increased activity of the cytokines in all the groups exposed to EMF
cpm 17800 18300

20000 15120
C1
18000
16000 C2
14000
9780
EMF1
12000
10000 EMF2
8000
6000
4000
2000
groups
Fig.1. 3HTdR INCORPORATION TEST Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on the 3HTdR
incorporation by PHA splenic Lys in the presence of the autologous AMs , at 30 and 90 days after
EMF exposure of the rats
cpm 17800 18300

20000 15120
C1
18000
16000 C2
14000
9780
EMF1
12000
10000 EMF2
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
groups
Fig. 2. IL-1 assay Effect of on the chronic exposure to EMF on the IL-1 release by AMs obtained by BAL,
30 and 90 days after EMF exposure of the rats.
108 D. Dabala et al. / Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to EMF
cpm
4500
4500
4000 C1
3500
2100 C2
3000
2500 EMF1
2000
EMF2
1500
235 320
1000
500
0 groups
Fig. 3. TNF- assay Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on the TNF release by rats AMs, obtained by
BAL, 30 and 90 days after EMF exposure of the rats.
cpm
1760
C1
1800
1600 C2
1400
EMF1
1200 815
1000 EMF2
800
310
600 248
400
200
groups
0
Fig. 4. LUMINOL -DEPENDENT CHEMILUMINISCENCE ASSAY. Effect of the chronic exposure to

EMF on ROS release from the rats AMs, obtained by BAL, 30 and 90 days after EMF exposured rats.
nMol
730 C1
800
700 C2
600
380 EMF1
500
400
190 EMF2
300 110
200
100
0 groups
Fig. 5. LIPID PEROXIDES ASSAY Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on the release of the LP in the
TBA- treated AMs, at 30 and 90 days after EMF exposured rats.
D. Dabala et al. / Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to EMF 109
4. Conclusions
Although important issue are not yet resolved in this study, our results showed that
EMFs caused changes in the immune system, possible mediated by the proliferative
response of the T cells, by their distribution and by the cytokines activity. Our
results clearly show that the exposure to EMF is connected to an increased release of
free radicals. The increased levels of the ROS pointed out alterations in the oxidative
stress parameters in the rats macrophages that were exposed to EMF. Our results
indicate an increased risk regarding development of the biological effects in EMF
exposure correlated with intensity and period of the exposure.
References
[1] Becker R. O., Marino A. A., Electromagnetic pollution, The Sciences, January, 1978, pp 14, 15, 23
[2] Bell G.B., Marino A.A., Chesson A.L- Human sensitivity to weak magnetic fields, Lancet 338: 1521-
1522, 1991
[3] Bell G.B., Marino A.A., Chesson A.L.- Frequency specific responses in the human brain caused by
EMF , J. Neurol.Sci. 123:26-32, 1994
[4] Bajinyan S, Hovhannisyan N., Arakelyan V. The Effect of Millimeter-range Electromagnetic
Waves of Low Intensity on Cellular Membranes, Effect of Electromagnetic Waves on Cellular
Membranes 1999, 5(1):43- 49
[5] Gianni M., Maggio F., Liberti M, Paffi A- Modeling Biological Noise in Firing and Bursting Neurons
in the Presence of an EMF-Proceedings of the 2-the International IEEE EMBSArington, Virginia,
2005
[6] Kelsh M.A., Bracken T.D., Sahl J.D., Shum M., Ebi Kl.- occupat. Magnetic field exposure of garment
workers- Bioelectromagnetics, 2003; 24(5): 316 -26
[7 Kjell Hansson Mild, Mike Rapacholi, Emilie van Deventer, Paolo Ravazzani - EMF Hypersensitivity,
Proceedings of the International Workshop on EMF Hypersensitivity, Prague, Oct.25-27, 2004
[8] Leif G. Salford, Arne E. Brun, Jacob L. Eberhardt, Lars Malmgren , Bertil R. R. Persson-Nerve Cell
Damage in Mammalian Brain after Exposure to Microwaves from GSM Mobile Phones-Environmental
Health Perspectives,vol.111, number7, June 2003
[9] Henry Lai, Narendra P. Singh-Magnetic-Field-Induced DNA Strand Breaks in Brain Cells of the Rat-
Environmental Health Perspectives,vol 112, number 6, May 2004
[10] Lantow M., Lupke E.M., Frahm E.J., Mattsson E.M.O. - ROS release and Hsp70 expresion
afterexposure to1,800 MHzRMF in primary human monocytes and lympocytes- Radiat.
Environ.Biophys, 2006
[11] Marino A.A, Marcel Dekker, Environ. EMF and public health, New York, 965- 1044, 1988
[12] Marino A.A, Morris D.M., Chronic electromagnetic stressors in the environment : A risk factor in
human cancer, J. Environ. Sci.C3(2) 189- 219,1985
[13] Mailhes J.B., Young D, Marino A.A Mutagenesis, 12:347- 351,1997
[14] Repacholi M.H. Low Level Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields,
Bioelectromagnetics 19: 1-19, 1988
[15] Santini R., Santini P, Le Ruz P., Danze-Survey study of people living in the vicinity of cellular phone
base stations. Electromagnetic biology and Medicine, 2003;22, 41- 49
[16] Zhang J.,The effect of low force chiropractic adjustments on body surface EMF- J. Can. Chiropr.
Assoc.2004; 48(1).
IOS Press, 2008
Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted

Perfusion Study
A.H.J. FLEMING, E. B. BAUER, R. BERGERON, M. DAHLE, J. ENGE
Biophotonics Research Institute, Australia. tfleming@unifiedphysics.com
Abstract. This pilot investigation assessed the effectiveness of a vibrating acoustic

device combined with a system of structurally imbedded permanent magnets to
increase perfusion in areas of application. The device, a Cyma 1000, delivered five
acoustic frequencies 900- 1300 Hz chosen for arterial support. The permanent
magnet was built into the face of the applicator and oscillated at the same
frequencies as the generated acoustic wave. A control group was chosen having
normal perfusive ability, a second group was chosen to test the applicator's ability
to assist perfusion across a range of pathological conditions. Thermography was
used to view perfusion before and after application. Both groups and all cases
studied showed application improved perfusion.
1. Introduction
Blood supply is vital to the viability of healthy cells, tissues, and organs and is essential
for sustaining life. The function of the circulatory system is to deliver oxygen and
nutrients to cells and to remove carbon dioxide and waste products for the purpose of
maintaining tissue pH. Without perfusion, organ systems suffer; the process of
ischemic cascade and cellular degradation ensues, and life ends. When perfusion is
impeded, eschemic cascade ensues within seconds to minutes, necrosis due to ischemia
usually ensues after about 10-12 hours.[1-3]. Over the past decade a number of studies
have been performed to investigate the therapeutic use of magnetic fields to mitigate
against ischemic cascade while it is occuring and to repair tissues damaged following
reperfusion [4-6]. A biological mechanism behind the efficacy of the magentic field in
these cases may lie in recent mathematical developments in understanding the self
fields of atoms [7-8]. Self field theory gives actual dynamics of the sub-atomic
particles in contrast to the probabilistic results of quantum mechanics. When a
magnetic field is applied, an outer shell electron inside the atom does not change its
orbital speed but rather its cyclotron speed, its spin, is increased. Like the gyroscopic
ability well-known in ballistic design to keep projectiles on track and thus increase
their effective range, the magnetic field may increase the ability of ions, and other
blood-borne components to ward off unwanted randomly directed electric fields in the
arterial milieu due to the reactions invovled in ischemic cascade.
As for the acoustic fields, Bauer and Fleming have previously presented results
from another pilot study using the Cyma 1000's acoustic fields without the dynamic
magnetic field to promote repair of a tendon in a thoroughbred racehorse [9]. It is
known that an acoustic field can vibrate DNA and a frequency can be calculated for
these vibratory modes [10]. The 'Code 129 Artery Support' has been designed to
improve peripheral perfusion. This code as well as all of the codes in the Cyma 1000 is
A.H.J. Fleming et al. / Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study 111
a combination of five frequencies called a commutation. The five frequencies range

from 900 to 1300 Hz [11]. The preliminary investigation, using thermography as an
indicator, aimed to examine the value of applying frequencies specific to supporting
increased arterial flow to areas of the body with the acoustic/magnetic applicator.
2. Method
After obtaining and reviewing a detailed medical health history and a medical
examination; a random control group of 10 subjects, aged 25 to 65, without underlying
vascular pathology, was selected. Baseline thermographs were obtained before any
intervention. After evaluating the baseline thermographs, the hand-held acoustic device
(Cyma 1000) was used to deliver specific audible frequencies that ranged from 900 to
1300 Hz. The applicator had 8 x 2000G magnets imbedded on its face which was held
next to the surface of the body. In the normal control group frequencies were
administered for 10 minutes to both forearms in supination, an area from the wrist to
the elbow with palm side up. Following the successful results of the random control
group it was decided that a further experimental group showing vascular compromise
should be studied. The vascular-compromised experimental group studied included
those with pulmonary diseases and peripheral vascular disease. In the experimental
groups, after medical histories, exams and baseline thermographs were obtained, the
frequencies were applied for 10 minutes to the areas of pathology. Informed consent
was obtained from each subject before their participation in this investigation.
3. Results
Control Group: Thermographic Results

Fig. 1a. Before Fig 1b. After

112 A.H.J. Fleming et al. / Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study


Fig. 4a. Before Fig. 4b. After

Fig. 5a. Before Fig. 5b. After
Experimental Group Thermographic Results: Pulmonary Diseases

Fig. 6a. Emphysema: Before Fig. 6b. Emphysema: After


Fig. 7a: Pulmonary Fibrosis: Before Fig. 7b. Pulmonary Fibrosis: After
Experimental Group Thermographic Results: Inflammatory Peripheral Vascular Disease

Figs. 8a and 8b. Legs before Figs. 8c and 8d. Legs after

Figs. 9a and 9b. Feet before Figs. 9c and 9d. Feet after
The results of the preliminary investigation were very positive, showing consistently
improved perfusion across thermographs after application. Improvements in perfusion
were shown across the control group as can be seen in the follow-up thermographs
compared to baseline thermographs. Clinically for the cases shown in Figs. 6b and 7b
there was a marked increase in SpO2 and marked improvements in breath sounds,
anxiety levels, and respiratory effort as compared to baseline. The subjects reported
that they were able to inhale more easily as well as exhale without the usual feeling of
restriction. For the cases shown in Figs. 8c, 8d, 9c and 9d. a marked decrease in
inflammation occurred and an increase in perfusion compared to baseline images 8a, 8b,
9a and 9b. Before the application of this acoustic device pedal and post-tibial pulses
were not palpable; after the application of this acoustic device pedal pulses were
palpable, bilaterally.
114 A.H.J. Fleming et al. / Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study
4. Discussion
How the vibrating of the permanent magnetic fields translates into an induced dynamic
magnetic field was not characterized. Hence it is unclear how the physical motion of
the vibrating applicator converts into a wave form. It is clear however that a form of
pulsed magnetic field is being produced. As discussed by Shupak et al. there are two
fundamentally different biophysical mechanisms that can be associated with exogenous
pulsed magnetic fields: either ionic currents can be induced, or a direct interaction can
occur with some endogenous magnetic field including the magnetic moment of ions,
nuclei, atoms, or molecules. In this instance it appears that the cyclotron motions
associated with outer shell electrons of moving entities within the blood flow are being
increased. This creates a more energetic entity that can ward off the random electric
fields caused by biophysical perturbations such as ischemic attack. This enables blood
to travel further without losing its energy and therefore its motion forwards along the
capillary. Due to the small increments between the magnetic, cyclotron states of atoms
and molecules as opposed to the electric, radial states, the actual frequency of the
magnetic field is not critical as opposed to the acoustic frequency. The biophysical
action of the acoustic field is related to the low frequency modes of vibration of DNA
that control the 'unzipping' or 'melting' reaction that precedes replication and other
stages within the cell cycle. These frequencies are chosen from a physical knowledge
of the DNA, its mass, number of base pairs, width, length between base pairs, angle of
spiral, etc and is critical to replication of the chosen DNA [10, 11, 12].
Acknowledgements
We would like to sincerely thank Rebecca Moss for her thermography work as well as
the entire staff of the Covenant Health Clinic for their assistance, patience, hospitality
and kindness. We further thank Marko Markov for his helpful advice in the
preparation of this report.
References
[1] K. R. Lees et al., NXY-059 for Acute Ischemic Stroke. New England Journal of Medicine; vol. 354, 6,
2006.
[2] J. Hinkle and l. Bowman, Neuroprotection for Ischemic Stroke. Journal of Neuroscience Nursing. Vol
35, 2, 2003.
[3] K. Tolstrup, Non-invasive Resting Magnetocardiographic Imaging for the Rapid Detection of
Ischaemia. European Cardiovascular Disease, May 2006.
[4] N. Shupak, A. W. Thomas, F. S. Prato, Therapeutic Uses of Pulsed Magnetic Field Exposure. URSI
Radio Science Bulletin, no. 307, December 2003.
[5] G. Grant, R. Cadossi, G. Steinberg, Protection against Focal Cerebral Ischemia following Exposure to a
Pulsed Electromagnetic Field, Bioelectromagnetics, 15, 3, 1994, 205-216.
[6] H. N. Mayrovitz, Electromagnetic Linkages in Soft Tissue Wound Healing, in Bioelectromagnetic
Medicine P. J. Rosch and M.S. Markov, Marcel Dekker, 2004.
[7] A. H. J. Fleming, Electromagnetic Self-field Theory and its Application to the Hydrogen Atom. Physics
Essays. September 2005;18:3, http://www.unifiedphysics.com.
[8] A. H. J. Fleming, E. B. Bauer, Self-field Theory a Mathematics for Bioelectromagnetics. BEMS 28,
Cancun, June 11-15, 2005. http://www.unifiedphysics.com.
[9] E. B. Bauer, K.Cooper, A. H. J. Fleming,. The Effects of Acoustic Frequencies on Core Lesions of the
Thoroughbred Racehorse, BEMS 27, Dublin, June 19-25, 2005; http://www.unifiedphysics.com.
[10] K-C. Chou, Low-frequency vibrations of DNA molecules, Biochem. J. vol. 221, 1984.
[11] E. B. Bauer, private communication, September 2007.
[12] J. A. Fornes, H-Bond vibrations of the a-helix, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., no. 3, 2001.
IOS Press, 2008
Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field

on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables
Taiki HORI a, Koji FUJIWARA a, Yoshiyuki ISHIHARA a,
Toshiyuki TODAKA a, Masao NAKAJIMA b
a
Department of Electrical Engineering, Doshisha University, Japan
b
Shimamoto Noken Co.,Ltd, Japan
Abstract. In this paper, effect and magnetic mechanism of pulsed magnetic field
for the green leaf vegetable were examined and evaluated by quantifying the color
change, respiration, and stomatal aperture of it. As the results, it is shown pulsed
magnetic field exposure suppressed the yellowing and respiration of the green leaf
vegetable. Furthermore, it is shown that it keeps the freshness of vegetables, since
pulsed magnetic field affects the stoma, from the result that respiration rate and
stomatal aperture decreased after pulsed magnetic field exposure.
Keywords. Pulsed magnetic field, Fresh keeping, Vegetable, Stomatal mechanism
Introduction
Recently, performance of the permanent magnet and superconducting magnet

technology greatly developed, the effective utilization of magnetic field has been
established in various fields such as MRI and ESR in the medical field.
Moreover, recent years, the interest in the safety of food rising, the establishment
of the novel fresh keeping technology has been required. Then, the authors have
examined the usefulness from the viewpoint of pulsed magnetic field (hereafter PMF)
processing technology of the instantaneous exposure type[1][2][3].
This paper shows the effect of PMF on fresh keeping of vegetables was evaluated
by quantifying color change of them. Moreover, it was indicated possibility that the
fresh keeping effect is obtained by PMF affecting the stoma of vegetables[4]. Therefore,
it was investigated magnetic mechanism which worked for fresh keeping effect by
evaluating and quantifying the respiration change of vegetables and shape change of
stomata.
1. Experimental Conditions and Methods
1.1 Experimental Condition
As a specimen, mibuna leaves which is Japanese green leaf vegetable were used, which
cultivated by same farmer, harvest day and producer for reduction in individual
specificity. The effect of PMF exposure was examined by quantifying color change,
respiration and stomatal aperture of mibuna leaves. In order to maximize magnetic flux
T. Hori et al. / Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables 117
to cross to the stoma of leaves, PMF was applied in the normal direction to the leaf
surface of the specimen, as shown in Figure 1(a), using the square shape coil (W 390
L 630 H 500 mm, 390 turns, L= 8.1 [mH]) and magnetizer (SCH2550-SP, Nihon
Denji Sokki Co., Ltd.), as shown in Figure 2.
B
Measurement
portions
mibuna leaves
(a) Exposure direction (b) Measurement portions

of the flux
Figure 1. Exposure direction and measurement portions of color.
Figure 2. Pulsed magnetic field exposure system.
Applied magnetic flux density was 0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20, 0.25[T], exposure
frequency was 1 shot, daily observation were done for a week. Specimen was exposed
PMF at only first day, and it was not done afterwards. They were preserved in the
refrigerator set temperature at 12 C during measurement period.
1.2 Color Measurement
The color change of the leaves were evaluated by calculated Yellowing Index
(hereafter YI) defined Eq.(1), using 3 kinds of parameter Ln, an, bn (n: progress days
after exposure) obtained measurement of leaf color by chroma meter (CR- 300, Konica
Minolta Holdings, Inc.), defined in the L*a*b* color system. Moreover, the statistical
processing was carried out in order to eliminate individual specificity. Specimens were
preserved while it packed by the corrugated cardboard box every other group. The
population was made to be 5 packages per group, about 24 leaves per package.
118 T. Hori et al. / Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables
The measurement portions were 2 places of the optional 2 leaves in each package, as
shown in Figure 1(b).
bn
YI = Ln (1)
an
1.3 Respiration Measurement
The respiration was evaluated by quantity of carbon dioxide in which mibuna leaves
was discharged analyzed by the gas chromatography (GC-14BPT, Shimadzu Corp.).
Specimens were preserved while it packed by the sealed bowl made of plastic, whose
capacity is 4 litters. The population was made to be 2 bowls per group, 3 packages per
bowl. The Gas in bowl was gathered by 2 milliliter with a syringe per bowl after 2
hours since sealed up every bowl, and analyzed by gas chromatography, it was repeated
3 times. Then, density of carbon dioxide in bowl Ds was measured. The respiration
evaluated by calculated average value of carbon dioxide per hour per kg. The
respiration was calculated using Eq.(2), where Dr is density of carbon dioxide in
refrigerator, C is capacity of bowl, M is fresh weight of mibuna leaves in bowl, and T is
sealed time.
CO2 =
(Ds Dr ) (C M )[mg/kg h] (2)
M T
1.4 Stomatal Aperture Measurement
The physical effect of PMF on the stoma was examined by measuring the stomatal
aperture using the microscope (VH-7000, Keyence Corp.). The preservation condition
was color measurement similar. The 3 specimens of 1 cm 1 cm were cut off from the
optional leaf in each group every day. The specimen was measured while it was put on
the paper which was made to moisten in the water of the temperature equal to the
refrigerator in order to prevent that the stoma opens by the external factor such as heat
of the outside air and lighting of the microscope during measurement. The stomatal
aperture evaluated by calculated averaged stoma area from breadth and length of the
stoma measured by the microscope.
2. Results and Discussion
As the daily measurement results of the color change by PMF exposure, the statistics
population means estimate of YI in the each exposure condition is shown in Figure (3).
However, difference occurs for the value in the first day, and it is unsuitable for
evaluating the degree of the degradation, as shown in Figure 3(a). Therefore, in Figure
3(b), the value in the first day is normalized 100 % by YI of the vertical axis which
shows the degree of the color change. Therefore, it tends to suppress the yellowing of
mibuna leaves in the processing group. Especially, fresh keeping effect of the leaves
exposed 0.1T becomes a maximum, and also the statistics 5% significance can be
confirmed.
As the daily measurement results of the daily respiration by PMF exposure, the
average value of carbon dioxide in the each exposure condition is shown in Figure 4.
84 120
82
115
80
Yellowing index YI
Rate of YI [%]
110
78
76 105
74
100
72
95
70
68 90
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time [day] Time [day]
Control 0.05T 0.1T 0.15T 0.2T 0.25T
(a) Measurement result (b) Normalized result

Figure 3. Effect of pulsed magnetic field on color change of mibuna leaves.
45 110
40 100
90
Value of CO2 [mg/h kg]
35
Rate of CO2 [%]
80
30
70
25
60
20
50
15 40
10 30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time [day] Time [day]
Control 0.05T 0.1T 0.15T 0.2T 0.25T
(a) Measurement result (b) Normalized result

Figure 4. Effect of pulsed magnetic field on respiration of mibuna leaves.
Figure 4(a) shows that the respiration in first and second day is not suppressed,
though it is held after the third day. The examination on the breathing rate was carried
out from the viewpoint of the respiration peak differed every group. Therefore, in
Figure 4(b), the value of respiration peak is normalized 100 % by respiration of the
vertical axis which shows the degree of the respiration change. The control shows in
the final degradation tendency since the third day and the PMF exposure shows the last
degradation tendency since the sixth day. Moreover, it reached the second day at the
respiration peak only in 0.1T zone, and it reached the first day at the respiration peak in
other.
As the daily measurement results of the daily stomatal aperture by PMF exposure,
the average stoma area in the each exposure condition is shown in Figure 5. It is proven
that the stoma didnt open in the process group in first day, while control group greatly
120 T. Hori et al. / Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables
opened the stoma. It is considered it seems to be because it was prevented by the effect
of PMF exposure though the stoma is made to be an open bite, since the stress which
environmental change of the harvesting brings about is received.
Therefore, since the PMF effectively affects the stoma, fresh keeping effect seems
to have been obtained. It is considered because the eddy current flows by PMF
exposure in the stoma and the opening/shutting mechanism of the stoma affects it.
60
Stomatal aperture [pm2]
50
40
30
20
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time [day]
Control 0.05T 0.1T 0.15T 0.2T 0.25T
Figure 5. Effect of pulsed magnetic field on stomatal aperture of mibuna leaves.
Moreover, it seems to be possible to obtain fresh keeping effect at the specific

magnetic flux density because it has retarded the respiration peak at 0.1T zone, and it
suppressed the yellowing at 0.1T zone most in the results of experiment of color
change.
3. Conclusions
Using mibuna leaves, it was clarified that PMF processing of instantaneous exposure
type might be effective for fresh keeping of the vegetable by quantifying color change
of specimen after PMF exposure. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the shape change of
stoma, as a result of examining the effect of the PMF exposure on the respiration and
stomatal aperture it was shown that the breathing rate might be slowed and the stoma
area was reduced. Therefore, it was shown that freshness of vegetables was kept, since
PMF exposure affects stoma,. Furthermore, it was shown that fresh keeping effect
might be obtained by with in PMF at specific magnetic flux density.
Therefore, it is necessary to specify the effective magnetic flux density. In the
future, by simulated the stoma with a model, the magnetic flux density will be specified
from the force which generates in the stoma by eddy current. In addition, magnetic
mechanism which works for fresh keeping will be examined, while the improvement in
the reliability for a knowledge acquired this time is attempted by increasing
examination cases.
References
[1] K. Yamazoe, Y. Ishihara, T. Todaka, M. Nakajima, Influence of the pulse magnetic field to
discoloration of vegetables, The Paper of Technical Meeting on Magnetics, IE.E. Japan MAG-02-76
(2002)
[2] T. Kondo, T. Toshiyuki, Y. Ishihara, M. Nakajima, Effects of pulsed magnetic field on green leaf
vegetables, The Paper of Technical Meeting on Magnetics, IE.E. Japan MAG-04-129(2004)
[3] T. Hori, T. Toshiyuki, Y. Ishihara, K. Fujiwara, M. Nakajima, Effect of pulsed magnetic field on fresh
keeping of mushrooms, 2007 National Convention Record IE.E. Japan vol.2 No.170(2007)
[4] T. Hori, H. Yamamoto, T. Toshiyuki, Y. Ishihara, M. Nakajima, Fresh keeping effects of pulsed
magnetic field on fruits and vegetables, IEICE Society Conference B-4-44 (2006)
IOS Press, 2008
Mutagenicity and Co-mutagenicity of

Strong Static Magnetic Field in Yeast Cells
Masateru Ikehataa,1, Sachiko Yoshiea, Sachi Matsumotoa,
Yuji, Suzukib, Toshio Hayakawaa
a
Railway Technical Research Institute, Kokubunji, Tokyo 185-8540, Japan,
b
The Jikei University School of Medicine
Abstract. Mutagenicity and co-mutagenicity of strong static magnetic field up to 5

T was estimated in budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae XD83. We observed
that exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field resulted in a slight but significant
increase in gene recombination frequency while reverse mutation was not altered.
This mutagenic effect showed a dose response relationship as J-shape. In co-
mutagenicity assay, it was found that exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field has
tendency to enhance the mutagenic potential of Zeocin (Phleomycin) that is an
antibiotic agent by free radical production. These results suggest that strong static
magnetic field would have small but detectable mutagenic and possible weak co-
mutagenic potential. However, the extent is estimated extremely small by
comparison with other mutagens such as ultraviolet irradiation.
Keywords. static strong magnetic field, mutagenicity, co-mutagenicity, yeast
Introduction
The chance for exposure to various magnetic and electromagnetic fields in general
public and working environment are increasing. However, we do not have enough data
to guarantee the safety of magnetic field exposure. To evaluate the biological effects
by exposure to magnetic fields, large number of research were conducted in various
frequencies where a social anxiety is caused in recent years. However, there are not
enough studies to evaluate the biological effects of static magnetic field while
opportunities for exposure to high density magnetic field such as MRI are increasing.
It was reported that exposure to strong static magnetic field caused small increase
of somatic recombination in wing spot test of Drosophila melanogaster [1], increase
mutation frequency in forward mutation assay in SOD deficient Escherichia coli [2]
and enhancement of mutagenicity of DNA reactive mutagen in reverse mutation assay
in E. coli [3]. However, the mechanism of the mutagenic effect has not been
determined yet. On the other hand, no mutagenic effect was observed in bacterial
mutation assay (Ames test) using Salmonella typhimurium and E. coli [3]. Therefore,
additional research evidences will be necessary to understand the mutagenic effects of
magnetic fields.
In this study, mutagenicity and co-mutagenicity of a strong static magnetic field
was examined using budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae as a eukaryote model.
1
Corresponding Author: Masateru Ikehata, Senior researcher, Biotechnology Laboratory,
Environmental Engineering Division, Railway Technical Research Institute, 2-8-38, Hikari, Kokukbunji,
Tokyo 185-8540, Japan; E-mail: ikehata@rtri.or.jp
M. Ikehata et al. / Mutagenicity and Co-Mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field 123
Saccharomyces cerevisiae XD83 (MATa/MAT, lys1-1/lys1-1, arg4-4/arg4-17, RAD)

was obtained from American Type Culture Collection and was used as the tester strain
in this study. For magnetic field exposure, we used a superconducting magnet (JS-500,
Toshiba Co., Japan). This magnet is able to generate up to a 5 T homogeneous static
magnetic field with five percent distribution within 10 cm from the center of the bore
(diameter; 20 cm). S. cerevisiae XD83 was pre-cultured to late log phase
(approximately 108cells/ml) in YPD medium.
In mutagenicity assay, 0.1 ml of cell suspension was mixed with molten soft agar
(0.6 % Bacto-agar, 0.5 % NaCl) and poured on to low lysine synthetic complete plate
for detecting point mutation frequency on lys 1-1. 0.1 ml of 1/100 diluted cell
suspension was mixed with molten soft agar and poured on to low arginine synthetic
complete plate for detecting gene conversion frequency on ARG4 allele (between arg
4-4 and arg 4-17).
In co-mutagenicity assay, Zeocin (Phleomycin) was used as a chemical mutagen.
Cell suspension including cells and molten soft agar with 0.25, 0.13, 0.06 and 0.03 g
of Zeocin was poured on to selection plates for point mutation (LYS1) and gene
conversion (ARG4), respectively.
At least 6 plates were made for each test condition and randomly divided into two
groups. One group was exposed to a static magnetic field for 4 days at 30 0.5 oC as
exposed group. The other group was incubated in a conventional incubator as
unexposed control. Number of colonies on each plate was scored as revertant and the
mutation frequency was calculated.
2. Results and discussion
Exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field resulted in a slight but significant increase in

gene conversion frequency in ARG4 locus while reverse mutation in lys1-1 was not
altered in mutagenicity assay (Table 1). This mutagenic effect disappeared on
exposure to a 2 T static magnetic field and was even lower than the control on exposure
to a 1 T static magnetic field. When cells were exposed to a 0.5 T static magnetic field,
there was no difference in the frequency of reverse mutation in both ARG4 and lys1.
These results suggest that exposure to a strong static magnetic field shows weak
mutagenicity and its threshold would be above 2 T in this tester strain. In addition, the
dose response relationship between magnetic field density and mutagenic effect
showed J-shape. In our previous study, extent of mutagenic effect of strong static
magnetic field was increased linearly up to 2 T and saturated in wing spot test of
Drosophila melanogaster [4] and co-mutagenicity of Ames test [3]. In case of these
assays, tester strains have partial deficiency of DNA repair ability and therefore these
strains are sensitive to various mutagens. On the other hand, S. cerevisiae strain used
in this study is proficient for DNA repair and its J-shape dose response relationship
between magnetic field density and mutagenic effect was different from DNA repair
deficient Drosophila and E. coli. These different responses would be reasonable if the
exposure to strong static magnetic field caused an increase of DNA lesion frequency.
Obviously, although a strong magnetic field even at 5T does not have enough energy to
modify the covalent bond of DNA directly, indirect effects such as increase of
oxidative damage by exposure to a strong static magnetic field reported by Watanabe et
124 M. Ikehata et al. / Mutagenicity and Co-Mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field
Table 1 Mutagenicity of static strong magnetic field in S. cerevisiae XD83
Treatment lys+ mutants/107 survivor ARG+ mutants/104 survivor

(point mutation) (gene conversion/recombination)
a
Control 9.7 2.5 2.4 0.7
b
0.5 T N.D. 2.1 0.3
1T 10.1 3.0 1.9 0.7
2T N.D. 2.2 0.1
5T 9.8 3.5 3.3 0.8 *
UVC 18 J/m2 146.1 20.8 * 18.4 3.9 *
*Significantly higher than the control group at 1 % level by Student's t -test.

a) Standard division from at least three independent experiments
b) Not Determined
al. [5] would be the cause of increase in the mutation frequency.

In co-mutagenicity assay, slight increase in gene conversion frequency of exposed
group in ARG4 locus was observed in all of four concentrations of Zeocin treatment
groups (0.03, 0.06, 0.13 and 0.25 g/plate), respectively. Figure 1 shows the gene
conversion frequency in ARG4 locus induced by 0.03 g/plate of Zeocin, Zeocin with
exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field and UV irradiation. In this figure, gene
conversion frequency in exposed group was slightly higher than control (unexposed)
group. Figure 2 shows the gene conversion frequency in ARG4 locus induced by 0.06
g/plate of Zeocin, Zeocin with exposure to a 5T static magnetic field and UV
irradiation. Gene conversion frequency in exposed group was also slightly higher than
control (unexposed) group. Figure 3 shows the gene conversion frequency in ARG4
locus induced by 0.13 g/plate of Zeocin, Zeocin with exposure to a 5 T static
magnetic field and UV irradiation. Gene conversion frequency in exposed group was
also slightly higher than control (unexposed) group. Although we observed tendency to
increase mutagenicity of Zeocin by exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field, all of these
increases were not significant by Students t-test, respectively.
1000
1000
Arg+ colony/plate
800
Arg+ colony/plate
800
600 600
400 400
200 200
0 0
Control Exposure UVC Control Exposure UVC
(5 T) (18J/m2) (5 T) (18J/m2)
Treatment Treatment
Fig.1 Synergistic effect (co-mutagenic effect) of 5 T Fig.2 Synergistic effect (co-mutagenic effect) of 5 T
magnetic field on mutagenicity of phleomycin (0.03 magnetic field on mutagenicity of phleomycin (0.06
g /plate) in S.cerevisiae XD83. g /plate) in S. cerevisiae XD83.
M. Ikehata et al. / Mutagenicity and Co-Mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field 125
1000
800
Arg+ colony/plate 600
400
200
0
Control Exposure UVC
(5 T) (18J/m2)
Treatment
Fig.3 Synergistic effect (co-mutagenic effect) of 5
T magnetic field on mutagenicity of phleomycin
(0.13 g /plate) in S. cerevisiae XD83.
Zeocin is a member of bleomycin family and its mode of action is to break the
DNA strand by producing free radicals after intercalation into DNA strand. Thus, these
results suggest that mutagenicity of Zeocin that depends on free radicals was possibly
affected by exposure to a 5T static magnetic field. Although we could not observe
tangible effects, the data showed tendency of enhancement of mutagenicity by Zeocin
treatment. Thus, it is inferred that effect on free radical behavior by exposure to strong
static magnetic field would be an factor of increase of gene conversion frequency in
this tester strain. In addition, this result is consistent with the result in mutagenicity
assay and our previous results. Therefore, results in this study support our hypothesis
about the mechanism of mutagenicity by exposure to magnetic field.
Table 1 also shows that weak UV irradiation which estimated to be approximately
1/5 to 1/10 that of average sunlight in Japan, caused significant increase of both ARG4
and lys1 reverse mutations in the tester strain used in this study. In a comparison of the
results of exposure to strong static magnetic field and the UV irradiation in this study,
the extent of mutagenicity of strong static magnetic field was estimated to be extremely
small since weak UV exposure (18 J/m2) is approximately 20 times more effective than
strong static magnetic field which are at least 10,000 times stronger than those in the
environment and long exposure duration (48 hours). This suggests that effect of static
magnetic field even in a 5 T (100,000 times higher than geo-magnetic field) is
sufficiently small. Therefore, in view of risk estimation, exposure to static magnetic
field would be negligible as a component of risk in public environments.
References
[1] Y. Takashima, J. Miyakoshi, M. Ikehata, M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno and T. Koana, J. Radiat. Res., vol. 45, pp.
393-7, 2004
[2] Q.M. Zhang, M. Tokiwa, T. Doi, T. Nakahara, P.W. Chang, N. Nakamura, M. Hori, J. Miyakoshi and S.
Yonei., Int J Radiat Biol., vol. 79, pp. 281-6, 2003
[3] M. Ikehata, Y. Suzuki, H. Shimizu, T. Koana and M. Nakagawa, Mut. Res., vol. 427, pp. 147-156, 1999
[4] T. Koana, M. O. Okada, M. Ikehata, and M. Nakagawa: Mut. Res., vol. 373, pp. 55-60, 1997
[5] Y. Watanabe, M. Nakagawa and Y. Miyakoshi, Industrial Health, vol. 35, pp. 285-290, 1997
IOS Press, 2008
Model for Investigation

of Microwave Energy Absorbed
by Young and Mature Living Animals
Roman KUBACKI a, Jaromir SOBIECH a, Edward SDEK b
a
Military Institute of Hygiene &Epidemiology, Poland
b
Telecommunication Research Institute, Poland
Abstract. In the paper ellipsoidal phantom model for investigation of energy

absorbed by living organisms has been proposed. Calculations using the FDTD
method of specific absorption rate (SAR [W/kg]) have been presented in the
function of frequency, in the frequency band of 0,8 1,8 GHz, for plane wave and
waveguide exposure conditions. Phantom model has been filled with liquid of
electrical properties equivalent to electrical properties averaged over whole animal
body. Values of the averaged electrical properties were established by measuring
of the and of minced animal body. The validation of this phantom method
has been done by measuring of SAR of living (anesthetized) mice in rectangular
waveguides. The investigation of SAR of mice at different ages (10 day-old, 30
day-old and 4 month-old) demonstrates that young mice absorb the same energy or
even lower as old (mature) animals.
Keywords. Electromagnetic energy absorbed by organisms, electrical properties

of tissues, phantoms
Introduction
The increasing popularity of mobile phones in our live has aroused interest about
potential health risk due to exposure to microwave (MW) energy. The investigation of
potential adverse health effects has been magnified by the fact that most part of energy
emitted by handset is absorbed by head. Thus, the presented papers in the literature are
focused on assess of the MW energy level as well as its distribution inside the head.
Recently one particular issue is intensively debated, i.e., whether the exposure level of
MW energy from mobile phone is higher for children than for adults. Some researchers
[2, 3] have reported significant increase in MW energy absorption from exposure to
mobile handset radiation in the heads of children compared to heads of adults. In 1996
has been announced [2] that in some parts of the children head the peak of specific
absorption rate was 50 % higher compared to adults under the same exposure
conditions. Because of potential higher risk of children exposed to MW radiation in the
Steward Report [9] describing known interactions of electromagnetic radiation with
living systems has been recommended that children less than 16 years of age should be
discouraged from using mobile telephones since they may absorb more electromagnetic
energy. According to the Steward Report this effect is due to smaller heads, thinner
skulls and higher tissue conductivity. However, there exist papers [7] demonstrating
that the value of absorbed energy is similar in the heads of adults and children. The
R. Kubacki et al. / Model for Investigation of MW Energy Absorbed by Living Animals 127
attempt to review the existing state of research regarding the exposure of children
heads has been done by Christ et al. [1]. Summing up published data the following
disadvantages in assessing of energy absorbed by children should be underlined:
- The simple models of children heads and their phantoms are designed for
calculations based on tissues with electric parameters equivalent to muscle tissue of
adults. Last years studies have shown increased values of tissue permeabilities ()
and conductivities () of newborn and young animals comparing to mature
organisms [5, 6, 8]. The information about higher values of and has been used
credulously for formulating arguments that children may absorb higher level of
microwave energy.
- In computational calculations based on FDTD methods the models of heads have
been taken from Visible Human Project provided high-resolution slices of a male
cadaver but there is a problem with anatomically correct model of children head.
Thus, numerical model of child head is received as a proportionally scaled down
model of adult head, even it is underlined that exist significant disagreements of
proportions of adult and child heads. The applicability of scaled down adult head
for realistic absorption assessment of child head is questionable.
1. Assessing of the SAR
The level of the energy absorbed in the body can be precisely described by the specific
absorption rate (SAR [W/kg]). This parameter gives information about peak and mean
energy absorbed inside the body. However, for living objects the assessing of SAR is
not an easy task in calculations and especially by measuring. Numerical techniques,
especially the finite-difference time-domain methods (FDTD), are the most useful
techniques to calculate the SAR values. These methods offer different possibilities of
calculations beginning from simple shapes of phantoms up to realistic models of adult
organisms with particular body parts established by MRI techniques. Using the FDTD
methods it is possible to predict whole body as well as localized value of SAR under a
wide range of exposure conditions. The important disadvantage with FDTD methods
introduced to lossy objects with complex shapes (animals and human) is that these
methods should be verified with the measuring data. Attempts to validate the computer
models must use phantoms and laboratory animals.
There exist some methods of measuring of the SAR. However, it is not possible to
measure values of SAR of human body in a direct way. This is because the most
popular techniques base on the temperature or electric field strength (power absorbed)
measured inside the body. The calorimetric or waveguide measuring techniques of
energy absorbed can be used only for phantoms or small animals.
Taking into account the above disadvantages with calculating and measuring of SAR of
living organisms especially at different ages the main aim of the study was to develop
the phantom method which can be verified by measured values of SAR of small living
animals. The ellipsoidal phantom model has been designed to calculate the energy
absorbed at different incident field conditions. It can be used for plane wave, typical for
emission from base station antennas or for near-field from handset, as well as for
different electrical parameters and geometrical sizes. The main advantage of the
proposed method is that phantom is filled with liquid having real and imaginary
permittivity (or conductivity) equivalent to averaged values over all animal body.
Phantom models described in the literature were filled with stuff having electrical
128 R. Kubacki et al. / Model for Investigation of MW Energy Absorbed by Living Animals
parameters of muscle in spite of the fact that in the microwave band of frequency the
significant part of energy is absorbed not by muscle but rather skin and by subdermic
tissues. In the proposed attempt phantom with average value of , (or ) is seen
by incident microwave ray as an animal body and level of energy absorbed is adequate
to total energy absorbed by whole animal. Mice were chosen for this investigation. The
averaged values of , of whole mouse body were measured using the open-ended
coaxial probe technique [5]. Calculations were realized with FDTD method. The
validation of this phantom method has been done by measuring of SAR of living
(anesthetized) mice in rectangular waveguides.
Animals were of different ages, e.g. of 10 day-old, 30 day-old and 4 month-old
(mature).
The measurements have been realized in vivo conditions mice were
anesthetized for period of measurements. The value of rms of electric field strength
incident to mouse was of 61,4 V/m (power density of 10 W/m2).
2. Measurements of Energy Absorbed by Animals
The values of SAR were measured in rectangular waveguides in which animals were
positioned at the maximum field of the TE10 mode. To improve the accuracy of
measurements of the energy absorbed by the objects (PA) in rectangular waveguide a
modification of the method by Guy et al. [4] has been designed. Proposed method has
been developed for rectangular waveguide terminated with waveguide-coaxial
junctions. In this method there is a need to measure fractions of power - transmitted
and reflected - in the empty waveguide, as well as with waveguide with animal.
Another requirement of this method is that all measurements must be realized with the
same power incident (PIN). For the empty waveguide the sum of power can be
expressed as follows:
PIN = PT 0 + PR 0 + PW 0 (1)
while for waveguide with animal:
PIN = PT + PR + PW 0 + PA (2)
where:
PIN - power incident to the waveguide-coaxial junction,
PT0 - power transmitted to the terminal (next waveguide-coaxial junction),
PR0 - power reflected,
PW0 - power absorbed by the walls of waveguide,
PT, PR - power transmitted and reflected with the animal in waveguide,
PA - power absorbed by the animal.
Taking into consideration the same value of power incident (PIN), the power absorbed
by specimen (PA) can be calculated according an equation:
PA = (PT 0 PT ) + (PR 0 PR ) (3)

The formula (3) allows calculating of the power absorbed by the animal as a function
of power differences between empty waveguide and waveguide with animal measured
at the same waveguide ports. The final formula of SAR is as follows:
P W
SAR = A (4)
m kg
where: m is the weight of animal.

Two rectangular waveguides WR-975 and WR-650 were used for these
measurements of power absorbed by animals in the band of 800 MHz up to 1800 MHz.
The internal dimensions of waveguides in the waveguide cross-section were big
enough comparing to longer axis of measured animal. Thus the only small animal can
be measured using the waveguide methods. From this reason mice were used in this
investigation. For frequencies upper than 1800 MHz rectangular waveguides are too
narrow for such measurements even with small mice.
3. Validation of SAR Calculation Method
Taking into account lack of anatomical model of mouse with particular body parts in
this attempt ellipsoidal phantoms having suitable geometrical and electrical parameters
equivalent to exposed mouse have been considered for calculations. In case of
phantoms of mice the dimensions of ellipsoids (abc) have been established to suit
the geometry of animal. However, the most important task in this attempt is the
information about permittivity () and conductivity () of phantom stuff. In the
literature homogeneous phantoms having electrical parameters equivalent to electrical
parameters of adult muscle are presented. Values of and of animals are rarely
presented in the literature (mainly for one frequency) and refer to mature animals. For
this study values of permittivity () and conductivity () of adult and young mice have
been established by measuring. We decided to consider in evaluation not only the
selected tissue (e.g. muscle) but rather the average values of and over all tissues. In
this case the whole animal has been minced and values of and of such a
homogeneous stuff have been measured. This model could be more suitable for
assessing of the energy absorbed by whole animal because it includes not only muscle
but also external tissues such skin, subdermic fat, bones. In fact, in microwave band of
frequency external tissues such skin and subdermic fat play significant role in
attenuating of electromagnetic energy. The method of measuring technique of and
using the open-ended coaxial probe (Hewlett Packard network analyzer) and method of
preparing of homogeneous staff have been presented in [5]. These techniques have
been adapted to measure the average value of and of mice at different ages.
The SAR values of ellipsoidal phantoms having average electrical parameters over
all tissues of mice at different ages have been calculated using the FDTD method (the
package CONCERTO, Vector Fields Ltd. [10]). The weights and dimensions of the
ellipsoidal phantoms have been chosen to be comparable to mice weights. Calculations
were realized for the same waveguide conditions of incident field as during
measurements. Values of SAR have been calculated based on the electric field strength
distribution inside the body (Ei), according the following formula:
Ei2
SAR = (5)

where:
Ei rms value of the electric field strength inside the body,
- conductivity of body,
- density of body.
The obtained results have been presented in Figure 1.
A B
0,8 0,8
0,6 0,6
0,4 0,4
0,2 0,2
0,0 0,0
0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8
f [GHz] f [GHz]
C
0,8
SAR meas (W/kg)

0,6
0,4
SAR cal (W/kg)
0,2
0,0
0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8
f [GHz]
Figure 1. Measured values of SAR for anesthetized mice (SAR meas (W/kg)) and calculated values of SAR
for ellipsoidal phantoms of averaged electrical properties (SAR cal (W/kg)) in waveguide conditions: Graph
A mice of 10 day-old, Graph B mice of 30 day-old, Graph C mice of 4 month-old [11]
In Fig. 1 calculated and measured values of SAR of young mice (of 10 day-old and 30
day-old) and mature mice (of 4 month-old) in rectangular waveguides have been
presented in function of frequency [11]. Good agreement between measured and
calculated data was obtained. The differences between calculated and measured graphs
are much significant for higher frequency because geometrical sizes of animals are not
small enough comparing to the cross-section of waveguide. In this case higher part of
microwave energy could be dissipated in waveguide walls.
4. Results of SAR Calculations in the Plane-Wave Condition
This method of investigation has been introduced to assess of the SAR values for
ellipsoidal phantoms exposed to plane-wave with vector of electric field parallel to the
longer axis of ellipsoid. Obtained results of SAR have been presented in Figure 2 for
phantoms of electrical properties equivalent to averaged electrical properties of 10 day-
old, 30 day-old and 4 month-old mice.
A B
1,2 1,2
1,0 1,0
0,8 0,8
0,6 0,6
0,4 0,4
0,2 0,2
0,0 0,0
0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8
f [GHz] f [GHz]
C
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8
f [GHz]
Figure 2. SAR calculated for ellipsoidal phantoms of averaged electrical properties for plane-wave incident
field: Graph A mice of 10 day-old, Graph B mice of 30 day-old, Graph C mice of 4 month-old
5. Conclusions
1. The good agreement between measured SAR values of whole body animals and
calculated values for ellipsoidal phantoms in waveguides proves that it is possible
to use this model for assessing of the energy absorbed at different electromagnetic
field conditions, eg. plane-wave and for different electrical parameters and
geometrical sizes.
2. Values of SAR increase in function of frequency in the band of 0,8 1,8 GHz at
the same electric filed strength incident. This tendency is significant in spite of
decreasing values of and vs. frequency. Lower values of and lead to
lower level of energy reflected at the boundary air-object and higher level of
microwave energy enters into the bod
3. Comparing waveguide (Figure 1) and plane-wave (Figure 2) exposure conditions it
turned down that animals can absorb higher level of microwave energy in case of
plane wave incident field. This is because in waveguide with the TE10 mode the
electric field has cosine pattern and only central part of the animal is exposed to
maximum of the field, while the remaining part of the body is exposed to lower
value of electric field. At higher frequency when narrower waveguide must be used
the significant part of the animal body is exposed to lower value of electric field.
This causes lower value of SAR in the body in waveguide exposure conditions
especially at higher frequency.
4. The main goal of this investigation was to study if young organisms absorb more
microwave energy as it was suggested in the literature. The obtained data of SAR
for mice at different ages does not confirm this suggestion and demonstrates that
young mice absorb the same or even rather lower energy level as old (mature)
animals.
References
[1] A. Christ, N. Kuster, Differences in RF energy absorption in the heads of adults and children,
Bioelectromagnetics, Suppl. 7 (2005), S31-44.
[2] O. P. Gandhi, G. Lazzi, C. M. Furse, Electromagnetic absorption in the human head and neck for
mobile telephones at 835 and 1900 MHz, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 44, no. 10
(1996), 1884-1897.
[3] O. P. Gandhi, Gang Kang, Some present problems and a proposed experimental phantom for SAR
compliance testing of cellular telephones at 835 and 1900 MHz, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 47, no. 9 (2002),,
1501-1518.
[4] A. W. Guy, J. Wallace, J. A. McDougall, Circularly polarized 2,450 MHz waveguide system for
chronic exposure of small animals to microwaves, Radio Sci., vol. 14, no. 6S (1979), 63-74.
[5] R. Kubacki, J. Sobiech, K. Wardak, The investigation of dielectric properties of young rabbit tissues in
microwave frequencies, Proc. of Conference on Computational and Applied Electromagnetics,
Maribor, 2005, 36-38.
[6] A. Peyman, A.A. Rezazadeh, C. Gabriel, Changes in the dielectric properties of rat tissue as a function
of age at microwave frequencies, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 46, no. 6 (2001), 1617-1629.
[7] E. Schonborn, M. Burkhardt, N. Kuster, Differences in energy absorption between heads of adults and
children in the near field of sources, Health Phys. vol. 74, no. 2 (1998), 160-168.
[8] M. Thurai, V. D. Goodridge, R. J. Sheppard, E. H. Grant, Variation with age of the dielectric properties
of mouse brain cerebrum, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 29, no. 9 ((1984), 1133-1136.
[9] Independent Expert Group on Mobile Phones, Mobile Phones and Health, The Steward Report,
National Radiological Protection Board, Chilton 2000, Available: http://www.iegmp.org.uk.
[10] Concerto User Guide, Vector Fields Limited, Warsaw 2004.
[11] R. Kubacki, J. Sobiech, The investigation of Specific Absorption Rate of microwaves in range of
mobile and radar devices by young and mature mice, Proc. Int. Microwave Radars and Wireless
Communications Conf., Krakow, (2006), 451-454.
IOS Press, 2008
A Dosimetric Study for Experimental

Exposures of Vegetal Tissues
to Radiofrequency Fields
Simona MICLU a1, Mihaela RCUCIU b
a
b
University Lucian Blaga, Sibiu, Romania
Abstract. The paper aims to calculate the specific absorption rate (SAR) in a
sample composed by a group of plant seeds exposed either to a very low-level
900MHz radiation or to a high level 2.45MHz radiation. The exposure systems
were a TEM cell and a microwave oven respectively, and the incident
electromagnetic wave was a continuous one. Since interesting biological effects
were observed in both exposure cases after plantlets were developed from
irradiated seeds, a proper dosimetric assessment was needed. In present work four
dosimetric approaches were applied and the results, limitations and uncertainties
are discussed.
Keywords. RF exposure, plant seeds, specific absorption rate, experimental RF

dosimetry.
Introduction
Biological effects of radiofrequency (RF) field exposure at the level of vegetal tissue as
a living object were not much investigated. However, environmental studies
concerning electromagnetic field impact should take this into account. Besides humans
and animals, the plants might be sensitive to low-level exposure as well, mostly on
long-term.
In the case of laboratory study on plants, one of the important aspects in biological
effect analysis is related to a pertinent characterization of the exposure conditions and a
high quality dosimetric assessment. In this respect, present paper aims to determine the
RF absorbed power or specific absorption rate (SAR) into Zea mays seeds, exposed in
two experimental cases: a) non-thermal exposure into a TEM cell at 900MHz; b) short-
duration, high thermal exposure at 2.45 GHz. Three dosimetric approaches are applied
and the limitations and uncertainties are discussed.
The main experimental work focused on identification of the biological effects due
to 900MHz RF exposure of Zea mays seeds, in early development stages of plantlets.
For present work however, only the exposimetric and dosimetric analysis of these
exposure experiments are made.
1
Corresponding author: Nicolae Balcescu Land Forces Academy, 3-5 Revolutiei St., 550170, Sibiu,
Romania; E-mail: simo.miclaus@gmail.com
134 S. Miclaus and M. Racuciu / A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues
The first exposure and dosimetric system is composed by a TEM cell, a RF signal
generator, two spectrum analyzers, a power sensor connected to one analyzer, and a
second directional power sensor connected to the second analyzer. These power sensors
allow measurement of the forward, reflected and transmitted powers into the sample
inserted in the TEM cell (Figure 1). The sensors are used for determining the absorbed
power into the sample, by the differential power technique [1], as a first dosimetric
method. After absorbed power Pabs determination, SAR calculation is possible, by
dividing Pabs to the sample mass. During irradiation, a non-perturbative, non-
interferential thermal fluoroptic probe (model Luxtron One) was present in the sample
body, in order to continuously monitor any temperature variation in the sample. The
probe was connected to the computer with afferent data acquisition and processing
software. The used irradiation signal was a continuous wave (CW) on f = 900MHz,
with an input power Pin = 20mW that enters the TEM cell. The sample consisted on a
number of 55 Zea mays seeds, each one dimensions of 7mm x 4mm x 4mm, uniformly
spread in a polystyrene Petri dish with a diameter of 90mm, placed in the uniform field
area of the TEM cell (half distance between septum and exterior conductor). The
uniformity of the field in the irradiation area of the unloaded TEM cell was prior
analyzed by using a computational method [2]. It is of big importance that the external
field Eext in the irradiation area to be as uniform as possible.
A second method for SAR assessment in the sample exposed inside the TEM cell at
900MHz CW was a theoretical one and more approximate, but still interesting for
comparison and this was the semi-empirical relation for SAR calculation in the case of
free space irradiation of a spheroidal biological model [1].
Figure1. Exposure and dosimetric set-up for the 900MHz low-level irradiation of Zea mays seeds
in the TEM cell
S. Miclaus and M. Racuciu / A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues 135
The third theoretical dosimetric method is based on SAR calculation given by the
formula:
E2
SAR = (1)

where E is the rms value of the internal E-field in the seed, is its electrical
conductivity and is the mass density.
The second exposure and dosimetric system is composed by a microwave oven
(MO) with an incident power Pin=800W at f=2.45GHz and the fluoroptic non-
perturbative temperature probe, connected to a computer enabled by the data
acquisition software. This system gives a very high exposure and a high temperature
increase of the sample, so only very short exposures were applied. The SAR was
computed for one seed at once, by the method of temperature slope of the heating curve
(the fourth dosimetric method), measured by the temperature probe which was inserted
in a hole inside the seed, in good contact with the seed surface.
A number of measurements were made for different seeds in the sample, and the
average SAR calculated.With this method, the heating capacity of the seed, c s is needed
for SAR estimation, but one has to take into account its variation with temperature,
which is at all negligible in this case.
2.1. TEM Cell Exposure
The incident power density Sin on the sample was theoretically calculated. Knowing the
theoretical impedance of the cell, Z0 = 50, the electric potential U between the TEM
cell conductors may be calculated and then the theoretical incident E-field intensity.
The distance between the septum and the outer conductor of the TEM cell being D =
0.23 m, finally the Sin is calculated:
U = Pin Z = 1V (2)
U
E= = 4.34 V (3)
D m
E2
S = = 50 mW (4)
in Z m
2
0
During whole irradiation procedure in the TEM cell, no temperature elevation could be
measured by the Luxtron one probe, and since it is a sufficient sensitive probe model,
we could conclude that the irradiation was non-thermal. Further, the average SAR in
the Zea mays seeds sample had to be determined.
By using the differential power method [1], we first determined the absorbed
power in the unloaded TEM cell (no sample inside):
Pabs1 = Pin Pout Pr (5)
where: Pabs1 is the absorbed power in the unloaded TEM cell, Pin is the forward power,
Pout is the output power and Pr is the reflected power (back). The three powers are
measured by the power sensors connected to spectrum analyzers. In a similar way, the
absorbed power is determined when the sample is inserted in the TEM cell (Petri dish +
seeds inside), and this is called Pabs2. The Pabs3 is then determined and it represents the
absorbed power when only the Petri dish is present in the cell (empty Petri dish).
Finally, the absorbed power in the ensemble (sample) of 55 seeds is determined as:
Pabs = Pabs 2 Pabs1 Pabs 3 (6)
In the experimental case, when a series of 8 determinations were applied on 8

different samples, the absorbed power wasdetermined to be:
Pabs = 0.008 0.004 mW (7)
While the sample mass of the 55 seeds was m = 8.350.42 g, the average SAR
value experimentally determined was:
P
SAR = abs = 0.95 0.5 mW (8)
m kg
Due to the fact that the measured powers are very low and near to the precision
level of the measurement systems, one should carefully take this aspect into account.
From this point of view it is advisable that the Pin to be increased for a more reliable
result. Comparing the obtained value of SAR with the ICNIRP guidelines values to the
population safety for whole body average SAR which is 80mW/kg, the value we
obtained here is much lower, and is of the order of magnitude of general environmental
induced SAR levels in the 900 MHz band. Nevertheless, this SAR level induced some
interesting biological effects in plants developed from the irradiated seeds [3].
Theoretical calculation:
By using the semi-empirical formula for a spheroidal model of one seed, we could
assess in a second way the average SAR in the sample. For an incident power density
of 1 mW/cm and an E-polarization, when a plane wave impinges the model having the
long semi-axis a and the short semi-axis b (in meters), the SAR in the spheroid (seed)
can be calculated by the formula given in paragraph 5.1.1. of [1]:
f f
2
f2
A 1 2 1 + A 3 u (f f 01 ) + A 4 A 5 2 u (f f 02 )

f
f 0 f0 0
SAR W = (9)
kg 2
3 f
2
f2
10 2 + A 2 2 1
f0 f
0
( )
with u (f f 01 ) si u f f 02 functions of the form:
0 if f < f 01
u (f f01 ) = (10)
1 if f > f 01
f0 represents the resonance frequency of the model, and is given by:
[
f 0 (Hz ) = 2.75 10 8a + a + b
8 2 2
( 2 2
)]
1
2
(11)
For the calculation of f 01 and f02 , we used:
2 3
f01 a a a 2
= 0.421a + 1.239 + 1.090a 0.295 + 0.020 (12)
f0 b b b
2
f02 a a 3 2
= 21.800a + 0.502 50.810a 0.068 + 34.120a (13)
f0 b
b
And constants A1 A 5 are given by:
a 1 a
A1 = 0.994 10.690a + 0.172 + 0.739a + 5.660 2
(14)
b b
a 1 a
A 2 = 0.914 + 41.400a + 399.170 1.190a 2.141 2
(15)
b b
2
a 2 a 3
A 3 = 4.822a 0.084 8.733a + 0.0016 + 5.369a (16)
b b
2
a a 2 3
A 4 = 0.335a + 0.075 0.804a 0.0075 + 0.640a (17)
b b
1

4
A5 = (18)
20
where 20 is the complex permittivity at 20GHz.

For the Zea mays seed spheroidal model, we considered: a = 3.5mm and b = 2mm.
The calculated resonance frequency is: f0 = 17.2 GHz. Then,
f01 f02
= 1.45 and = 0.747 (19)
f0 f0
A1 = 5162.91 and A 2 = 1515.65 (20)
These give the average SAR per 1mW/cm2:
SAR norm = 9.4 10

3 W (21)
kg
In our case in the TEM cell Sin = 50 mW 2 , so the average SAR in one seed is:
m
SAR = 0.047 mW (22)

kg
This value is however affected by significant uncertainties. First, the semi-

empirical formula is known to give an uncertainty of up to 15% and it was only
validated on animal tissues. Furthermore, the Sin is calculated here in ideal conditions,
then the hypothesis that the E-field in the TEM cell is E-polarized regarding the seed
position is not true, then only part of the incident power density impinge the seed itself,
part of it being dissipated in the dielectric material of the Petri dish. To conclude, the
uncertainty for this type of calculation is difficult to assess.
An alternative theoretical assessment of SAR in a seed needs the determination of
the internal E-field induced inside. While this was experimentally impossible (lack of
devices), we presumed that of the incident E-field will be present in the seed, which
we estimate to be close to reality. So we took Eint = 2V/m. In order to have a prediction
of the manner in which the E-field is attenuating through the seed, we calculated the
penetration depth at 900MHz. This gives the depth in a semi-infinite plane biological
material (in our case corn seed material) for which the internal E-field becomes 1/e (i.e.
0.368) of its value at incidence. The penetration depth (in meters) is given by:
(
= 67.52
f
) [ ' 2 " 2 ' 1
( r ) + ( r ) r ] 2 (23)
where f is expressed in MHz and r = 3.8; r = 1.1 for Zea mays at f = 900MHz [4],
[5]. In this case, we obtained = 19cm, which shows that on the whole volume of the
seed, one can consider that the internal field is almost constant (in the semi-infinite
planar assumption). From [5] the conductivity and mass density where extracted: =
0.055 S/m (for f = 900MHz) and = 1320kg. With these, we obtained:
SAR = 0.16 mW (24)

kg
2.2. Microwave Oven Exposure
In the case of short and intense exposures, SAR can be calculated from the thermal
slope of the heating curve a heat = T
t
( )
and by knowing the specific heat of the
sample cs:
SAR = cs T = cs a heat (25)

t
For Zea mays, cs = 1750-3690 J/kg.K [5], depending on the humidity degree of the
seed and on temperature. Form the heating curves of the seeds giving by Luxtron One
probe readings, we get aheat = 8.51.5 grdC/s. The heating duration was 10s per seed.
While using a mean value of cs = 3000J/kg.K, we get:
SAR = 25.5 4.5 kJ K

kg
(26)
This result is also affected by a high uncertainty, since the specific heat variation
with temperature is need to be known (and neglected here), for the experimental seed
sample that is used. In this high exposure cases, due to high temperature variations,
SAR is greatly dependent on temperature, on very short time durations. This implies a
very complicated biochemistry mechanism at the chemical reaction kinetics level. The
SAR value we get here is only order of magnitude informative and shows the
importance of refinement of dosimetric assessment.
3. Conclusion
Low level irradiation by RF electromagnetic fields of vegetal tissue for biological

effects assessment needs a sensitive dosimetric evaluation. Generally, high quality
dosimetry deserves a well-characterized exposure system and suitable methods and
techniques for SAR determination. Moreover, the vegetal samples dielectric properties
need a reliable characterization, since they highly influence both internal field level and
distribution, and temperature dependence of SAR. In present case, the dielectric
properties of the Zea mays material are influenced both by moisture content, by
frequency of used field, temperature, density and bulk density and by plant variety.
First part of the work should focus on analyzing the dielectrical parameters and needs
special devices for measuring these, since literature data is hardly available on this
issue. In our paper we used only approximate values for these parameters, as found in
literature.
In the second step, the uniformity of the incident field along the sample area
should be investigated, if possible both theoretically (simulations) and experimentally
(measurements). This step needs dedicated software for modeling-simulation of the
exposure environment and high precision, miniature E-field probes respectively, to
map the field distribution. In the case when a thermal shift may be measured in the
exposed sample, non-perturbative thermal probes are suitable. When the temperature
variation can not be detected by such an instrument, an alternative method is to be
applied for power deposition quantification. In our study, the differential power
technique was used, but since the powers are very low, comparable to the precision
level of the instruments, uncertainty is pretty high. While TEM cell offers very similar
to far-field exposure conditions (anechoic room), with a good uniformity of the field in
the exposure area, it requires sensitive devices for a reliable absorbed power evaluation
when the irradiation is non-thermal. Most of RF signals generators need amplifiers in
order to produce thermal levels of exposure. When wide band amplification is needed,
the price of the amplifiers becomes prohibitive.
A cheap variant for high power level irradiation is by using a microwave oven,
with the condition that the sample volume to be very small, so as the field non-
uniformity inside the oven to be minimized. In this case, good dosimetric results may
be obtained by using the non-perturbative fluoroptic thermal probe. However, since at
such high power levels the sample is heating extremely fast, and since the specific heat
of the sample is usually highly dependent on temperature, a precise SAR calculation is
also difficult to get, from this point of view. A heating rate of approximately 8 0C/s, as
in our experimental case, needs a very rapid response of the thermal probe, in order to
gain precise results.
The precision of SAR calculation when very low or very high RF exposure
conditions are applied, needs further refinement. As for present paper, the three
methods used for SAR evaluation in non-thermal irradiation condition at 900MHz give
a standard deviation of 127%, when average SAR in the Zea mays seeds is 0.38 mW/kg.
On the other hand, in high level exposure conditions, at 2.45 GHz, SAR estimation
uncertainty is of about 72% for an average SAR of 25.5kJ/kg in Zea mays seeds.
References
[1] Radiofrequency Radiation Dosimetry Handbook, eds: C.H. Durney, H. Massoudi, M.F. Iskander, , 4th
Edition, USAFSAM-TR-85-73, Brooks AFB, Texas, USA, 7.4-7.14, 1996.
[2] M. Morega, S. Miclaus, Electromagnetic environment generated in a TEM cell for biological dosimetry
applications, ISEF 2007 XIII International Symposium on Electromagnetic Fields in Mechatronics,
Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Prague, Czech Republic, September 13-15, 2007.
[3] M. Racuciu, S. Miclaus, UHF radiofrequency electromagnetic field influence on vegetal tissue at
molecular level, 8TH International Congress of the European Bioelectromagnetics Association (EBEA),
Bordeaux, France, 10-13 April 2007.
[4] Asabe Standard: Dielectric Properties of Grain and Seed, Nelson S.O., et al., American Society for
Agricultural and Biological Engineers, AE D293.2, JUN1989, R - 2005.
[5] Z. Hlavacova, Utilization of electric properties of granular and powdery materials, Int. Agrophysics, 19,
(2005) 209-213.
Acknowledgement. Present work is part of a research project developed at Land Forces Academy in Sibiu,
under the Contract no. CEEX 05-D11-54/2005 granted by Romanian Ministry of Education and Research.
IOS Press, 2008
Non-thermal, Continuous and Modulated

RF Field Effects on Vegetal Tissue
Developed from Exposed Seeds
Mihaela RCUCIU a1, Simona MICLU b and Dorina E. CREANG c
a
University Lucian Blaga, Sibiu, Romania
b
c
University Al. I. Cuza, Iasi, Romania
Abstract. The present paper aims to search possible differences in effects due to
low-level RF exposure to continuous wave in comparison to modulated RF field
on the same carrier frequency, in vegetal tissues. This experimental study was
focused on determination of some representative parameters for development of
an agricultural plant species, Zea mays, whose seeds were previously exposed to
non-thermal RF field in the 900MHz band, in controlled conditions. Incident low-
level continuous wave, amplitude modulated and frequency modulated signals
were applied, while pigments concentration of chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b,
carotenoids, nucleic acid concentration and average length of the plants in the 12th
day of development post-irradiation, were measured. A thermal reference
constituted a very short duration exposure of one sample of seeds to 2.45 GHz
high thermal field, while control unexposed sample was the absolute reference.
The effects were different for continuous and modulated signals, but modulation
has generally a lower impact in low-level exposures, and this was predictable
Keywords. RF field, vegetal tissue, photo-assimilatory pigments, nucleic acids.
Introduction
Numerous experiments proved that modulated high-level RF fields have biological

effects and that modulation is an important factor [1] - [3]. Tkalec et al. [4] reported
that the growth of plants exposed to continuous 900MHz electromagnetic field was
significantly decreased in comparison with the control, while a modulated field at
900MHz strongly inhibited the growth in the Lemna minor, suggesting that
investigated electromagnetic fields might influence plant growth.
The same researchers [5] observed that the electromagnetic field frequencies of 400
and 900MHz for 2 hours generally increased photosynthesis rate of the Chlorella
kessleri algae. Also, the 400MHz frequency of the electromagnetic field decreased
respiration rate while 900MHz increased it.
The germination rate and root length did not change significantly after 900MHz
electromagnetic field exposure, but modulated field significantly of a longer exposure
time (4 hours) increased mitotic index compared to corresponding controls in the
1
Corresponding author: University Lucian Blaga, Faculty of Science, Physics Dept., 5-7 Dr.I.Ratiu
St., 550024, Sibiu, Romania,; E-mail: mracuciu@yahoo.com
M. Racuciu et al. / Non-Thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects 143
Allium cepa seeds case [6]. Sandu et al. [7] studied the 400MHz electromagnetic field
influence on the black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia) seedlings. Chlorophyll a as well
as chlorophyll b level was found to decrease and chlorophyll ratio was decreasing
logarithmically to the increase of daily exposure time on the electromagnetic field.
Some experimenters have reported effects that depend on amplitude modulation at
low levels of RF exposure, but however the effects remain isolated to particular in vitro
systems. Although a few experiments have been repeated successfully in independent
laboratories, others have not, and the question of whether modulation is important for
biological effects remains open.
In this respect, present paper aims to search possible differences in effects due to
low-level RF exposure to continuous wave in comparison to modulated RF field on the
same carrier frequency, in vegetal tissues.
The experimental work focused on determination of some representative parameters for

development of an agricultural plant species, Zea mays, whose seeds were previously
exposed to non-thermal RF field in the 900MHz band, in controlled conditions.
Incident low-level continuous wave (CW), amplitude modulated (AM) and frequency
modulated (FM) signals were applied, while pigments concentration of chlorophyll a
(Chl a), chlorophyll b (Chl b), carotenoids (Car), nucleic acid concentration (NA) and
average length (AL) of the plants in the 12th day of development post-irradiation, were
measured. A thermal reference constituted a very short duration exposure of one
sample of seeds to 2.45 GHz high thermal field, while control unexposed sample was
the absolute reference. Quantitative insight in the molecular mechanisms involved in
the complex phenomena of plants growth was carried out by means of
spectrophotometrical assays. We chose Chl a, Chl b and Car pigments as indicators,
since they are photosynthetic pigments found in most plants, and their presence is a
requirement for photosynthesis process. While Chl a is the main photosynthesis
pigment, directly involved in the solar energy conversion into chemical energy, the Chl
b and Car are the accessory pigments involved in the photosynthesis process, with a
very consistent role in the sustaining of photosynthesis efficiency, by means of the
absorbed energy transfer to Chl a molecules and Car pigments are anti-oxidants and
efficient free-radical scavengers. Nucleic acids (NA) are directly responsible for the cell
and tissue development either in photosynthetic plants or animal and microorganisms,
while AL indicates the general stimulatory or inhibitory action of the electromagnetic
radiation. The chlorophylls ratio (Chl a/ Chl b) is known as an indirect indicator of the
energetic activity of Light Harvesting Complex II (LHC II) system that is controlling
the first stage of solar energy conversion into its chemical form.
Exposure to RF field was applied to seeds only (having a rather uniform
genophond), before germination process. The Petri dishes containing 70 seeds each,
were exposed for 24 hours inside a TEM cell (model IFI CC-104SEXX), which was
supplied from a RF signal generator (model Hameg HM 3184-3) (Figure 1). Sample
no.1 received a CW of f=900 MHz, level 7dBm; sample no.2 received an AM signal
(fc=900MHz, AM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; f mod = 20 kHz); sample no.3 received an
AM signal (fc=900MHz, AM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; f mod = 10Hz); sample no.4
received an FM signal (fc=900MHz, FM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; FM f mod = 10Hz),
sample no.5 received an FM signal (fc=900MHz, FM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; FM f
144 M. Racuciu et al. / Non-Thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects
mod = 10Hz; gate signal). Besides low-level exposure, another sample, sample no.6
received a powerful CW signal of f=2.45 GHz inside a microwave oven, at P= 800W,
for 5 seconds, with measured heating curve. Incident field in the TEM cell was uniform,
at the value (rms) of Einc=2.17 V/m, i.e. a power density Sinc=0.012 W/m2. The
absorbed RF power (or SAR) was both calculated and measured. For measurements, a
fiber optic Luxtron One probe was used (to show lack of heating in TEM cell
exposures or to measure the heating curve slope, in the case of microwave oven). For
TEM cell exposures, the differential power method was applied, by using two power
sensors (one of them bidirectional - by Rhode & Schwarz) connected to two spectrum
analyzers (FSH 3 model, by Rhode& Schwarz).
Figure 1. Schematic figure of exposure set-up
Irradiated seeds germination occurred on porous paper support, in darkness and

closed Petri dishes, environmental conditions being kept under peer control,
temperature and moisture levels being 24.00C and 90% humidity respectively. After
germination the young plantlets development was conducted in the same controlled
laboratory conditions (t=22.00.50C, illumination -10h: 14h light/dark cycle and 70%
humidity) and the culture medium of young plantlets was daily supplied with the same
amount of deionized water.
Plant individual length of the 12 days plantlets old was measured and germination
percentage was determined as well. The average lengths and the standard deviations
were calculated for each batch of seeds. For both RF field exposed samples and
controls, the biological material was harvested from the entire green tissue mass
obtained by mixing up all plantlets grown within a Petri dish. For spectrophotometric
measurements a CINTRA 5 spectrophotometer UV-VIS provided with quartz cells was
used. After 12 days of plants growth, the assay of the assimilatory pigments extracts in
80% acetone was performed following the Lichtenthaler & Welburns method [8],
while the assay of nucleic acids level accordingly to a modified Spirins method [9-10]
was carried out: spectrophotometric measurements were performed at the wavelengths
of: 663nm, 646nm and 470nm (versus acetone 80%) for the assay of chlorophylls
(Chla, Chlb) and carotenoids pigments (Car) from green tissues and respectively at
260nm and 280nm (versus perchloric acid 6%) in the case of nucleic acids.
For the calculation of photosynthetic pigments the Eqs. (1), (2) and (3) were
applied while in the case of nucleic acids calibration curves (based on the spectral
readings to the mentioned wavelengths).
V
Chla (g / g) = (12.21 E 663 2.81 E 646 ) (1)
dw
V
Chlb(g / g ) = (20.13 E 646 5.03 E 663 ) (2)
dw
V
Car (g / g) = (100 E 470 3.27 Chla 104 Chlb) (3)
227 d w
where w is the fresh vegetal sample mass, V is the extract volume (in 80% acetone),
E is the light extinction to the wavelength and d is the quartz cell width.
Statistic analysis of the experimental data resulted from the three repetitions of the
spectrophotometrical analysis, was accomplished by means of ANOVA test - applied
using MsExcell soft package - to evaluate reliability of modifications induced by RF
field into the exposed samples in comparison to the control ones as well as among the
samples corresponding to different exposure, considering the significance criterion of
0.05.
2. Results and Discussions
Theoretical and experimental dosimetry indicated that in the case of non-thermal

exposures in the TEM cell, SARlow<1mW/kg for all exposures, while in the 2.45GHz
oven, SARhigh = 2.6kW/kg.
The average lengths of Zea mays plantlets and afferent standard deviations were
calculated for each batch of test seeds (Figure 2). The confidence interval was
calculated for every batch of plantlets using the Student test, for the confidence level
P=90%. Average length of plants showed statistically significant differences: CW
exposure seems to stimulate development, while modulated field exposure seems to
suppress it, compared to control. Only sample no. 3 showed no difference compared to
control. The 2.45GHz short thermal exposure showed no length-of-plant difference to
control.
Since among the biochemical factors that determine the plant growth the nucleic
acids and the chlorophylls are the most involved in the early ontogenetic stages further
discussion was focused on the corresponding experimental data extracted during the
experiment. Though strongly determined by the cell genetic information (stored within
the nucleic acids), the cell and tissue development depends on the cell divisibility and
the photosynthesis efficiency. The data from Figure 3 present the situation of the
photosynthetic pigments that play very important role in solar light conversion toward
chemical energy stored within organic compounds accumulated in the vegetal organism.
Chlorophylls (Chl a, Chl b) and carotenoids (Car) contents showed only slight
variations between all samples and it seems they cannot to be connected either to
frequency, or to modulation, or to thermal or non-thermal effects.
Average lengths, 12th day, P=90%

140
120
100
L, mm
80
60
40
20
0
M S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
Experimental sample
Figure 2. The average length of plants provided irradiated seeds of Zea mays
Chl a Chl b Car
80
70
Chl a, Chl b, Car (mg/g)
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
M S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
Experimental sample
Figure 3. Assimilatory pigments level in Zea mays plantlets provided irradiated seeds versus UHF-CW
exposure time (Chl a the content of chlorophyll a, Chl b the content of chlorophyll b, Car the content of
total carotenoid pigments).
The chlorophylls ratio being considered an important physiological parameter

regarding the photosynthesis efficiency, being generally accepted that this parameter is
an indirect indication on the response of the Light Harvesting Complex II from the
chloroplast membranes, where photosynthesis is located, the results displayed in Figure
4 might be taken as a premise upon the slight inhibitory effect of the photosynthesis in
the case of CW exposure and the short thermal exposure (with statistic significance
related to the significance threshold of 0.05).
3.5
2.5
Chl a/ Chl b
1.5
0.5
0
M S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
Experimental sample
Figure 4. Electromagnetic field effects on the chlorophylls ratio in Zea mays plantlets provided
by irradiated seeds
Nucleic acids (DNA+RNA) concentrations were most affected by exposure

(Figure 5), but in an unpredictable manner.
700
600
500
AN (microg/g)
400
300
200
100
0
M S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6
Experimental sample
Figure 5. The level of DNA and RNA for the plantlets provided by electromagnetic
field irradiated seeds
The only sample not influenced, from this point of view, was again sample no.3, as
compared to control. The most inhibiting effect was observed in the 2.45GHz thermal
exposure, while the most stimulating one was observed in the CW exposure and then in
the AM exposure of sample no. 2 (with statistic significance related to the significance
threshold of 0.05). The nucleic acids are directly responsible for the cell and tissue
development either in photosynthetic plants or animal and microorganisms.
Though the electromagnetic energy of the absorbed photons is of many orders of
magnitude smaller than that needed to break down chemical bonds within the
molecules of chlorophyll of nucleic acid however their electromagnetic energy could
trigger complex synergetic cellular mechanisms that finally can lead to the plant growth
disturbing.
3. Conclusions
Obtained results showed that investigated electromagnetic fields could influence

important processes in plants (e.g. photosynthesis) upon plants during their early
ontogenetic stages. Non-thermal effects of RF are observable in plant development and
at the nucleic acids content level. CW exposure for 24h shows the most important
effect. The effects were different for CW and modulated signals, but modulation has
generally a lower impact in low-level exposures, and this was predictable. However,
one should also consider that artifacts are hard to recognize and eliminate, temperature
control is essential and RF field effects could not exclude all possible confounding
factors.
References
[1] Workshop: Biological and Biophysical Research at Extremely Low- and Radio Frequencies: (1)
Application of Research Results across the Frequencies and Modulation Schemes of Present and Future
Wireless Technologies, and (2) Demodulation in Biological Systems, Bad Mnstereifel, Germany, 4-5
December, 2000.
[2] Seminar of MMF Mobile Manufacturers Forum: Mechanisms for Interactions of Radiofrequency
Energy with Biological Systems: Principal Conclusions Washington, DC, 23 July, 2001.
[3] I. Belyaev, Non-thermal biological effects of microwaves: current knowledge, further perspective and
urgent needs, COST 281 Workshop: ''Do sinusoidal versus non-sinusoidal waveforms make a
difference?'' Zurich, February 17th - 18th, 2005.
[4] M. Tkalec, K. Malaric, B. Pevalek-Kozlina, Influence of 400, 900, and 1900 MHz electromagnetic
fields on Lemna minor growth and peroxidase activity, Bioelectromagnetics, 26(3) (2005), 185-193.
[5] M. Tkalec, K. Malari, R. Malari, I. Leniek, B. Pevalek-Kozlina, Effect of electromagnetic fields on
photosynthesis, 3rd International workshop on biological effects of electromagnetic fields, Kos, Greece,
4- 8 October 2004.
[6] M. Tkalec, Z. Vidakovic-Cifrek, B.Pevalek-Kozlina, Evaluation of the Genotoxic Potential of
Microwave Electromagnetic Fields in Onion (Allium Cepa), IEEE International Symposium on
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC2007), Supplement to EMC Newsletter, Hawaii (2007) 44.
[7] D. D. Sandu, C. Goiceanu, A. Ispas, I. Creanga, S. Miclaus, D.E. Creanga, A preliminary study on
ultra high frequency electromagnetic fields effect on black locust chlorophylls, Acta Biologica
Hungarica, 56 (1/2) (2005 ), 109-117.
[8] H. K. Lichtenthaler, A. R. Wellburn, Determinations of total carotenoids and chlorophylls a and b of
leaf extracts in different solvents, Biochemical Society Transactions, 11 (1983), 591 592.
[9] V. A. Struchkov, N. B. Strazhevskaya, R. I. Zhdanov, DNA-bound lipids of normal and tumor cells:
retrospective and outlooks for functional genomics, Bioelectrochemistry, 58 (2002), 2330.
[10] R. I. Zhdanov, N. B. Strazhevskaya, A. R. Jdanov, G. Bischoff, A spectroscopic and surface plasmon
resonance study of oleic acid/DNA complexes, J. Biomol. Struct. Dyn., 20 (2002), 231241.
Chapter 4
Computer Simulation in Bioelectromagnetics
IOS Press, 2008
Three-dimensional Modelling of Extremely

Low Frequency Thin Conducting Screens
Piergiorgio ALOTTO, Massimo GUARNIERI, Federico MORO1 and Roberto TURRI
Dipartimento di Ingegneria Elettrica, Universit di Padova
Via Gradenigo 6/a, 35131 Padova, Italy
Abstract. A novel three-dimensional integral method is used in order to assess the

effectiveness of thin conducting screens for reducing stray magnetic fields.
Integral formulations are particularly suited for shielding problems, as computing
costs are reduced compared to commercial codes, relying mainly on the Finite
Element Method. A conducting screen for a MV/LV substation is designed by
means of the developed code. Measured and computed values of the rms magnetic
flux density in proximity of the substation are compared in order to test the
accuracy and the reliability of the numerical analysis.
Keywords. Magnetic field, Electromagnetic Compatibility, Extremely Low

Frequency, MV/LV substations, shielding, eddy currents, conducting materials.
Introduction
Due to increasing concerns about human exposure to electromagnetic fields, the

reduction of stray fields in proximity of MV/LV substations has become of great
importance. Metallic shields made up of thin conducting plates often represent a more
viable solution than rearranging the layout of electric devices inside the installation [1].
Electromagnetic analysis software is based mainly on the Finite Element Method
(FEM), which is typically demanding when analysing thin structures embedded in large
air regions [2]. An accurate analysis of the shield performance implies numerical
techniques capable of modelling properly both ELF sources and thin plates. Several
methods have been proposed in the literature to cope with these requirements. Most of
them are based on two-dimensional (2D) electromagnetic formulations, which provide
preliminary information at the design stage [3]. Three-dimensional (3D) approaches
should be used instead in order to assess confidently the shield effectiveness.
The main aim of the present work is to show how the three-dimensional integral
method presented in [4] can be used successfully for accurate simulations of the
shielding performance, overcoming the several limitations encountered in CAD/CAE
commercial software.
1
Corresponding Author: Federico Moro, Dipartimento di Ingegneria Elettrica, Universit di Padova, Via
Gradenigo, 6/A, 35131 Padova; E-mail: moro@die.unipd.it.
152 P. Alotto et al. / 3D Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting Screens
Conducting shield design for a 20/0.4 kV substation
In low frequency magnetic shielding (3-300 Hz) the critical factor in designing a cost-
effective shield is to minimize the amount of material in order to achieve a specific
field attenuation level. The shield performance is typically characterised by the
so-called shielding factor SF, i.e. the ratio SF=Bi/Bo between the rms values of the
shielded magnetic flux density, Bi, and the unshielded one, Bo. Once the basic goal of
the shielding problem has been defined, there are a number of basic design
considerations that impact the shield cost-effectiveness [3, 5]:
the shield efficiency depends almost linearly on its thickness for highly
conducting metals;
the intensity of induced currents depends on the shield extension, less on its
thickness;
the shielding performance increases as the distance between shield and
sources reduces;
conducting plates compensate mainly the normal component of the impressed
field, thus source orientation turns out to be a major factor in determining the
shield effectiveness.
In order to tackle properly shielding problem complexity, an original three-dimensional
integral method, such that proposed in [4], was developed and applied here to design a
conducting shield for a 20/0.4 kV indoor substation. The aim of the intervention was to
reduce the field intensity in the room above the substation. Preliminary measurements
showed exposure levels of the order of 3-4 T at floor level and 1-2 T at 1 m height,
much more beyond the exposure limit fixed by Italian standards [6].
A plane view of the substation is shown in Figure 1. The main magnetic field
sources are indicated in the inset. Two transformer units (630 kVA, 6% short circuit
voltage), placed 1.70 m apart, are connected in parallel; LV feeders, placed 0.1 m aside
and 2 m long, drive balanced three-phase currents (200 A rms, 50 Hz frequency).
0.80 m 3.00 m
0.30 m 1.90 m 0.60 m

1.07 m MV board
0.50 m
3.50 m
TR2 1.05 m
Filter capacitor bank

3.50 m
0.70 m
0.30 m
TR1
0.8 m
yz LV cables
1.80 m
0.80 m LV board
2.50 m
3.80 m 0.40 m 4.80 m
Figure 1. Plane view of the substation (the yz plane for field computing is indicated in dashed line).
P. Alotto et al. / 3D Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting Screens 153
The most intense field sources are the LV conductors (cables and bus-bars) and the
MV/LV transformers, since they drive the highest currents in the installation; the effect
of other magnetic field sources in the substation can be neglected.
The effect of MV/LV transformers (Figure 2) was examined by 3D analysis, where
windings are modelled as one-turn coils with current intensity proportional to the stray
linkage. The integral method was used to design a metallic screen to be installed above
the transformers, while 2D FEM was used to design a shielding enclosure to be put
around the power cables feeding the LV board. The shield performance was evaluated
by using the shielding factor defined above.
Figure 2. Model of the shielding apparatus for the indoor substation.
Different shield configurations were analysed by the 3D integral code and by the
2D FEM code in order to identify the best shielding solutions, a trade-off between
intervention costs and required attenuation levels. The most economical solution for
shielding the transformers was found to be a 2 mm thick copper plate (3 m wide, 3.5 m
long), placed 0.12 m above the feeders. Simulations showed that the U-shaped shield
provided attenuation levels similar to the flat configuration (with the latter solution
having significantly smaller material and installation costs). The shielding factor was
mapped on the vertical plane yz, shown in dashed line in Figure 1, in order to evaluate
the screen efficiency at different heights. Figure 3 shows that the field intensity level is
reduced uniformly up to 50 % in the shielded room for s2>3 m. It is shown that the
magnetic field reduction is uniformly distributed, according to design requirements.
As regards the LV cables feeding the board, a considerable field reduction was
obtained by using a 2 mm copper shield (2.5 m long, 0.4 m wide) enclosing the cable
trunking and by using an optimized layout of phase conductors (the so-called trefoil
arrangement).
Figure 3. Shielding factor on the plane yz.
The magnetic shield simulated by the integral method was built by welding two
1.75 m x 3 m wide, 2 mm thick copper plates, installed as shown in Figure 4. In order
to test the reliability of the developed procedure computed field rms values were
compared with those measured on the same positions. These values were measured
along lines, located 0.2 m and 0.8 m above the floor of the shielded room, on the
vertical plane yz depicted in Figure 1.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 show that computed and measured field intensity values at
different heights are in good agreement. In that case uncertainties on computed values
depend mainly on the approximation in estimating current loads and locations of
electric devices inside the substation. The actual attenuation level provided by the
magnetic shield, almost uniformly distributed, is about 60 %.
Figure 4. Magnetic shield installed above the MV/LV transformers.

P. Alotto et al. / 3D Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting Screens 155
-6
x 10
4.5
B RMS con schermo
4 B RMS senza schermo
U U
B RMS misurato
3.5
V V
3 W W
mod(B) [T]
2.5
1.5
0.5
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
s [m]
Figure 5. Measured and computed field rms values at 0.20 m height above the floor.
U U
V V
W W
Figure 6. Measured and computed field rms values at 0.80 m height above the floor.
Conclusion
A novel integral procedure has been used successfully to analyse the effectiveness of
conducting laminations for industrial shielding applications. By using the developed
approach the intrinsic complexity of shielding problems can be accounted for much
more easily. Besides, the duration of the design process can be significantly reduced.
The integral procedure has been used to design a metallic shield to be installed
inside a MV/LV substation. Field reduction targets have been addressed properly,
despite the complexity of the modelled system. Comparisons between experimental and
computed results have shown that the proposed method is both fast and accurate.
References
[1] O. Bottauscio et al., Some considerations about environmental ELF magnetic field reduction, Proc. of
the 8th International IGTE Symposium, Graz (AU), pp. 275-280, 1998.
[2] L. Hasselgreen, E. Moller, Y. Hamnerius, Calculation of magnetic shielding of a substation at power
frequency using FEM, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, vol. 9, pp. 1398-1405, July 1994.
[3] A. Canova, A. Manzin, M. Tartaglia, Evaluation of different analytical and semi-analytical methods
for the design of ELF magnetic field shields, IEEE Trans. on Industrial Applications, vol. 38,
pp. 788-796, May/June 2002.
[4] P. Alotto, M. Guarnieri, F. Moro, A boundary integral formulation on unstructured dual grids for eddy
current analysis in thin shields, IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol.43, pp. 1173-1176, April 2007.
[5] Lin Xu, Yaping Du, Zhengcai Fu., Magnetic shielding by large metallic structure in modern buildings,
Proc. of 3rd International Symposium on EMC, 58, 755-758, 2002.
[6] DPCM 8 Luglio 2003, Fissazione dei limiti di esposizione, dei valori di attenzione e degli obiettivi di
qualit per la protezione della popolazione dalle esposizioni ai campi elettrici e magnetici alla
frequenza di rete (50 Hz) generati dagli elettrodotti, Gazzetta Ufficiale, n. 200, 29-8-2003 (in italian).
IOS Press, 2008
The Influence of Shape of the Body on

SAR Coefficient in the Biological Object
Katarzyna CIOSK a, 1, Andrzej KRAWCZYK b, 2
a
Kielce University of Technology, Poland
b
Central Institute for Labour Protection, Department of Bioelectromagnetics, Poland
Abstract. The paper presents results of SAR (Specific Absorption Rate)

calculations in different spheroid biological objects. The aim of the study was to
trace the influence of body geometry on the value of the whole-body SAR. The
biological model that has been taken into account is a prolate spheroid. The
spheroid is an isotropic lossy dielectric. The mass of the bodies were taken was
constant. The external medium was assumed to be free space and the excitation as
a uniform plane wave. The calculations were carried out for two cases of
polarization. The simulations were done at 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency.
The values of the SAR were calculated based on the calculating of the electric
field strength distribution inside the body using semi-analytical method.
Keywords. SAR, electromagnetic field, biological object, spheroid
Introduction
The wireless technology relies upon an extensive network of base stations, relaying
information with radiofrequency (RF) signals. Cellular communication systems require
the use of many base stations located throughout a service area and it is necessary to
install antenas on residential and public buildings. The growth in wireless mobile
communications has created public concern about the health effects of organism
exposed to electromagnetic field from the base station antennas. An important
motivation for researchers is to gain a detailed understanding of the power absorption
inside the body. For assessing exposure from transmitters, the most useful quantity is
SAR (Specific Absorption Rate). SAR calculations or measurements can be used for
accurate human exposure assessment in close proximity to base station antennas.
1
Katarzyna Ciosk, Kielce University of Technology, Al. 1000 lecia P.P. 7, 25-314 Kielce, Poland, E-mail:
k.ciosk@tu.kielce.pl
2
Andrzej Krawczyk, Central Institute for Labour Protection, Department of
Bioelectromagnetics,Warsaw,Poland, E-mail: ankra@ciop.pl, ul. Czerniakowska 16, 00-701 Warszawa,
Poland, E-mail: ankra@ciop.pl
158 K. Ciosk and A. Krawczyk / The Inuence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefcient
The SAR describes the energy absorbed by biological object. This parameter is the
quantity which determines the thermal effect in the biological tissue subjected to the
electromagnetic field. And thus, it is possible to determine electromagnetic hazard
coming from various sources, both industrial and environmental. SAR takes into
account the incident field parameters and also geometry and electrical properties of the
body subjected to electromagnetic field. The SAR gives much more important
information about exposure conditions than the electric parameters of electromagnetic
field such electric field strength, magnetic field strength or power density. That is why,
the calculation of the SAR becomes a target for many computational centers [1], [2].
The SAR has been introduced as the basis for ANSI excposure standard [3]. The
whole-body SAR is defined by
P
V
V dV
SAR WB = (1)
M
where: PV density of power absorbed in the body [W/m3], M mass of the body [kg].
Value of SAR depends on the incident field parameters such the intensity, polarization
[4] and frequency [5]. The absorption of electromagnetic wave depends also on
parameters of object such as size, shape and orientation. SAR is higher when the body
is more perpendicular than parallel to an incident field. It is also higher when the cross
section of the body perpendicular to the incident magnetic field is larger.
This paper aims at finding how SAR distribution depends on the shape of object.
The biological model that has been taken into account is a prolate spheroid. The mass
of object was assumed as constant. The simulations were done at GSM frequencies 900
MHz and 1800 MHz using semi-analytical method. Geometry of the spheroid body is
determined by ratio h :
a
h= (2)
l
where a is major axis and l is minor axis of spheroid as shown in Figure1 .
Figure 1. Schematic diagram of spheroid model

K. Ciosk and A. Krawczyk / The Inuence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefcient 159
Method of Calculations
To trace the influence of body geometry on the value of the whole-body SAR the
calculation was made. The values of the SAR were calculated based on the calculating
of the electric field strength distribution inside the body. The model as a prolate
spheroid with major axis l , minor axis a is shown in Fig.1. The spheroid is an isotropic
lossy dielectric. The spheroid body mass was assumed as constant. The relative
permittivity -j and the conductivity of tissue depend on frequency [6]. European
Standard EN-50361 [7] establishes values of , for phantom liquid at mobile
frequency band 300 3000MHz to be used in SAR calculations. The simulations were
done for GSM frequencies used in mobile telephony: 900 MHz and 1800 MHz. The
external medium is assumed to be free space. Time-harmonic fields with the time-
dependence ejt as a uniform plane wave are suppressed. The rms value of the electric
field strength incident was 61,4 V/m. The calculations were carried out for two cases of
polarization. At polarization E the long axis of the body is parallel to the electric field
vector while at polarisation H the long axis of the object is parallel to the magnetic
field vector. The values of the SAR were calculated using semi-analytical method. The
method of calculations at polarisation H was described in [8] and the method of
calculations at polarisation E was described in [9]. The electromagnetic field is
described by Maxwells equations and they were solved by semi-analytical method
solution of the problem. The method enables investigating of the internal structure of
the coefficient. The correctness of this method has been verified by an experiment
made on spheroid phantom [9]. The spheroid object was filled up the phantom,
corresponding to biological tissues in accordance with European standard CENELEC
for phantoms subjected to the GSM-frequency electromagnetic radiation. The method
requires a short calculation time and a small PC memory. It is possible to trace the
influence of different parameters of object as well as electromagnetic parameters of
field, such as frequency and polarization on the value of SAR. The relative complex
permittivity data is compiled from [6].
Calculation Results
To demonstrate the influence of the shape of the body on SAR the computations was
made. The mass of the bodies were taken was constant M = 20g.The major axis and
minor axis of the spheroid were corresponding to ratio h (2). The calculations were
carried out for two frequencies 900 MHz and 1800 MHz and two cases of polarization.
Figure 2 shows the distributions of the SAR at polarization H. The value of SAR grows
with ratio h and is grater at polarization E than that of polarization H. In Figure 3 are
shown the results of calculations of the SAR at polarization E. For E polarization SAR
increases as an object becomes longer and thinner, and decreases as it becomes shorter
and fatter. SAR is higher when the body is more perpendicular than parallel to an
incident field. It is also higher when the cross section of the body perpendicular to the
incident magnetic field is larger.
160 K. Ciosk and A. Krawczyk / The Inuence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefcient
0.45
0.4
1800 MHz
0.35
0.3
SAR [W/kg]
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
900 MHz
0.05
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
h
Figure 2. Distribution of SAR at polarisation H
0.8
SAR [W/kg]
0.6
1800MHz
0.4
0.2 900MHz
0
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
h
Figure 3. Distribution of SAR at polarisation E
Conclusions
The SAR distribution in the spheroid biological model is treated by employing semi-
analytical techniques. The calculation result has been presented for frequencies
900MHz and 1800 MHz and two polarizations. According to the result we can find out
that SAR depends on geometry of the body. It is thus crucial to take into account the
body size and parameters of the external field to establish relationships between
K. Ciosk and A. Krawczyk / The Inuence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefcient 161
biological effects that occur in lab animals and the corresponding effects that might
occur in humans at a given incident field.
References
[1] C. H. Durney, D. A Christensen: Basic Introduction to Bioelectromagnetics, CRC Press 2000.

[2] C. Furse, S. Hagness, U. Jakobus (eds): ACES Journal, Special Issue on Computational
Bioelectromagnetics, vol. 16, no.1, 2001.
[3] American National Standards Institute 95.1 Safety levels with respect to human exposure to radio
frequency electromagnetic fields, 300 kHz to 100 GHz, Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering, New York 1982.
[4] Ciosk K., Krawczyk A., Kubacki R.: The influence of the electromagnetic wave parameters on SAR
coefficient ISEF05-International Symposium, September 2005, Baiona, Spain.
[5] Ciosk K., Krawczyk A: The influence of the electromagnetic wave frequency on SAR in biological
object., EHE06, Madeira, pp.2.97-2.100.
[6] R. Kubacki at al., Comparison of Numerical and Measurement Methods of SAR of Ellipsoidal
Phantoms with Muscle Tissue Electrical Parameters, ISEF05- International Symposium September
2005, Baiona, Spain
[7] European Standard EN50361, Basic standard for measurement of Specific Absorption Rate related to
human exposure to electromagnetic fields from mobile phones (300MHz-3GHz) CENELEC July 2001.
[8] Ciosk K. at al., On SAR evaluation in the model of human head subjected to radiofrequency
electromagnetic field, w: Electromagnetic fields in electrical engineering (ed. A. Krawczyk i S. Wiak),
IOS Press, Amsterdam 2002.
[9] Ciosk, A. Krawczyk, R. Kubacki, The comparison of phantom model and simulation results in SAR
analysis, in: Computer Engineering in Applied Electromagnetism (ed. S. Wiak, A. Krawczyk, M.
Trlep), Springer, 2005.
IOS Press, 2008
A Transmission Line Scale Model

for Characterizing Electric
and Magnetic Fields
Jaime ESTACIO a, Adolfo ESCOBAR a,1, Guillermo APONTE a,
Hctor CADAVID a
a
Grupo de Investigacin en Alta Tensin, Universidad del Valle, Colombia
Abstract. A high-voltage transmission-line scale model can be used as a design

tool to determine both the electric and magnetic field distribution around the line.
A scale model allows to evaluate changes in phase arrangement and current
variations, and to assess the different mitigation techniques to reduce the electric
and magnetic field levels. In this paper, the development and construction of a
115-kV transmission-line scale model is presented. The experimental results were
compared with calculated values, showing a good agreement.
Keywords. Transmission line, electric and magnetic fields, scale model.
Introduction
Electric power transmission and distribution lines have been in use for about 100 years.
Since 1970, the concern about that the electric and magnetic fields from power lines
and other sources could affect the health of exposed individuals has been increased.
Prior to 1982, electric fields were the main concern; but with the publication of one
paper by Wertheimer and Leeper [1], and the subsequent appearance of papers from
other sources, serious concerns have developed about magnetic field exposure.
Public concern about fields emitted from transmission lines has resulted in
significant opposition to the construction and upgrading of new power transmission
facilities. Also, ground level electric and magnetic fields from overhead transmission
lines are critical parameters for considering in the right of way specification. Electric
and magnetic fields around power transmission lines have been assessed before [2, 3].
However, precise calculation of these fields distribution under power lines is of great
importance [4, 5] and should be elaborated on.
Both the electric and magnetic fields produced by transmission lines present
special characteristics. These fields are affected by power system conditions (voltage
and current), phase arrangement, line height, and phase spacing. Therefore, it is
difficult to characterize the field distribution when one or several parameters have
changed. To evaluate both the electric and magnetic field distribution, a transmission-
line scale model was designed and built. The scale model allows to modify the
geometric and operating conditions, and to assess mitigation techniques.
1
Corresponding Author: Adolfo Escobar, Grupo de Investigacin en Alta Tensin GRALTA, Universidad
del Valle, Calle 13 No. 100-00, Edificio 356, Cali, Colombia; E-mail: adesord@univalle.edu.co
J. Estacio et al. / A Transmission Line Scale Model 163
1. Development of the Transmission Line Scale Model
To investigate the electric and magnetic field distribution, it is useful to use a scale
model of power transmission line because of different advantages. The scale model:
Permits the data acquisition in a wide area and in locations where it would be
impossible to measure in real power transmission line.
Could be used to accumulate large amounts of test data in a short time.
Can be used as a design tool in the development stage.
Allows easily change the line-operating and geometric conditions.
Is useful to assess physically any event in the line.
One of the most important factors at the moment of choosing a suitable scale is the
measurement process in the model; if a very-small scale model is used, additional
measurement elements could be necessary and these elements could influence the
results. Other factor is that the transmission tower scale model should allow variations
in phase height and spacing; if the model is small, these variations will be almost
imperceptible at the moment of evaluating the field distribution.
According to the geometric characteristics of a typical 115-kV transmission line in
the Colombian electric system, it was decided to use a scale factor of 1:20. This factor
was determined by the tower height and the measurement area to be evaluated. In
accordance with this, the scale-model tower height was about 1.7 meters (see Figure 1).
In the same way, the voltage and current levels to supply the transmission-line scale
model were reduced to 1/20 in scale.
Figure 1. 115-kV transmission-line scale model

164 J. Estacio et al. / A Transmission Line Scale Model
1.1. Design Characteristics
The structure of the scale-model transmission towers was made of steel. This material
is similar to the used in the real transmission towers. The structure has holes in the
sides, spaced each 2-cm, to allow vary the line height between 0.7 and 1.4 meters
(corresponding to 14 and 28 meters for real power transmission lines).
Also, the structure has T-shape arms to set the insulators that support the
conductors. These arms, same as the structure, has holes but spaced each 1-cm to allow
vary the phase spacing between 0.35 and 0.25 meters. The insulators were made of
wood and 1.5-mm diameter steel wires were used for the conductors (see Figure 2).
1.2. Experimental Setup
Figure 3 illustrates the experimental setup for electric field tests using the transmission-
line scale model. A variable three-phase source was connected to the low voltage side
of a three-phase distribution transformer (13200/240 V). The source voltage was set to
obtain 5.75 kV at the high voltage side of the transformer. This voltage was used to
energize the scale model conductors.
Holes to vary the Holes to vary

phase spacing the line height
Insulator T-shape arm
Figure 2. Structure of the scale model
Three-phase
distribution
transformer
Three-phase
source
Measurement height
5 cm
Figure 3. Experimental setup for electric field tests
For the magnetic field tests, it was used a variable three-phase source to supply a load
located at the end of the transmission line (see Figure 4). The source voltage was set to
obtain 5.0-A current flowing through each conductor, which corresponds to 100 A for
real power transmission lines.
1.3. Scale Model Tests
The towers design allowed to implement three different conductor configurations:

double-circuit vertical, delta, and flat (see Figure 5). The first one is the most used
configuration in transmission lines in the Colombian electric system. Also, with this
scale model, it can be evaluated line-height and phase-spacing variations each two
centimeters.
Three-phase
source Load
Measurement height
5 cm
Figure 4. Experimental setup for magnetic field tests
a) Double-circuit vertical b) Delta c) Flat

Figure 5. Conductor configurations evaluated
166 J. Estacio et al. / A Transmission Line Scale Model
A magnetic field meter with three orthogonal coils was used for the measurement
of ground level magnetic field. To measure the electric field strength, a parallel plate
probe was used. Both, the magnetic field meter and the electric field probe have 3%
accuracy. As the electric and magnetic field under real power lines should be measured
at a height of 1 m above ground level [6], in the scale model the lateral profile of
electric and magnetic field was measured at midspan at a 5-cm height (see Figure 6).
2. Scale Model Validation
To validate the scale model, different tests were carried out for the three configurations.
The results of these tests were compared with calculated values obtained from a
simulation program developed previously [7]. Comparison between measured and
calculated values shows that the agreement is good: the error was below 10% for
electric and magnetic field. In Figure 7 the comparison between the measurement
values obtained from the scale model and the calculated values from computation, for
double-circuit vertical and delta configurations, is showed.
3. Conclusions
A 115-kV transmission line scale model was designed and built to evaluate both the
electric and magnetic field distribution. The scale model allows to evaluate geometric
changes in the line configuration, and phase arrangement. Comparison between electric
and magnetic field measurements carried out in the scale model and calculated values
by a computer program, shows a good agreement.
Also, the scale model allows to assess the electric and magnetic field level,
obtained by applying different mitigation techniques, before to be implemented in the
transmission line. This model can be used for electric utilities before constructing a
transmission line.
Figure 6. Measurement area

Calculated Measured Calculated Measured

1.600 21.0
Electric field (kV/m)
Magnetic field (mG)

1.200
14.0
0.800
7.0
0.400
0.000 0.0
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Distance (m) Distance (m)
a) Double-circuit vertical configuration b) Delta configuration

Figure 7. Comparison of measured (scale-model) and calculated field distribution
Acknowledgements
The authors thank to the Instituto Colombiano para el Desarrollo de la Ciencia y la

Tecnologa "Francisco Jos de Caldas" COLCIENCIAS for the financial support.
References
[1] N. Wertheimer, and E. Leeper, Electrical Wiring Configurations and Childhood Cancer. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 119:273-284, 1979.
[2] R. G. Olsen, and P. S. Wong, Characteristics of Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields in the
Vicinity of Electric Power Lines, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 7, No. 4, October 1992.
[3] M. Shimizu, T. Nagae, N. Hayakawa, M. Hikita, H. Okubo, Measurement of Magnetic Field
Distribution around Power Transmission Lines using Reduced scale-Model, ISH97, Canada, 1997.
[4] G. Filippopoulos, and D. Tsanakas, Analytical Calculation of the Magnetic Field. IEEE Trans. on
Power Delivery, Vol. 20, No. 2, April 2005.
[5] Y. Liu, and L. E. Zaffanella, Calculation of Electric Field and Audible Noise from Transmission Lines
with Non-Parallel Conductors, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 1492 - 1496.
July 1996.
[6] IEEE Std. 644-1994. IEEE Procedures for Measurements of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic
Field from A.C Power Lines. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineer, Inc. New York, 1995.
[7] J. L. Estacio, Mitigacin de Campos Elctricos y Magnticos de Baja Frecuencia en Lneas de
Transmisin, Undergraduated project, Universidad del Valle, 2006.
IOS Press, 2008
Reducing Computational Time

in Obtaining 3D Magnetic Field
Distributions Emanated from Very High
Voltage Power Lines
Carlos LEMOS ANTUNES a, b, d, 1, Jos CECLIO b, Hugo VALENTE c
a
Electrical Engineering Dept,University of Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal
b
APDEE Assoc. Port. Prom. Desenv. Eng. Electrotcnica, Coimbra, Portugal
c
REN Rede Elctrica Nacional, Lisboa, Portugal
d
CASE Centro de Accionamentos e Sistemas Elctricos
Abstract. In this paper it is presented an algorithm to reduce the computational

time to obtain the magnetic field distribution in a plane of analysis due to Very
High Voltage Power Lines. It is used a two dimensional interpolation based on a
spline function using as known nodal values, the field solution at nodes of a
coarser plan grid.
Keywords. LMAT_SIMAG, LMAT_SIMX, High Voltage Power Lines (HVPLs),

two dimensional interpolation
Introduction
The LMAT_SIMAG [1] is a software program that calculates the 3D magnetic field
distribution on specified nodes, emanating from general 3D Line(s) configurations. The
conductors are considered filamentary wires of arbitrary path and the catenary is
approximated by straight lineal segments. The magnetic field can be calculated along
any path or on any plane. The grid discretization of the solution plane is very important
to obtain a good or smoother solution for magnetic field distribution which may lead to
a considerable computational time. To reduce this computational time, we have used a
two dimensional interpolation function to estimate the field solution at intermediate
nodes, from the field solution obtained in a coarser plane grid.
1. Formulation
It was used a two dimensional interpolation function [2-3] to estimate the intermediate
values from two known values. The interpolation is essential to obtain a smoother or
good representation of magnetic field distribution, between two known field values.
_________________________
1
Corresponding Author: Lab. CAD/CAE, Electrical Engineering Dept, University of Coimbra, Plo II,
3030 290 Coimbra, Portugal; e-mail: clemos.antunes@apdee.org.
C. Lemos Antunes et al. / Reducing Computational Time 169
Given a rectangular grid {xk, yl} and the associated set of numbers zkl which
correspond to the known field values, with 1 k m, 1 l n, we have to find a
bivariate function z=f(x, y) that interpolates the data (field solution), i.e.,
z = f(xk, yl) = zkl for all values of k and l . The grid points must be sorted
monotonically, i.e. x1 < x2 <...< xm with a similar ordering of the y-ordinates.
To generate a bivariate interpolant on the rectangular grids and calculate the value
in the points specified in the arrays xi and yi it is used a spline interpolation. For
example along lines in the x direction,
P( x ) = ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d (1)
The corresponding mathematical spline must have a continuous second derivative

and satisfy the same interpolation constraints. The breakpoints of a spline are also
referred to as knots.
The first derivative P/(x) of our piecewise cubic function is defined by different
formulas on either side of a knot xk. Both formulas yield the same value d k at the knots,
so P/(x) is continuous.
2. Case Studies
It is presented as illustration examples two case studies regarding the magnetic field
emanated from Very High Voltage Power Lines. Case 1 corresponds to a single Line
and Case 2 corresponds to two Lines orthogonally placed to each other. For both cases
the electrical conditions are the same, with 220kV and 1140A per phase conductor.
Both Lines have 100m length. The solution plane is defined by a span of Line and it
was considered as reference, a grid defined by one meter space between nodes in the
solution plane. This discretization corresponds to a grid with 10000 nodes and produces
a smoother solution of the magnetic field. It is seen in Fig. 1 the magnetic field
distribution (smoother solution) in the solution plane for Case 1, and in Fig. 2 for
Case 2.
Figure 1. Magnetic Field smoother solution (Case 1)

170 C. Lemos Antunes et al. / Reducing Computational Time
Figure 2. Magnetic Field smoother solution (Case 2)
To obtain the magnetic field for Case 1 and Case 2, with 10000 nodes a
considerable computational time was required namely 1245 sec and 2421.9 sec
respectively.
The idea was then to produce a magnetic field solution as accurate as possible but
with considerable much less computational time.
3. Results
Three different grids with two meter space, five meter space and ten meter space
between nodes were used. The field solutions at these nodes were exactly the same as
for the finer grid and the derived field solution for the other nodes of the finer grid were
processed by the interpolation function.
It is shown in Fig. 3 the different computational time t versus the number of nodes
n for Case 1.
1400
1200
1000
t=Computational time [s]
800
600
400
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
n=n of nodes
Figure 3. Computational time (Case 1)

The function t = t ( n ) can be approximated by Eq. (2).
t (n ) = 0,1242 n + 2,6 (2)
To access the accuracy of the field solution, a nodal local error parameter n [%]
was calculated, as:
Bn Bref
n [%] = (3)
Bref
Where Bn is the magnetic field value obtained at the nodes for the coarser grid and
Bref is the corresponding magnetic field value obtained with the reference grid (one
meter space between nodes).
In Fig. 4 it is shown in the form of coloured plot the visualization of a 2D
projection of the error distribution at the nodes in the plane of analysis for one grid
defined by 10 meter space between nodes for Case 1.
Error (%) - 10x10 grid

100 5.00e-002
90
4.16e-002
80
70
3.33e-002
60
50 2.50e-002
y
40
1.67e-002
30
20
8.33e-003
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
x
Figure 4. 2D projection of the error distribution in plane (Case 1)
In the form of graphic it is shown in Fig. 5 the variation of n [%] for a line
y = 70 m for the three different grid discretization and in Fig. 6 it is shown the variation
of n [%]for a line x = 70 m.
-2 Error in x direction to y=70

X10
4.5
2x2
4 5x5
10x10
3.5
Error [%]
2.5
1.5
0.5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
x
Figure 5. 2D error distribution in plane for x direction (Case 1)
-2
X10 Error in y direction to x=70
1.8
2x2
1.6 5x5
10x10
1.4
1.2
Error [%]
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
x
Figure 6. 2D error distribution in plane for y direction (Case 1)
As it is seen the error n [%] varies in the range of [0; 0,05] %, and the
computational time to get the magnetic field solution is 15sec, thus 83 times lower than
the time to obtain the field solution for 10000 nodes.
For Case 2, it is shown in Fig. 7 the computational time t versus the number of
nodes n corresponding to these different grids.
2500
2000
t=Computational time [s]

1500
1000
500
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
n=n of nodes
Figure 7. Computational time (Case 2)
The function t = t(n) can be approximated by equation 4.
t (n ) = 0,2416 n + 2,6 (4)
In Fig. 8 it is shown the visualization of a 2D projection of the error distribution in

plane of analysis for one grid defined by 10 meter space between nodes for Case 2.
Error (%) - 10x10 grid

100 1.40e-001
90
1.17e-001
80
70
9.34e-002
60
50 7.01e-002
y
40
4.67e-002
30
20
2.34e-002
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
x
Figure 8. 2D projection of the error distribution in plane (Case 2)
In this case the error n [%]varies in the range of [0; 0,14] %.

It is shown in Fig. 9 the variation of n [%] for a line y = 70 m for the three
different grid discretization and in Fig. 10 it is shown the variation of n [%]for a line
x = 70 m.
-2 Error in x direction to y=70

X10
12
2x2
5x5
10 10x10
Error [%]
6
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
x
Figure 9. 2D error distribution in plane for x direction (Case 2)
-2 Error in y direction to x=70

X10
1.8
2x2
1.6 5x5
10x10
1.4
1.2
Error [%]
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
x
Figure 10. 2D error distribution in plane for y direction (Case 2)
The nodal error for Case 2 is bigger than for Case 1, but still very low and quite
acceptable. The computational time to get the magnetic field solution is 30sec, thus 80
times lower than the time to obtain the field solution for 10000 nodes.
4. Conclusions
It was presented an algorithm to reduce the computational time in obtaining the

magnetic field distribution in a plane of analysis due to Very High Voltage Power
Lines. The nodal error in the field solution is quite negligible when comparing solution
obtained with finer grids in plane of analysis.
This algorithm is implemented in the LMAT_SIMAG software, which is part of a
more complete package LMAT_SIMX that allows the analysis and simulation of
Electrical and Magnetic Fields emanated from very High Voltage Power Lines,
developed by the authors.
Acknowledgments
The authors gratefully acknowledge REN-Redes Energticas Nacionais SGPS, SA for

the financial support received under Project COIMBRA_EMF.ELF.
References
[1] Carlos Lemos Antunes, Jos Ceclio, Hugo Valente, LMAT_SIMAG The Magnetic Field numerical
calculator of the package LMAT_SIMX for Very High Voltage Power Lines, Proceedings and CD-
Rom of Conference EHE 07 2nd International Conference on Electromagnetic Fields, Health and
Environment, Wroclaw (Poland), 10-12th Sept, 2007.
[2] www.mathworks.com/access/helpdesk/help/techdoc/ref/index.html.
[3] www.mathworks.com.
IOS Press, 2008
LMAT_SIMAG The Magnetic Field

Numerical Calculator of the Package
LMAT_SIMX for Very High Voltage
Power Lines
Carlos LEMOS ANTUNES a, b, d, 1, Jos CECLIO b, Hugo VALENTE c
a
Electrical Engineering Dept,University of Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal
b
APDEE Assoc. Port. Prom. Desenv. Eng. Electrotcnica, Coimbra, Portugal
c
REN Rede Elctrica Nacional, Lisboa, Portugal
d
CASE Centro de Accionamentos e Sistemas Elctricos
Abstract. In this paper it is presented the software tool LMAT_SIMAG, the 3D

Magnetic Field numerical calculator of the package LMAT_SIMX that allows the
calculation and simulation of ELF electric and magnetic fields emanated from
Very High Voltage Power Lines (HVPLs). The formulation is based on the Biot-
Savart law, with the catenary of the Line(s) approached by straight lineal segments,
where each segment makes a contribution to the magnetic field at point of analysis.
Each segment is considered as a filamentary wire. The Lines under analysis can
have different configurations and orientations and the field solution can be
expressed in terms of the resultant components in the x, y, z directions due to each
separate Line or all the Lines. This software was developed in MATLAB
environment is very easy to use and has a user friendly interface.
Keywords. LMAT_SIMAG, LMAT_SIMX, High Voltage Power Lines (HVPLS)
Introduction
The LMAT_SIMAG is the software tool developed in MATLAB [1-2] environment,

used for the calculation and simulation of ELF magnetic fields emanated from Very
High Voltage Power Lines. In this software tool, the electric and geometric data about
the Line(s) is loaded from the database generated by the module
LMAT_GEOMODELA[3]. This module also allows the user to choose the points or
the plane where the magnetic field is to be calculated. The formulation of the magnetic
field numerical calculator is based on the Biot-Savart law. The LMAT_SIMAG
calculates the magnetic field resulting from general 3D Line(s) configurations of
current-carrying conductors.
_________________________
1
Corresponding Author: Lab. CAD/CAE, Electrical Engineering Dept, University of Coimbra, Plo II,
3030 290 Coimbra, Portugal; e-mail: clemos.antunes@apdee.org.
C. Lemos Antunes et al. / LMAT_SIMAG The Magnetic Field Numerical Calculator 177
The conductors are considered filamentary wires of arbitrary path and the catenary is
approximated by straight lineal segments. The magnetic field can be calculated along
any path or on any plane. The modules referred to in this paper are part of the package
LMAT_SIMX that allows the calculation and simulation of ELF electric and magnetic
fields emanated from HVPLs.
This software tool is very easy to use and has a user friendly interface.
1. Formulation
Each Line is subdivided in lineal segments, where each segment is defined by a

function f ( x ( t ) , y ( t ) , z ( t ) ) , that is approached by a third degree polynomial (1).
x (t ) = a + a t + a t 2 + a t3
0 1 2 3
y (t ) = b + b t + b t + b t3
2
0 1 2 3
z (t ) = c + c t + c t + c t3
2
0 1 2 3 (1)
Where t is a parameter that describes the position along the segment length.
Normalizing each segment (i.e., considering each segment with a unitary length),
with 4 interpolating nodes it is possible to obtain the coefficients of the Eq. (1) as
follows:
x ( 0 ) = a0 = x1
( 3 ) = a + a 13 + a 19 + a 271 = x
x 1 0 1 2 3 2
x(2 ) = a + a + a + a
2 4 8
=x
3 0
3
1
9
2
27
3 3
x (1) = a0 + a1 + a2 + a3 = x4 (2)
or using matrix notation:
1 0 0 0 a0 x1
1 1 3 1 9 1 27 a x
1 = 2
1 2 3 4 9 8 27 a2 x3

1 1 1 1 a3 x4 (3)
The terms y ( t ) and z ( t ) are obtained in a similar way.

From Eq. (1) it is obtained by differentiation:
178 C. Lemos Antunes et al. / LMAT_SIMAG The Magnetic Field Numerical Calculator
dx = ( a1 + 2 a2 t + 3 a3 t 2 ) dt
dy = ( b1 + 2 b2 t + 3 b3 t 2 ) dt
dz = ( c1 + 2 c2 t + 3 c3 t 2 ) dt (4)
Throughout the analysis sinusoidal time varying quantities will be assumed.

The magnetic field produced by each segment carrying an electrical phasor current
I = I e j is given by
0 0 I 4 dl R
4 dl R
I
4 1 R 3
B= =
4 1 R2 (5)
Where
R = ( x x ) a x + ( y y ) a y + ( z z ) a z (6)
and
dl = dx a x + dy a y + dz a z (7)
a x , a y , a z are the unit vectors along the direction x, y, z respectively.

For each segment of a Line, say i, the components Bxi, Byi and Bzi of the magnetic
field at a given point are then calculated, and the procedure repeated for all the
segments of that Line and for all the other Lines.
The value of the resultant components BxR, ByR and BzR will be the arithmetic
sum of the contributions due to each segment.
The magnetic field is a vector where the components in the x, y, z directions are
also phasors, thus varying in time in a sinusoidal way. For magnetic field exposure
analysis we are mainly interested in the effective value of the magnetic flux density
Bef , and not the instantaneous values.
In this case we define Bef as:
Bef =
B B *
=
(B 2
xRe al ) ( ) (
+ Bx2Im ag + By2Re al + By2Im ag + Bz2Re al + Bz2Im ag )
2 2 (8)
Where B is the magnetic field value, which is also a complex value, and B * is the
complex conjugate of B .
The magnetic field value has three components B x , B y and B z , where each
component is also a complex number, i.e., for example, B x = BxReal + jBxImag .
2. User Interface
When LMAT_SIMAG is initialized the window (Fig. 1) appears on the screen. In this
window it is shown the geometric configuration of the Line(s) (a). At first, the user
selects one Line (b) and introduces the corresponding electric state, i.e., the rms Line
Voltage and Electrical Current in amplitude and phase (c). After the introduction of this
information for all the Lines, the user selects the points where the magnetic field is to
be calculated (d). It is possible the choice between two different formats, i.e., either the
user introduces the points in a discrete way (one by one), or introduces three points to
define the plane (e) and decides the grid of points in that plane, by indicating the range
in the x and y direction (f) and the increment (g).
(a)
(b)
(c.) (d)
(e)
(j)
(f)
(g)
(h) (i)
Figure 1. Interface
If the user opts for first type, the following windows (Fig. 2 and Fig. 3) appear on
the screen, indicating the total number of input Points and coordinates for each point
entered.
Figure 2. Indication of the total number of Points Figure 3. Inserting coordinates for each Point
When the user completes the information about all Lines and points and clicks on
pre-view configuration (h) it appears in window (a) the geometric configuration of the
Line(s) and the points where the magnetic field is to be calculated.
When the user completes all the input information it is necessary to click on
solve (i) to start the calculation process. This calculation process may take
considerable computation time depending on the level of refinement of the grid. After
the calculation is completed, a sketch of magnetic field distribution is shown (j).
In this interface some other menus also exist that allow the saving of the current
configurations, the load of a configuration from file and the call of the module
LMAT_VISUAL.ELF for manipulation and visualization of the field distribution.
3. Results
It is presented as an illustration example the magnetic field emanated from two High
Voltage Power Lines (232 kV) carrying 235.6 A per phase conductor in one Line and
103.4 A in other Line, which corresponds to 20,7% of full capacity for Line 1 and 9,1%
for Line 2.
The first Line has 262.4m of length and the catenary parameters for each
conductor cable and guard cable are 1602 and 2300 respectively. The second Line has
238.8m of length and the catenary parameters are 1254 for each conductor cable and
2720 for guard cable. To generate the geometric configuration of the Lines it is used
the module LMAT_GEOMODEL [1]. In this example the solution plane is defined by
a span of the Lines and has a slope defined by coordinates of the supports. The solution
plane was 1.8m above the ground level.
To get a deeper analysis of the results it is necessary to use the
LMAT_VISUAL.ELF module [4]. This module is part of the package LMAT_SIMX
and allows the visualization and manipulation of ELF Magnetic/Electric fields.
In Fig. 4 it is shown the 3D distribution of the magnetic field at 1.8m above the
ground level graded by a scale colours pre-defined by the user.
Figure 4. Distribution of magnetic field on the plane with attributed scale colours
In this example the maximum and minimum magnetic field flux density values are
2,96T and 0,18T. The maximum magnetic field value is found at circa 43% of length
below of the Line.
To obtain a 2D distribution, i.e., view a 2D section of the 3D solution profile, it is
necessary to specify the plane (x or y), as well the field components to be represented.
In Figure 5 it is presented a cross section 2D distribution and the components of
the resultant flux density for x equal to the location corresponding to the maximum
value.
Figure 5. 2D Field distribution in a plane
In Fig. 6, and 7 it is shown the components of the resultant flux density and the
contribution of each Line.
Figure 6. Components of flux density due to Line 1

Figure 7. Components of flux density due to Line 2
The LMAT_VISUAL.ELF offers three different forms of visualization of the 2D

projection of the field distribution. Type 1 corresponds to a field representation of
coloured shaded plots with contour lines that correspond to isovalues of the field. In
Type 2, the field is represented by coloured points on nodes. The colour is pre-defined
by the user and represents a range of the field. Type 3 corresponds to a representation
with circles where the radius is proportional to the field amplitude. The maximum
radius used in the representation corresponds to half space between nodes in regular
grids. These types of graphics can be applied to a single Line or the full set.
In Fig. 8, 9 and 10 it is shown the visualization of a 2D projection of the field
distribution, represented by these three different forms.
Figure 8. 2D Projection of the field represented by type 1

4. Accuracy Tests
To certify the magnetic field numeric results, the magnetic field was measured on a set
of points regularly distributed on the 5x10m plane at ground level close to the Lines.
A grid of points was created in that plane. The points in this grid are 2,5 m spaced in
the bigger dimension and 1,75 m spaced in the smaller dimension (Fig. 12 and 13).
Figure 11. Set of the points
Figure 12. Location of the points Figure 13. Numeration of the points
The measurement equipment used was the Programmable Dosimeter EMDEX II

High Field, from ENERTECH (USA) (Fig. 14).
This device allows the register of field variations versus time for any point, for
latter graphics and statistic analysis of the measured values.
This equipment measures the effective value (rms) of the magnetic field in the
three components B x , B y and B z . The value of the resultant magnetic field is obtained
by Eq. (9).
BR = ( BX2 + BY2 + BZ2 (9)

Figure 14. EMDEX II - The measurement equipment
It is presented in Table 1, the comparison between the experimental measured

values and the corresponding numerical values for the magnetic field at the grid points.
The absolute error is defined by Eq. (10).
= BNumerical BMeasured (10)
Table 1. Numerical and Measured values
Point
Bef (Numerical)
[T]
Bef (Measured)
[T]
[T]
1 1,0052 0,925 0,0802

2 1,1062 0,925 0,1812
3 1,1954 1,025 0,1704
4 1,2643 1,025 0,2393
5 1,3058 1,175 0,1308
6 1,2889 1,225 0,0639
7 1,2493 1,025 0,2243
8 1,1828 1,025 0,1578
9 1,0959 0,825 0,2709
10 0,9973 0,875 0,1223
11 0,9892 0,875 0,1142
12 1,0855 0,925 0,1605
13 1,17 1,025 0,145
14 1,2345 1,025 0,2095
15 1,2721 0,725 0,5471
In Fig. 15 it is presented in graphic form the numerical and measured values of the
Magnetic Field for the grid points in the solution plane.
Evolution of the B
10
Numerical Bef
9
Measured Bef
8
6
B [uT]
0
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Point n.
Figure 15. Numerical and Measured values for the Magnetic Field
Some conclusions can be extracted:

The magnetic field does not vary significantly in the points of the solution plane. The
values of magnetic induction B, are globally between 0,825 T and 1,225 T. The
maximum field value is 1,225 T, corresponding to point 6 and the errors vary in the
range of [0,0639; 0,2709] T.
These values correspond to the values of the resultant (rms) considering the
fundamental component and harmonics. The fundamental component is practically
coincident with the resultant, i.e., the contribution of the harmonics is negligible.
The error in the field solution is seen to be quite negligible when comparing the
numerical values with the measured ones.
5. Conclusions
It was presented the major useful facilities implemented in this powerful design tool.
This software is part of a more complete package LMAT_SIMX that allows the
analysis and simulation of Electrical and Magnetic Fields emanated from very High
Voltage Power Lines, developed by the authors.
Acknowledgments
The authors gratefully acknowledge REN-Redes Energticas Nacionais SGPS, SA for

the financial support received under Project COIMBRA_EMF.ELF and Mr Tony
Almeida for some useful discussions regarding part of this work.
References
[1] www.mathworks.com
[2] Mathworks, Creating Graphical User Interfaces, September 2006, Revised for MATLAB 7.3
[3] Carlos Lemos Antunes, Jos Ceclio, Hugo Valente, LMAT_GEOMODEL The geometric
configuration modeller of the package LMAT_SIMX for Very High Voltage Power Lines, 10th
Portuguese-Spanish Conference in Electrical Engineering XCLEEE, pp. 4.67-4.70, Funchal
(Portugal), 5-7 July, 2007.
[4] Carlos Lemos Antunes, Jos Ceclio, Hugo Valente, LMAT_VISUAL.ELF Software tool for
visualization and manipulation of ELF Magnetic/Electric fields emanated from Very High Voltage
Power Lines, 10th Portuguese-Spanish Conference in Electrical Engineering XCLEEE, pp. 4.21-4.24,
Funchal (Portugal), 5-7 July, 2007.
IOS Press, 2008
Montecarlo Evaluation of Long Term

Exposure to ELF Magnetic Fields from
Independent Power Lines
Giovanni LUCCA
SIRTI S.p.A.,Via Stamira d'Ancona 9, 20127 Milano Italy;
E-mail:G.Lucca@sirti.it
Abstract This paper is focused on the evaluation of the environmental magnetic

field produced by independent power lines in order to assess long term exposure
for human beings. The proposed and novel approach, based on the Montecarlo
method, directly takes into account of the intrinsic random nature of the problem.
Keywords. Power lines, magnetic field, random variables.
1. Introduction
In many countries a spread public concern exists about possible (but not demonstrated
till now) long term adverse effects for the human health produced by Extremely Low
Frequency (ELF) magnetic fields (typically 50-60Hz). Just for information, we add that
the limits introduced by some countries (e.g. Italy, Israel, Switzerland or in some states
of USA) in order to protect population against the supposed adverse effect of long
term exposure are very low; they are infact one or two orders of magnitude lower than
the ones established for short term effects (e.g. in the European Union a limit of 100T
exists for short term effects). For such a reason, in many cases involving power and
industrial installations, there is the need to evaluate the magnetic field produced by
them in order to verify if its value is lower than the one prescribed by the relevant
national standards and regulations in force.
Often, the evaluation consists in calculations that are generally preferred to
measurements because they allow a significant save of time and money and, at the
same time, they permit to give a more complete description of the field in the space
region of interest; moreover, calculation is the only tool at disposal in case of new
plants when they are still at the design or construction stage.
The main problem we want to treat in this paper is the superposition of the effects
produced by two or more independent sources generating a magnetic field in the same
space region. In principle, we have to add the fields produced by each single plant;
nevertheless, even if we know with good precision the input data relevant to each
single installation (i.e. geometrical and physical characteristics and currents circulating
in the conductors), when we vectorially add the single contributions (each one
G. Lucca / Montecarlo Evaluation of Long Term Exposure to ELF Magnetic Fields 189
represented by a vector phasor), we also need to know phase shift angles among them
in order to make a correct summation. Such phase shift angles (among the fields) are
the phase shift angles among the current terns relevant to each single plant.
In order to better explain the meaning of the phase shift angle see Fig.1 for a
simple example applied to three symmetrical terns.
Such an aspect seems not to be adequately considered in technical literature; as far
as we know, only some papers (focused on fields generated by two independent power
lines) put it into evidence [1]-[3]: in particular, they show that significant differences
can exist between different calculations done by assuming different values for the
phase shift .
Thus, in general, with N independent plants and by considering the phase angle of
one of them as reference, we have N-1 phase shifts i (i=1,2,..N-1) that must be known
in order to make calculations.
It is also necessary to remark that, depending on load conditions, both phase shifts
among different plants and currents circulating in each single power line are not
constant but vary with time on a scale that can be daily, weekly and seasonal. Such
variations are affected by random factors that lead to a probabilistic and statistical
approach of the magnetic field evaluation, especially if it is aimed to estimate the long
term exposure.
Thus, on the basis of these considerations, it appears that a Montecarlo approach
can be fruitful and has the advantage of automatically reflecting the intrinsic random
nature of the problem.
Figure 1. Example of phase shift angles among three different terns where one of them has been taken
as reference.
190 G. Lucca / Montecarlo Evaluation of Long Term Exposure to ELF Magnetic Fields
2. Description of the Calculation Method
2.1. Outline of the Basic Formulas
The basic formula for calculating the magnetic flux density field B, in free space, in a
generic point of coordinates (x, y, z) produced by a thin wire, is given by [4]:
0 Id s u r
B( r ) =
4 r 2
(1)
being I a complex phasor representing the current flowing in the wire , 0 the absolute
magnetic permeability of vacuum while the other quantities are represented in Fig.2
(x,y,z)
ds ur

Figure 2. Geometrical elements involved in formula (1).
Thus, provided that the sources of the magnetic field can be modeled by wires, the
application of formula (1) allows to describe any plant even with complex geometrical
configurations (i.e. non parallelisms, crossings, down conductors). Moreover, if the
curve is discretised and approximated by means of a suitable number of straight
segments an analytical formulation for the field B can be deduced from formula (1).
Let us suppose we have to calculate the magnetic flux density field produced by N
independent power lines circuits each one characterized by a balanced current I i
(i=1,2,..N) and by phase shifts k (k=1,2,..N-1): by applying formula (1), the modulus
of the field B in a generic space point (x, y, z) is expressed, in a formal way, by a
relation of the type:

B = B(x , y, z, I1 , I 2 ,..I N , 1 , 2 ,.. N 1 ) (2)
2.2. Random Quantities
As already remarked, the currents Ii in the power circuits and the phase shifts k are
random variables because they depend on the continuous and random variation of the
load conditions relevant to the considered power circuits. The statistical distributions of
such quantities can be derived from the database relevant to recordings, over long time
periods, of real and reactive powers as well as voltages measured at the receiving or
sending ends of the involved lines; this kind of database should be available at the
power line operator.
In the event of this historical database would not be available or existing (e.g. in
case of lines under construction) one could adopt, on the basis of previous knowledge
and experience, a certain ''a priori'' distribution (e.g. the uniform or normal
distribution).
Anyway, in order to be able to perform a Montecarlo simulation, one must know
the N probability density distributions of the currents Ii circulating in the N power
circuits and the N-1 probability density distributions of the phase shifts among the
power circuits.
Thus, by looking at formula (2), the magnetic flux density field can be considered
as a random variable function of 2N-1 independent random variables.
2.3. Output of the Montecarlo Method
The Montecarlo method (also said of statistical trials) [5] consists, in this case, in
assigning, to each of the 2N-1 independent variables, a random value according to their
respective probability distributions and then in calculating the magnetic flux density
field according to formula (2); thus, after a suitable number M of trials, one can obtain
a statistical distribution of the field B for each point (x, y, z) in the space .
Finally, by processing the data relevant to such a distribution, it is possible to
deduce a certain number of statistical quantities that are of main interest for assessing
long term exposure. The most meaningful are the mean and median values.
In particular, for the mean value it is possible to give an estimation of the error.
Infact, if:
Bm(x, y, z) is the mean value (in modulus) of the field;
bi(x, y, z) is the field value (in modulus) resulting from the i-th trial;
is the standard deviation of the random variable B(x,y,z).
we have that the error e(x,y,z) is expressed by:
1 M
e(x, y, z ) = b i (x, y, z ) B m (x, y, z ) (3)
M i =1
The summation in formula (3) is the sample mean of M-th order that we indicate by:
1 M
B M (x , y, z ) = b i (x, y, z ) (4)
M i =1
As a direct consequence of the Central Limit Theorem and of the so called ''three
sigma rule'', it is possible to estimate the following probability P [5]:
3(x , y, z )
P e(x , y, z ) < 0.997 (5)
M
We can notice that the error is inversely proportional to the square root of the
number M of trials.
Actually, we do not know the standard deviation , but usual practice is to replace
it, in formula (5), by the sample standard deviation sM(x,y,z) of M-th order evaluated
through the formula:
1 M
s M (x, y, z ) = (b i (x, y, z ) B M (x, y, z ) )2 (6)
M i =1
We would like to remark that the statistical quantities in formulas from (3) to (6)
are all function of the space point (x, y, z); that means we have to run M trials for each
space point to be considered.
3. Examples of Application
3.1. Introduction
This paragraph presents two examples of application relevant to two real cases that are
based on simple geometries (parallel and infinite conductors) and on the minimum
number of independent plants i.e. two; these are not limitations of the method that, in
principle, can be applied to cases with any number N of independent plants and with
more complex geometries and line layouts even if with more computational effort.
3.2. Two Independent Power Lines: Constant Currents
The first example deals with a double circuit 132 kV, 50 Hz power line that is still at
the design stage and is devoted to supply two independent electrified railway lines (the
first one 3 kV d.c. and the other one 25 kV, 50 Hz); the six conductors forming the
double circuit are installed on the same masts for a considerable length.
Even if the lines are not still existing, it is necessary to make a previsional
evaluation of the magnetic field produced by the currents circulating in the two circuits.
In this example the currents are assumed to be known and constant but the phase
shift is assumed to be a random quantity uniformly distributed in the interval [0 0,
3600]; thus, in this case, the problem is characterized by only one random variable.
The conductors are treated, for simplicity, as infinite straigth wires having constant
mean height with respect to the soil (i.e. the catenary effect is neglected); such a
simplied geometry allows for the use of a bidimensional model described by the well
known Biot-Savart formula [6].
In Table 1 the conductors position and the current circulating on them are reported.
Table 1: Conductors position and current
Current:
Current: real
Abscissa [m] Ordinate [m] imaginary part
part [A]
[A]
2.8 28 0 0
3.8 24 0 -106
3.1 20 0 106
-2.8 28 -165 -85
-3.8 24 -46 141
-3.1 20 211 -56
The plots of Figure 3a represent the mean and median values (rms) of the magnetic
flux density field versus lateral distance x from the line axis. Each curve is relevant to a
fixed height h from the soil. These results have been obtained by means of 4000 trials.
h=15m
5
mean and median value of B [T]
h=10m
2
h=5m
h=1m
1
0
80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
lateral distance [m]
Figure 3a. Mean (solid lines) and median (dashed lines) values of the magnetic flux density field versus
lateral distance evaluated at different heights h from the soil; M=4000.
0.04
h=15m
0.03
upper bound of the error [T]
0.02
h=10m
0.01
h=5m
h=1m
0
80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
Figure 3b. Upper bound of the error (referred to the mean value) versus lateral distance evaluated at different
heights h from the soil; M=4000.
It is interesting to note that, in all the cases, the curves of mean and median values
are practically overlapping.
On the basis of formula (5), the upper bound of the error e(x,y,z) versus the lateral
distance from the line axis has been plotted in Figure 3b.
3.3. Two Independent Power Lines: non Constant Currents
The second example deals with a double circuit 380 kV, 50 Hz, with balanced currents,
that is in operation; the six conductors forming the double circuit are installed on the
same masts for a considerable length.
In this case we have at disposal some historical data concerning the currents
flowing in the two circuits as well as the the phase shift between them; in particular, the
currents circulating in the first and second circuits have values inside the intervals
[10A, 410A], [320A, 720A] respectively, while the phase shift ranges inside the
interval [00, 3600].
Therefore, in this case, we have three random variables that are:
the current I1 in the first circuit;
the current I2 in the second circuit;
the phase shift between the two circuits.
We further assume that:

the current I1 has normal distibution with mean value equal to 210A and standard
deviation equal to 57.14A: that means a probability of 0.046% of having a value
for I1 outside of the interval [10A, 410A];
the current I2 has normal distibution with mean value equal to 520A and standard
deviation equal to 57.14A: that means a probability of 0.046% of having a value
for I2 outside of the interval [320A, 720A];
the phase shift between the two circuits is uniformly distributed inside the
interval [00, 3600]1.
We remark that the assumption of normal distribution for the currents is fairly
reasonable as confirmed also by measurements. See for example [7].
As far as geometry is concerned, also in this case we model the conductors by
means of infinite straight wires having constant height with respect to the soil.
In Table 2, the conductors position and information about the current are reported.
Table 2. Conductors position and current
Abscissa [m] Ordinate [m] Current Phase current

-9.43 47 I2 00
-9.93 38 I2 2400
-10.63 29 I2 1200
9.43 47 I1 1200
9.93 38 I1 2400
10.63 29 I1 00
The plots of Figure 4a represent the mean and median values (rms) of the magnetic
flux density field versus lateral distance from the line axis are. These results have been
obtained by means of 4000 trials. In Figure 4b, the upper bound of the error e(x,y,z)
versus lateral distance from the line axis has been plotted.
1
In other cases, this assumption is not realistic because the range of the phase shift is restricted to a much
narrower interval.
4
h=15m
3.5
mean and median value of B [T]
h=10m
2.5
2
h=5m
1.5
h=1m
0.5
0
100 80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100
Figure 4a. Mean (solid lines) and median (dashed lines) values of the magnetic flux density field versus
lateral distance evaluated at different heights h from the soil; M=4000.
0.025
h=15m
0.02
upper bound of the error [T]
0.015
h=10m
h=5m
0.01
h=1m
0.005
0
100 80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100
Figure 4b. Upper bound of the error (referred to the mean value) versus lateral distance evaluated at different
heights h from the soil; M=4000.
4. Conclusions
We have presented in this paper a novel method to assess the ELF magnetic flux
density field produced by independent power lines; the calculation procedure, based on
the Montecarlo method, takes into account, in a natural way, of the intrinsic random
nature of the problem allowing to easily get some statistical quantities, like mean and
median values, of the field (in each point of the space) that are of main importance in
estimating the long term human exposure.
References
[1] G. Mazzanti, The Role Played by Current Phase Shift on Magnetic Field Established by AC Double-
Circuit Overhead Transmission Lines-Part I: Static Analysis'', IEEE Trans. On Power Delivery, vol.21,
pp. 938-948, Apr. 2006.
[2] M. Albano, R. Benato, R. Turri, Predictive Analysis of Environmental Magnetic Fields Generated by
Multiple Power Lines, Proc. IEEE Power Tech Conference, June 23-26 2003, Bologna, Italy.
[3] M. Albano, R. Benato, R. Turri, 'Determination of Line Current Phase Angle Displacement from
Magnetic Field Measurements in Multiple-Corridor Power lines', Proc. UPEC Conference, September
1-3 2003, Thessaloniki, Greece.
[4] C. T. A. Johnk, Engineering Electromagnetic Fields and Waves, 1st ed., John Wiley &Sons, 1975.
[5] M. Sobol, The Monte Carlo Method, 2nd ed., MIR Publishers Moscow, 1984.
[6] IEEE Magnetic Fields Task Force, ''Magnetic Fields from Electric Power Lines Theory and
Comparison to Measurements, IEEE Trans. On Power Delivery, vol. 3, pp. 2127-2136, Oct. 1988.
[7] J. Hoeffelman, G. Decat, J-L. Lilien, A. Delaigle, B. Govaerts, Assessment of the electric and magnetic
field levels in the vicinity of the HV overhead power lines in Belgium', paper C3-202, CIGRE Session
2004, Paris.
IOS Press, 2008
Medical Image Segmentation Hybrid

Algorithm Based on Otsu Method and
Markov Random Fields
1
R. LUDWICZUK, 2P. MIKOLAJCZAK
1
Agricultural University in Lublin, Akademicka 13, Lublin, Poland
rafal.ludwiczuk@gmail.com
2
Maria Curie Sklodowska University, Pl. M Curie Sklodowskiej 1, Lublin, Poland
mikfiz@goblin.umcs.lublin.pl
Abstract. The aim of this paper is to present a hybrid method of image

segmentation based on Otsu algorithm and Markov Random Fields simulations.
This method has been employed for biomedical images coming from Magnetic
Resonance Imaging (MRI). As a result we have received a segmented image of the
human head.
Introduction
One of the problems in current neurosurgery is to minimize the effects of brain

damages. During the neurosurgery operation patient can lose some functions of the
brain. If we know the map of brain functions around the pathology, we could choose an
optimal way of operation. What is more, preparing patient to such operation is too long
and painful (patient must be conscious in the first part of operation). Generally
speaking it is necessary to create this map.
We can create the map of brain functions by making use of functional magnetic
resonance imaging (fMRI) [4]. Connection between the brain activity and intensity of
blood flow is the base of fMRI. Furthermore, it is known the Linus Pauling condition
invented in 1935. It shows that magnetic features of blood depends on its oxygen
contents. It occurs, that oxyhemoglobin has the diamagnetic property and
deoxyhemoglobin has the paramagnetic property. So, hemoglobin is a natural contrast
substance causing local changes in homogeneous magnetic fields. Increase of field
activity isnt high (for scanners 1,5T equal 2-5%). It is enough for taking images of
active parts of the brain.
fMRI in contrast to MRI has a low quality (i.e. low resolution). We can map
information from fMRI to classical MRI (MRI with more details). For mapping we
must take an active part from fMRI, localize and connect it with accurate regions in
MRI. Segmentation is an instrument for this process.
To create this instrument we need mathematical description of image. In the real
scene, pixel intensity depends on its neighborhood. The Markov Random Fields are the
best for showing this property. In statistical terms (w szczeglnoci MRF),
segmentation problem can be defined as:
R. Ludwiczuk and P. Mikolajczak / Medical Image Segmentation Hybrid Algorithm 199
supervised segmentation number of regions and the model parameters are

known a priori;
semi-unsupervised segmentation model parameters may be unknown;
unsupervised segmentation number of regions and model parameters may be
unknown.
The most desirable is a solution of unsupervised segmentation problem, a fully
automatic segmentation.
Theory
This article presents the solution of semi-unsupervised segmentation due to a

connection of two statistical segmentation method in to a hybrid algorithm. The first
method, as preliminary segmentation, is Otsu algorithm. The parameters obtained at
this stage create input parameters vector for the second part of the algorithm, MRF
simulation, which is a proper segmentation.
Otsu Method
The process of preliminary segmentation is a statistical method for image thresholding

based on Otsu algorithm. As a result of this process we obtain optimal vector of
thresholds.
Assuming that:
image is 2D intensity function;
image contains n pixels with intensity levels from 0 to L-1, where L is a
number of intensity levels;
histogram of image can be treated as probability density,
we can denote:
ni
pi =
n (1)
L 1
p
i =0
i =1
(2)
where:
pi - probability for pixel with i intensity level;
ni - number of pixels with i intensity level;
We also assume the number of thresholds equal to M 1 , which divide image to
M classes: C1 [0, t1 ] , C 2 [t1 + 1, t 2 ] ,, C i [t i 1 + 1, t i ] ,, C M [t M 1 + 1, L 1] .
For each of above mentioned classes we can specify probability:
200 R. Ludwiczuk and P. Mikolajczak / Medical Image Segmentation Hybrid Algorithm
m = p
iC m
i
(3)
as well as mean of class intensity:
i pi
m =
iC m m
(4)
Based on these values we can calculate between-class variance [4];
M
B2 = m ( m T ) 2
m =1 (5)
where T stands for mean whole image intensity.

Since, variance is a measure of grey levels dispersion around medium, therefore its
high value means that deviation from mean is meaningful. According to this, maximum
between-class variance means the best isolation of classes in image. That is why,
optimal thresholds vector is such for which between-class variance is maximum:
{t1* , t 2* ,..., t M* 1 } = ArgMax { B2 (t1 , t 2 ,..., t M 1 )}

0t1 <...< t M 1 < L 1
(6)
Unfortunately, quite meaningful disadvantage of multilevel thresholding by

classical Otsu metod is its counting complexity and quite long time of algorithm
completion. Ping Sung Liao, Tse Sheng Chen i Pau Choo Chung proposed
alternative formula of this method based on ( B ) modified between-class variance.

' 2
( B' ) 2 . This between-class variance can be denoted as:
M
B2 (t1 , t 2 ,..., t M 1 ) = k k2 T2
k =1 (7)
Because mean intensity of whole image does not depend on number or value of
threshold, is constant, we can skip it and express maximization condition (9) by
modified variance (8) as follows:
M
( B' ) 2 = k k
2
k =1 (8)
{t1* , t 2* ,..., t M* 1 } = ArgMax {( B' ) 2 {t1 , t 2 ,..., t M 1 }

0t1 <...<t M 1 < L 1
(9)
which fastens algorithm. Additionally to optimize, values of zeroth-order moment and

first-order moment of probability where put into matrices for all possible intensities [4].
As a result we obtain image divided into classes (optimally in statistical terms),
where each class has specified statistical values such as probability and mean intensity.
These values are input parameters vector for the second stage MRF simulation.
Markov Random Fields
( )
We will define MRF on graphs [1]. Let G = S , E be a graph where
S = {s1 , s 2 ,..., s n } is a set of nodes and E is the set of edges. Two points si and s j
e E
are neighbors if they are connected by edge ij . Neighborhood of node s
denoted by
N s is the set of nodes which are neighbors of s . Let
s
N = {N s | s S } will be a neighborhood system for G if s N s
and
s Nr r Ns .
Furthermore, to each node of the graph G , we assign a label from a finite set
of labels . Such an assignment is called a configuration with some probability
P( ) , is a set of all possible configuration. Random Field X is a Markov
Random Fields (MRF) with respect to the neighborhood system N if:
P( X = ) > 0

For every s S and :
P( X s = s | X r = r , r s ) = P( X s = s | X r = r , r N s )
P is a conditional probabilities, they are some local characteristics. For

determining this probabilities we introduce cliques notation. There, clique c is a
subset of S in the way, that every pair of nodes are neighbors. C is a set of all
possible cliques. Figure 1 shows a first and second order neighborhood system and its
possible cliques.
a) b)
Figure 1 Neighborhood systems. a) First order neighborhood system and possible cliques; b) second order
neighborhood system and possible cliques
Let V be a potential such, that for each subconfiguration

T it has assign a value
VT ( ) . This potential defines an energy on set as follows:
U ( ) = VT ( )
(10)
X is a Markov Random Field

According to Hammersley-Clifford theorem [1],
( )
with respect to the neighborhood system N if and only if P X = is a Gibbs
distribution:
1
P( X = ) = exp Vc ( )
Z cC , (11)
where Z is the normalizing constant.
MRF Image Model
For mathematical formulation of MRF image model we define two random fields:
X = {X s }sS called label field and F = {Fr }rR called observation field (image
data) [1]. Our goal is to estimate label field form observation field. It is possible by
optimizing energy function (10) [2].
MRF Segmentation Model
The argument based on an assumption, that input image is a grey-level image. In

generality, it is necessary to find configuration, which maximize a posteriori
( )
probability P | F . Bayes theorem tells us that [1], [3]:
1
P( | F ) = P(F | )P( )
P (F ) (12)
( )
The assumption is, that P F does not depends on configuration and:
P (F | ) = P ( f s | s )
sS (13)
(3) and (4) is a foundation for a configuration we are looking for. It can be written as:
= arg max P( f s | s ) exp( Vc ( c ))

sS cC (14)
On the assumption that

P( f s | s ) in equation 14 is Gaussian density and each class
is denoted by its mean value and variance. On these assumptions we
get energy function U = U 1 + U 2 where [1]:
) ( )
f s s
2

(
U 1 ( , F ) = ln 2 s +
2 2s

sS
(15)
U 2 ( ) = V2 ( c )
cC (16)
if s = r
V2 ( c ) = V{s ,r } ( s , r ) =
if s r (17)
where
is model parameter controlling homogeneity of regions. Increase of
homogeneity regions responds to increase of . Based on above energy function and
Hammersley-Clifford theorem we can point out optimal configuration.
Results
Figure 2 presents block scheme of our hybrid algorithm of image segmentation. At the
stage of preliminary segmentation we input number of classes and obtain parameters
vector being set of mean values and variances of each class. This vector is a set of input
parameters for second stage MRF simulation.
Input Image MRF Image

Segmentation Estimation
Model
Pre-
segmetnation
Output
Image
Figure 2 Scheme of hybryd algorithm of image segmentation.
In this work, we use four algorithms for the optimization method of MRF
simulation: Metropolis, Gibbs Sampler, Iterated Conditional Modes (ICM), and
Modified Metropolis Dynamics (MMD).
Simulation was realized by using a computer with Intel Pentium Mobile 1.7GHz
and 512 MB RAM. For this process we used authors application. It was created in
C++ programming language and Qt library and compiled by GNU g++ under Linux
Operating System.
The MRI data of the human head used in this work is obtained from Visible
Human Project. Resolution of this images is 256x256 pixels and depth is 1024.
Results of the segmentation for 4 classes are presented in tables 1 and 2 anf figures
3, 4 and 5. Table 1 shows the results of the first step: thresholds values (T1 ,T2 ,T3)
and CPU time. We have received these results for different image depth. Table 2 shows
results of the second step: MRF simulation by the four optimization methods where T
is a temperature. We have received this result for original MRI data obtained form
Visible Human Project. Figure 3 presents segmentation results for modified Otsu
method, figure 4 presents segmentation results for MRF simulation and figure 5
presents comparison of results .
Table 1 Modified Otsu segmentation results for 4 classes.
Image depth
128 256 512 1024
T1 77 77 77 77
T2 184 184 184 184
Parameters
T3 317 317 317 317

CPU Time 125 ms 1s 15 s 2 min
a) b)
Figure. 3 Segmentation results from modified Otsu method on the MR images,

a) input image; b) output image.
Table 2 Segmentation results on the MR Image for 4 classes.
Global
CPU Time
Method Iteration Energy T
[ms]
exp(6)
Metropolis 183 1.90129 0.0992 5616.2
Gibbs
184 1.90129 0.0972 12935.7
Sampler
ICM 6 1.90132 0.081 573.049
MMD 193 1.9 0.081 4816.54
a) b)
Figure 4 Segmentation results from hybrid method on the MR images, a) input image; b) output image.
a) b) c)
Figure 5 Segmentation results on the MR images for 4 classes. a) input image;

b) pre-segmentation results; c) hybrid segmentation results.
Conclusions
In this paper, a new hybrid method has been developed for the simplification and
efficiency of MRF segmentation problem. In this method we include global features of
image: histogram; and local features: neighborhood system for MRF simulation. Our
hybrid method includes automation of segmentation process but incomplete. In the
future, we would like to improve our technique by using the methods of Fuzzy Sets
theory. In this case it will be possible for the process of segmentation to be automated
and its quality will be much better.
In the nearest future we are going to analyze functional magnetic resonance images
(fMRI). We will adopt our method to localize the activity of brain regions.
Furthermore, we will create a map of brain functions. It will be helpful in neurosurgery.
References
[1] Z. Kato, Multi-scale Markovian Modelisation in Computer Vision with Applications to SPOT Image
Segmentation, PhD thesis, INRIA Sophia Antipolis, France, 1994.
[2] O. Allagnat, J. M. Boucher, D. C. He, and W. Pieczynski, Hidden Markov Fields and Unsupervised
Segmentation of Images, In Proc ICPR92,1992.
[3] C. Bouman: A Multiscale Image Model for Bayesian Image Segmentation, Technical Report TR-EE
91-53, Purdue University, 1991.
[4] P. S. Liao, T. S. Chen, P. C. Chung, A Fast Algorithm for Multilevel Thresholding, Journal of
Information Science and Engineering, vol 17, 713-727, 2001.
[5] A. D. Brink, Thresholding of digital images using two-dimensional entropies, Pattern Recognition,
Vol. 25, No.8, pp. 803-808, 1992.
IOS Press, 2008
The Influence of Electromagnetic Field

Polarization on Interfering Voltage
at Cardiac Pacemaker Implanted
into Human Body Model
Arkadiusz MIASKOWSKI1, Andrzej KRAWCZYK2,
Andrzej WAC-WLODARCZYK3, Yoshiyuki ISHIHARA4
1
Agricultural University in Lublin, Akademicka 13, 20-950 Lublin, Poland,
arek.miaskowski@ar.lublin.pl
2
Cenral Institute of Labour Protection, Czerniakowska 16, 00-701 Warsaw, Poland,
ankra@ciop.pl
3
Lublin University of Technology, Nadbystrzycka 38, 20-618 Lublin, Poland,
a.wac-wlodarczyk@pollub.pl
4
Doshisha University, Kyotanabe, Kyoto 610-0321, Japan,
yishihar@mail.doshisha.ac.jp
Abstract. The purpose of this paper is to investigate the interference voltage at

cardiac pacemaker which is digitally implanted into the human body model. In
order to investigate various exposure scenarios, different plane wave polarizations
were applied. This research has been done to find out which kind of wave
polarization makes the greatest hazard i.e. the highest value of interfering voltage.
The numerical investigation of the coupling model, that is field-to-voltage transfer
function, was carried out using the FDTD method.
Introduction
Because the recent worldwide popularity of wireless communication is still increasing

there is a high possibility that a human with an implanted cardiac pacemaker might
approach a base-station antenna electromagnetic (EM) field area. That is why the aim
of this study was to provide a preventive assessment of effects from EM interference
with cardiac pacemakers, with special focus on the field generated by base station
antennas. If the radiation source is far away from the cardiac pacemaker, like in our
case, the environmental influences can be neglected, and for simplification, a
homogeneous plane wave can be used for the purpose of describing spatial field
distribution from base station antennas.
In order to investigate the influence of electromagnetic wave polarization on
interfering voltage, the authors used two kinds of numerical models that is a 3D
homogenous model (Fig. 1-left) and 3D realistic high resolution (HR) human model
(Fig. 1-right). The first one is a so called flat phantom to whom tissue-equivalent liquid
parameters were assigned according to [1] and which was prepared to investigate the
influence of the local tissue distribution on the maximum interfering voltage. The
second one is based on the Visible Human Project [2] and include 42 different types of
208 A. Miaskowski et al. / The Inuence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage
biological tissues to which the parametric model describing the dielectric properties of
tissues proposed by Gabriel [3] was applied. Moreover, in order to consider the worst
case scenario in our HR human model the skin tissue was overestimated by a high
conductive muscle tissue. The influence of this substitution was significant, because the
highest EM field occurs at the surface of the body [4]. Furthermore, in the authors
opinion the results of such calculations i.e. using just mentioned two kinds of
numerical models can be used in a laboratory setup to validate experimental
measurements.
Human Body Models with an Implanted Cardiac Pacemaker
The tissue properties for the flat phantom were identical with those of a muscle i.e.
r = 4.0, = 0.2, = 1.04 g/cm3 as described in EN 50361 for 900 MHz [1]. Inside the
highly simplified homogeneous human model and inside the HR model, the pacemaker
was placed 6 mm deep into the models. The pacemaker housing a case had a dimension
of 42 52 6 mm with a unipolar electrode 560 mm long. The projection area of the
pacemaker configuration was 196 cm2. In our FDTD simulation we defined the
pacemaker housing case, the electrode and the lead wire as perfect conductors. The
CAD model of cardiac pacemaker is shown in Fig. 2.
Fig.1 The numerical models of human ( the flat phantom left, the HR model right)
Fig.2 The CAD model of cardiac pacemaker

A. Miaskowski et al. / The Inuence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage 209
The numerical investigation of the above mentioned problem was carried out using
a public domain [5] and commercial software from CST GmbH [6].
Numerical Study of the Coupling Model
The coupling model describes the relationship between electromagnetic field emitted
by a field source (in our case a base station antenna), and the interfering voltage at the
cardiac pacemaker input port based on realistic implant situation. In our investigation
the model is based on the fact that the pacemaker acts like a receiving antenna with
respect to the EM field from a base station antenna. The EM field from a base station
antenna can be evaluated as the far field region, where the electric field E-strength and
the magnetic field H-strength exhibit the same distribution. That is why, the EM field
from a base station antenna can be considered as the homogeneous plane wave at
twelve different polarizations relative to the body model as shown in Fig. 3. (The same
polarizations have been applied to the flat phantom).
Fig.3 Twelve different plane wave polarizations relative to the human body model
Figure 4 shows an equivalent circuit for the pacemaker exposed to the EM field
from a base station antenna, in which the internal impedance looked at from the
connector and the housing case of the pacemaker and the lead wire of the electrode are
considered as a load of a receiving antenna. ZR is the radiation impedance of
pacemaker, V0 is the open-voltage induced between the pacemaker housing case and
the lead wire due to the EM field from a base station antenna, Z1 is the internal
impedance of the pacemaker looked at from the connector, and V1 is the voltage
induced through the connector. The open-voltage V0 , as has been proved
experimentally, is proportional to EM interference and can be used as the index for the
evaluation of EM interference at the pacemaker [7].
Fig.4 The equivalent circuit for the cardiac pacemaker as the receiving antenna
For the evaluation of the open-voltage V0 at the pacemaker we replaced the

connector with lumped resistor in one FDTD cell, and then we could derive the voltage
across the lumped resistor as V0. For example, considering the resistor R being x-
directed and voltage V1 across the resistor, the current flowing along it at the (n-1/2)
time step is:
V1n 1 / 2 x E xn 1 + E xn
I n 1 / 2 = =
R R 2 (1)
where Ex is the electric field component at the resistor, x is the cell size in the x
direction. The corresponding relation to E-field and H-field at the resistor can be given
by:
tx
1
E xn =
2 Ryz n 1
tx
Ex +
t
tx
(
H n 1 / 2 )x
1+ 1+
2 Ryz 2 Ryz
(2)
Under the assumption that R >> ZR, the voltage V1 equate with the open-voltage V0.
The Results
The results of the authors investigation for the exposure of the cardiac pacemaker to
EM field generated by a homogeneous plane wave of an amplitude E = 1 V/m for
twelve different polarizations according to the human body models at frequency
900 MHz are listed in Table 1 for the flat phantom, and in Table 2 for HR model.
A. Miaskowski et al. / The Inuence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage 211
Table 1. The interference voltages for different scenarios for the flat phantom.
No. Polarization U [V]

1 PEHK 0.0048
2 PEKH 0.003
3 PHEK 0.004
4 PHKE 0.0025
5 PKHE 0.0023
6 PKEH 0.0022
7 MEKH 0.002
8 MEKH 0.006
9 MHEK 0.0013
10 MHKE 0.0053
11 MKEH 0.0015
12 MKHE 0.0011
Table 2. The interference voltages for different scenarios for the HR model.
No. Polarization U [V]

1 PEHK 0.0029
2 PEKH 0.0022
3 PHEK 0.0031
4 PHKE 0.0011
5 PKHE 0.0013
6 PKEH 0.0015
7 MEKH 0.0019
8 MEKH 0.0031
9 MHEK 0.00015
10 MHKE 0.0021
11 MKEH 0.0009
12 MKHE 0.0006
As can be found in Table 1 and Table 2 the highest interfering voltage occur in the
case of frontal incident and vertical E polarization. Moreover, the values for the flat
phantom are about three times higher than for the HR model. The analogous situation
took place in the evaluation of the influence of the electromagnetic wave polarization
on SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) in human body model [8].
Conclusions
The aim of this investigation was to predict possible hazards (pacemaker dysfunctions)
in the pre-implementing time. The evaluation such as the presented one should be
useful in the development of protection standards of human exposure to EM field with
respect to humans with implants such as cardiac pacemakers. Moreover, the authors
hope that the conducted investigation could be useful in the adaptation of working
conditions in Poland to European Union standards. Furthermore, using the flat phantom
in the EM interference tests in a laboratory setup, potential investigators should
consider numerical simulation results first and then validate their results from
measurements.
This paper has been prepared on the basis of the results of a task carried out within the scope the second stage
of the National Programme "Adaptation of Working Conditions in Poland to European Union Standards",
partly supported - within the scope of research - in 20052007 by the Ministry of Science and Higher
Education. The Central Institute for Labour Protection National Research Institute has been the
Programmes main co-ordinator.
References
[1] EN 50361, Basic standard for the measurement of Specific Absorption Rate related to human exposure
to electromagnetic fields from mobile phones (300 MHz 3 GHz), CENELEC 2001.
[2] http://www.nlm.nih.gov/research/visible/visible_human.html.
[3] S. Gabriel, R. W. Lau, C. Gabriel, The dielectric properties of biological tissues: III. Parametric models
for the dielectric spectrum of tissues, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 41, pp 2271-2293, 1996.
[4] F. Gustrau, A. Bahr, M. Rittwerger, S. Goltz, S. Eggert, Simulation of Induce Currant Densities in the
Human Body at Industrial Induction Heating Frequencies, IEEE Tran. on Elect. Compatibility, vol. 41,
no. 4, pp. 480-486, 1999.
[5] A. Farjadpour, D. Roundy, A. Rodriguez, M. Ibanescu, P. Bermel, J. D. Joannopoulos, S.G Johnson,
G. Burr, Improving accuracy by subpixel smoothing in FDTD, Optics Letters, 2006.
[6] www.cst.com.
[7] J. Wang, O. Fujiwara, T. Nojima, A model for predicting electromagnetic interference of implanted
cardiac pacemaker by mobile phones, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., Vol. 48, pp 2121-2125,
2000.
[8] A. Miaskowski, A. Krawczyk, The Influence of the Electromagnetic Field Polarization on SAR in
Human Body Model, Electrotechnical Review, pp 61-62, 5/2006.
IOS Press, 2008
Effects of Dielectric Properties on

Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance
Using an Alternative Human Head Model
Maia SAUREN a, 1, Raymond J. McKENZIE a and Robert L. McINTOSH a
a
Australian Centre for Radiofrequency Bioeffects Research (ACRBR), Australia
Abstract. Uncertainty exists in dosimetry literature regarding the necessary level

of complexity in anatomical and other detail for computational simulation of
humans for radiofrequency (RF) exposure compliance calculations. Since
anatomic parameters are not easily varied within existing models, we have
proposed an alternative simplified human head model where key factors affecting
Specific Energy Absorption Rate (SAR) are parametrically variable. Populating
the new model with data of anatomic variation in key tissues allows investigation
into what approximations can be used in physical and computational modeling of
SAR and what trade-offs may be made between accuracy and modeling
requirements. Here we present results pertaining to the effect of dielectric
properties of tissues in the human head on calculated SAR using this model.
Keywords: Radiofrequency, Specific Energy Absorption Rate (SAR), dielectric

properties, human, mobile telephones
1. Introduction
Physical models used for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) compliance measurement
are, for practical reasons, necessarily much simplified (containing only one or two
contiguous tissues), whereas computational models can be far more representative,
incorporating many complex tissues. The SAR produced in such models from a given
source is dependent on several key parameters, including shape and size of the exposed
person, the type, location and size of the tissues considered, and their dielectric
properties. Ramifications of such assumptions on SAR compliance are not well
described in the current literature.
We reason a priori that there may be a reduced set of key tissues in the head which
dominate the resultant SAR distribution and on which compliance considerations
would most critically depend. For example, we expect surface tissues such as skin to
be the site of maximum SAR in the head, while the brain and eyes are likely to be the
most critical organs in the head to be affected by RF exposure. The alternative model
described here seeks to find a compromise in complexity somewhere between the
homogeneous single-tissue model and the multi-tissue models and therefore includes a
reduced set of only the most relevant tissues in a semi-homogeneous, simplified
geometry. An additional advantage of this model is that, in combination with an
1
Corresponding Author: Maia Sauren, ACRBR, RMIT University, School of Electrical and Computer
Engineering, GPO Box 2476V, Melbourne VIC 3001, Australia; E-mail: maia.sauren@gmail.com
214 M. Sauren et al. / Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance
appropriate computational modeling platform, it allows for easy parametric adjustment

of tissue size, relative location, dielectric properties and morphology. Such adjustments
are difficult to achieve using complex realistic models such as Visible Human (VH)
(available from Brooks Air Force), which consist of many complex three-dimensional
shapes. Within the proposed model, it is possible to vary the chosen key tissues
according to the range of human anatomical differences, gathered from available
literature, to observe the effect of natural variation in human anatomy and tissue
properties on SAR. Using this model, we have begun to investigate [1-2] what
approximations can be used in physical and computational modeling of humans for
SAR calculations; and what trade-offs can be made between accuracy and modeling
requirements for practical considerations. Key issues being investigated are how SAR
varies between children and adults, between males and females, and across ethnic
populations. We present here some of our results pertaining to the effects on SAR of
the permittivity and conductivity of tissues in the head.
Various authors outline measurements of dielectric properties of human tissues [3],
or mathematical models used to predict such properties at various frequencies [4],
though only a few such as [5] and [6] have tested the effects of these properties on
SAR. Fujiwara et al [7] approximated the electrical properties of skin using Debye
dispersion characteristics at 1.5 GHz, and noted that permittivity of skin is about 10%
lower, and conductivity about 30% lower, than previous estimates. The uncertainty in
estimates of human tissue dielectric properties is a source of uncertainty in the resultant
SAR calculations. Keshvari et al [8] varied dielectric properties of tissues in existing
models by up to 20% and observed variation of up to 5% in computed SAR. We
propose to extend the work of these authors, taking advantage of the utility of our
model to expedite a more wide ranging exploration of the effect of dielectric properties
of tissues, and their uncertainties, on SAR.
2. Method
Figure 1. Geometry Man, a simplified parametric model of the human head. Key tissues include skin, skull,
brain, eye, fat and ear. The rest of the model, termed filler in this paper, comprises of an average head tissue
compliant with IEEE P1528 [10].
M. Sauren et al. / Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance 215
A simplified model of the human head termed Geometry Man has been constructed
(Figure 1), initially based on anatomic measurements taken from a large sample of
adult Caucasian males [9]. Six key tissues have been chosen for incorporation into the
model: skin, skull, brain, eye, and ear, as these are a priori considered to be most
significant for the determination of the SAR distribution. A 7 mm layer of fat surrounds
both eyes, as in the human body; electrically isolating the tissue. The remainder of the
model (termed filler in this paper) is comprised of an average head tissue, compliant
with IEEE P1528 [10]. The shapes in this model may be varied parametrically, greatly
reducing the effort required to undertake this extensive modeling task.
A comprehensive review of the current literature has been used to obtain an
estimate of variations in a set of anatomical parameters affecting SAR - tissue
dielectric, size, thickness and relative location. For tissue size, thickness and location,
this review allowed the determination of a set of parameters representing the mid-value
(50th percentile) of the human population, which has been used to refine the Geometry
Man model. Due to the scarcity of data regarding dielectric properties, the mid-values
were taken to be as described by Gabriel [11] and then varied to 10, 20 and 30 per
cent (see Table 1 for complete data), to simulate a population distribution, based on the
assumption of an approximately linear association with SAR in infinite homogenous
lossy layers and the observation that a variation for SAR of 30% is an accepted
uncertainty in SAR measurement standards [12].
Table 1. (a) Conductivity () and (b) permittivity () properties used in this study. Gabriel values [12] were
varied to 10, 20 and 30 per cent.
(a) Tissue 70% 80% 90% 100% 110% 120% 130%
Brain 0.54 0.62 0.69 0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00
Skull 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.26 0.29 0.31
Skin 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.87 0.96 1.04 1.13
Eye 1.15 1.31 1.48 1.64 1.80 1.97 2.13
Eye fat 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07
Filler 0.68 0.78 0.87 0.97 1.07 1.16 1.26
(b) Tissue 70% 80% 90% 100% 110% 120% 130%
Brain 32.06 36.64 41.22 45.8 50.38 54.96 59.54
Skull 11.62 13.28 14.94 16.6 18.26 19.92 21.58
Skin 28.98 33.12 37.26 41.4 45.54 49.68 53.82
Eye 48.23 55.12 62.01 68.9 75.79 82.68 89.57
Eye fat 3.78 4.32 4.86 5.4 5.94 6.48 7.02
Filler 29.05 33.2 37.35 41.5 45.65 49.8 53.95

Mathematical modeling is performed using FEKO, a commercially available finite

element method/method of moments (FEM/MoM) software package which is able to
take advantage of the parametric nature of this model [13]. Plane wave excitation in the
saggital plane is used as the source at 4.5 W/m2, the ICNIRP reference level at 900
MHz for public exposure [14]. Studies using physical human phantoms have been
conducted for validation purposes at the Ericsson Research Laboratory in Sweden.
Figure 2 shows resultant averaged SAR for the entire Geometry Man head (whole head
average, WHA) where tissue permittivity and conductivity were varied as per Table 1.
WHA SAR decreases approximately linearly with increased conductivity of skin,
where highest SAR of 0.037 W/kg is found at lowest conductivity value, =0.61 (an
increase in SAR of 5%). The inverse is true of permittivity, where highest WHA SAR
of 0.038 W/kg is found at =53.82, 130% of Gabriel value, a SAR increase of 2%. For
the more dominant tissue groups (by mass) such as brain and filler tissue, the opposite
correlation is apparent. Highest WBA SAR is seen at highest conductivity (0.037
W/kg, 1% variation) and minimum permittivity (0.038 W/kg, 2% variation) for both
brain and filler tissues respectively, as would normally be expected in an infinite lossy
layer. The smaller tissue masses, such as eye and eye-fat have little effect on WHA
SAR.
(a) (b)
Figure 2. Averaged SAR for the entire Geometry Man head (whole head average, WHA), where each
tissues (a) conductivity and (b) permittivity varied as per Table 1. Log-linear scale is used throughout this
paper.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 3. (a), (b) 1-gram and (c), (d) 10-gram spatial peak SAR in the Geometry Man model for all
dielectric property variations. Also shown in (c) and (d) are the 10-gram average SAR calculated in Visible
Human and NORMAN models, and the exposure limit for general public in the head and torso [14] (2 W/kg
over a 10-gram volume averaged cube).
Figure 3 shows the peak spatial 1-gram and 10-gram averaged SAR for variations
in tissue dielectric properties in the Geometry Man model, with 10-gram SAR for VH
and NORMAN, and ICNIRP general public RF exposure limit [14], shown in (c) and
(d). On the whole, little effect is seen in averaged SAR, with notable exceptions for
dielectric variations in the brain tissue. High 1-gram averaged SAR values are seen at
low conductivity (0.331 W/kg at =0.54, 0.238 W/kg at =0.62, 70% and 80% of
original value respectively) and high permittivity (0.230 W/kg at =59.54, 130% of
original value). The 10-gram spatial peak SAR graphs show corresponding peaks at
low conductivities, highest at 0.209 W/kg. SAR values obtained using the Geometry
Man model are comparable with VH and NORMAN values and are well below the
ICNIRP exposure limit (2 W/kg). The Geometry Man model does not include a body
(whereas VH and NORMAN do) and we would expect higher SAR results for a whole
body model. Whilst not detailed in this paper, we have found that SAR results will be
no more than 50% in any case.
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 4. (a), (b) 1-gram and (c), (d) 10-gram spatial peak SAR in the brain tissue for all dielectric property
variations. (c) and (d) also show the maximum permitted 10-gram spatial peak SAR for public exposure, and
peak 10-gram volume averaged SAR calculated in VH and NORMAN models.
We have also examined the peak 1-gram and 10-gram averaged SAR in the brain
tissue (see Figure 4) as this is an area of interest (ICNIRP exposure limit [14] and 10-
gram averaged SAR values for NORMAN and VH models also shown in (c)and (d)).
Again, only the brain tissues dielectric properties are seen to significantly affect
volume averaged SAR, with trends towards increased SAR at low conductivity (highest
SAR of 0.230 W/kg and 0.167 for 1-gram and 10-gram volume averages respectively)
and high permittivity (0.214 W/kg and 0.140 W/kg are highest 1-gram and 10-gram
SAR values respectively). An unexpected rise in SAR is seen at higher brain
conductivity values.
Overall, the contrasting correlations between WHA SAR and spatially averaged
SAR suggest that as absorption in the surface layers increases (high skin conductivity
and high peak spatial SAR), a resultant shielding effect occurs for the rest of the head,
producing a lower WHA SAR. We also note that our results are in agreement with
Keshvari et als assessment that dielectric properties have little effect on SAR over the
range of human population variation, and in the context of other large uncertainties in
the data which contribute to the overall result. Variations in SAR seen here are well
below those permitted by the SAR measurement standard [14] for compliance
assessment of mobile phone handsets, and therefore are not likely to contribute
significant error to such compliance assessments. Refinements of this model continue.
4. Conclusions
A simplified, parametrically adjustable model of the human head has been used here to
test the effect of changing dielectric properties of various tissues in the head on the
computed whole head averaged and peak spatial averaged SAR in the entire model and
the brain tissue. Our analysis suggests conductivity plays a greater part in affecting
SAR, both in whole head average and 1-gram spatial averaged values but is more
commensurate with that of permittivity for the 10 g spatial averaged results. However,
neither whole head averaged nor peak spatial averaged SAR is overly affected by
changes in dielectric properties (at least in the context of other uncertainties in the data
that contribute to the overall result), being approximately linearly related over the range
10-30% as tested here. The work has also again demonstrated the utility of the
Geometry Man concept for relatively expedient investigation of human variation in
anatomical and dielectric properties and its effect on computed SAR.
5. Acknowledgements
This study is funded by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC),
Australia.
6. References
[1] M. Sauren, R. McKenzie, R. McIntosh, 'Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure

Compliance Using an Alternative Human Head Model', Progress In Electromagnetics Research
Symposium (PIERS) 2007, August 2730, 2007, Prague, Czech Republic
[2] M. Sauren, R.J. McKenzie, R.L. McIntosh (2006), 'Determining the Influence of Adult Skin Thickness
on Compliance with Radiofrequency Exposure Limits', World Congress on Medical Physics and
Biomedical Engineering 2006 (WC2006), Aug 27 - Sep 1, 2006, Seoul, Korea.
[3] R. Pethig, "Dielectric properties of body tissues," Clin Phys Physiol Meas, vol. 8 Suppl A, pp. 5-12,
1987.
[4] S. Khalafalla, L. Turner, and D. Spyker, "An electrical model to simulate skin dielectric dispersion,"
Comput Biomed Res, vol. 4, pp. 359-73, 1971.
[5] Drossos, V. Santomaa, and N. Kuster, "The dependence of electromagnetic energy absorption upon
human head tissue composition in the frequency range of 300-3000 MHz," IEEE Transactions On
Microwave Theory And Techniques, Vol. 48, pp. 1988-1995, 2000.
[6] Christ and N. Kuster, "Eifferences in RF energy absorption in the heads of adults and children,"
Bioelectromagnetics, vol. 7, pp. s31-s44, 2005.
[7] O. Fujiwara and K. Takai, "Electrical properties of skin and SAR calculation in a realistic human model
for microwave exposure," Electrical Engineering In Japan, Vol. 120, pp. 75-80, 1997.
[8] J. Keshvari, R. Keshvari, and S. Lang, "The effect of increase in dielectric values on specific absorption
rate (SAR) in eye and head tissues following 900, 1800 and 2450 MHz radio frequency (RF) exposure,"
Phys Med Biol, vol. 51, pp. 1463-77, 2006.
[9] L. G. Farkas, Anthropometry of the head and face, 2nd ed. New York: raven press, 1994.
[10] IEEE, "IEEE P1528: Recommended practice for determining the peak spatial-average specific
absorption rate (SAR) in the human head from wireless communications devices: Measurement
techniques," Piscataway, NJ 2005.
[11] Gabriel C, "Compilation of the Dielectric properties of body tissues at RF and microwave frequencies",
Brooks Air Force Base, report no. AL/OE-TR-1996-0037, 1996.
[12] ANSI/IEEE, IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radiofrequency
Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (see http://standards.ieee.org/cgi-
bin/status), 1992
[13] http://www.feko.info, "EM Software & Systems" [as at July 2007]
[14] Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency, Radiation Protection Standard for
Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3 kHz to 300 GHz (2002)
IOS Press, 2008
Finite Element Dosimetry of Power

Frequency Induced Currents
into the Human Body
by Using Quasi-static Zooming
Riccardo SCORRETTI, Le Ha HOANG, Nel BURAIS , Alain NICOLAS1
Universit de Lyon, Lyon, F-69622, France ; Universit Lyon 1, Lyon, F-69622,
France ; CNRS, UMR5005, Laboratoire AMPERE, Villeurbanne, F-69622, France,
first_name.last_name@univ-lyon1.fr
1
CNRS, UMR5005, Laboratoire AMPERE, Ecole Centrale de Lyon, 69134 Ecully
CEDEX, France, first_name.last_name@ec-lyon.fr
Abstract. Electrical currents, induced into the human body by power-frequency

magnetic fields, are computed by using the Finite Element method. The resolution
is increased in a small region of major interest (brain, heart) by using a zooming
method. Applications with simple sources of the exciting fields, as well as realistic
power systems are presented.
Keywords. Finite Element, computer dosimetry
Introduction
Finite Element (FE) can be effectively used to compute induced currents into the
human body by power-frequency magnetic fields. The main drawback of this method,
compared to Finite Difference Time Domain method (FDTD), is the low resolution of
the anatomical models. So as to improve the resolution, we apply the quasi-static
zooming technique, which allows to refine the computation in a target region, which
has to be small enough, compared to the size of the body and to the wavelength of
the field. This technique, which was originally developed to model electrical
appliances [1-3], has been more recently applied in the high frequency domain by Van
de Kamet et al to the computation of the SAR in the human body by using the FDTD in
the context of mobile communications [4] and of hyperthermia treatment [5].
1. Numerical Formulation
The induced currents into the human body by a power frequency magnetic field are
computed by FE by using the well known -A formulation [6,7]. The main assumption
of this formulation is that the perturbations on the source field B (dues to the induced
currents into the body) can be neglected. Therefore one can assume that this field is
known by a vector potential, namely B = A . This vector potential A can be
222 R. Scorretti et al. / FE Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human Body
obtained by any kind of computation (Finite Element, analytical formulas, etc.)

performed in absence of the human body. One obtains the following expression of the
electric field E and of the current density J :
E = t B E = t A (1)
J = E = ( t A + ) (2)
where the electric scalar potential is the unknown of the problem, and is the
conductivity [8]. By imposing the charge conservation, one obtain the main differential
equation, which is imposed inside the human body (displacement currents can be
neglected at power frequencies) :
J = [ ( t A + )] = 0 (3)
Hence, the problem of computing eddy currents is converted into a conduction

problem. At the boundary of the human body, we impose the following boundary
condition :
J n = 0 (4)
which in practice means that no current flows out of the body. Equations (3) and (4) are
rewritten in the so called weak form by using Galerkins method. The problem can
be then stated as following :
Find the continuous electric potential such that:

w ( j A + ) = 0 w H1 ( )
where is the human body, and H1 ( ) is the space of functions w : a

continuous and derivable. This equation is solved by FE onto an anatomical model of
the whole body (76000 nodes). 17 different organs are represented, each of one with
its own conductivity. Only one unknown per node is required by this formulation.
2. The Quasi-Static Zooming
So as to increase the resolution in a particular zone of the body which has a major
importance, we apply the quasi-static zooming. The main idea of this technique is that,
due to the smoothing behaviour of diffusion phenomena (like quasi-static electric
conduction), the influence of fine details of the geometry is quickly attenuated, and it is
hardly observable at a reasonable distance. Hence, it should be possible to refine the
result obtained on the whole body by using a more detailed model of the interesting
part of the body.
In practice, we have made a more detailed model of the head (fig. 2D) and of the trunk,
due to the major importance of these parts of the body. These models are composed of
R. Scorretti et al. / FE Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human Body 223
respectively 122000 and 176000 nodes, which is more than twice compared to the
model of the whole body. In the first step, we solve the problem (5) on the coarse
model of the whole body. In further steps, we solve the same problem (5) by FE on
each restricted domains. So as to impose the continuity between the whole body and
the refined domains (i.e. head and trunk), the electric potential obtained in the first
step is evaluated at the junctions body / head and body / trunk, and it is imposed as
Dirichlet boundary condition. Therefore, we obtain a solution which is reasonably
better than the one obtained with the coarse model.
3. Validation
Our computational code is being developed by using both MATLAB and C languages.
The validation of the code itself can be found in [6], where we have compared the
results provided by our code with both analytical solution and numerical computation
obtained with the commercial software FLUX3D. Also, we have checked on small size
models (for which a coarse and refined mesh of the whole model is available) that the
quasi-static zooming improves the accuracy of the results, for values of conductivities
comparable to those of living tissues (not shown).
Then, we have compared the results obtained with our code and human body
model with the results provided in literature [9]. The table I reports the r.m.s. values of
the uniform magnetic flux density which (at 60 Hz) induce an average (maximum)
value of 1 mA/m2 into the whole human body (cf. table 2, pag. 2325 of ref. [9]). The
comparison between our results and the ones which can be found by the group of
Dawson is excellent. In figure 1, we show the average (maximum) current density
obtained in different organs, under the same conditions (that is, average whole-body
(maximum) current density = 1 mA/m2 at 60 Hz). The filled bars are obtained with the
coarse model, whereas the white bars present the refined data by using quasi-static
zooming. One observes that in most cases the quasi-static zooming does not modify
substantially the average values, which is an encouraging sign of self-consistence of
our modelling. The cases of eyes and spinal chord, where some discrepancy between
the coarse and refined results is observed, can be explained by the small size of these
organs: in this case, the zooming is logically expected to provide the more reliable
result. Again, these data agree rather well with the results provided in literature (cf. fig.
2d pag. 2324 of ref.[9]).
Table 1. r.m.s. values of the uniform flux density which at 60 Hz produce a whole-body average (maximum)
current density of 1 mA/m2
Orientation Flux density [mT r.m.s.] Flux density [mT r.m.s.]
( provided in [9] ) ( computed by our code )
Bx 0.3596 0.3536
By 0.2946 0.2732
Bz 0.4282 0.4139
Fig.1. average (maximum) current density induced in different organs at 60Hz by a uniform magnetic field
(see table 1 for the magnitudes of the exciting magnetic field). These values are obtained by using the coarse
model of the whole body (filled bars) and the quasi-static zooming (white bars).
4. Example: Hardening of a Metal by Induction Heating
As example of realistic power system, we present here the case of an induction heater
for hardening the surface of metal. The system is composed of a metal tube, which is
heated by a 30 kHz inductor (current NI = 5200 A r.m.s). The worker is standing at
about 30 cm from the inductor, and he is protected by a metallic shield. The source
magnetic potential A is computed in absence of the human body by using FLUX3D.
Figure 2 shows the exciting (source) magnetic field, and the induced current into the
whole body and the details of the brain obtained by the coarse model, and the refined
computation by using the quasi-static zooming. The distribution of induced current is
not intuitive : the peak of the current is located far from the peak of the magnetic field
(cf. fig. 2A and 2B). One observes that the zooming allows to obtain a much more
detailed computation in the brain (cf. fig. 2C and 2D) at a moderate cost, compared to
more classical FE or FDTD.
R. Scorretti et al. / FE Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human Body 225

B) C)
D)

Fig.2. A) Excitation field and B) induced current density in the whole body by an industrial induction heater
working at 30 kHz. C) Current density in the brain computed with the coarse model, and D) refined
computation. Astonishing, the peak of induced current is not located close to the peak of the excitation field.
References
[1] T. W. McDaniel, R. R. Root, A technique for resolution amplification in three-dimensional field

calculations for recording media, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 17(6), pp. 3411-3413, November 1981.
[2] O. Fabregue, L. Krhenbhl, L. Nicolas, A numerical zoom for 3D modelization of complex devices,
Proc. of the COMPUMAG 1991, Sorrento, Italy.
[3] H. Kwon, M. H. Wahl, F. E. Talke, Finite Element simulation of a helical scanner with head/tape
contacts, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 32(5), pp. 3735-3737, September 1996.
[4] J. B. Van de Kamer, J. J. W. Lagendijk, Computation of high-resolution SAR distribution in a head due
to radiating dipole antenna representing a hand-held mobile phone, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 47, pp. 1827-
1835, 2002.
[5] J. B. Van de Kamer, A. A. C. De Leeuw, H. Kroeze, J. J. W. Lagendijk, Quasistatic zooming for
regional hyperthermia treatment planning, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 46, pp. 1017-1030, 2001.
[6] R. Scorretti, N. Burais, O. Fabregue, A. Nicolas, L. Nicolas, Computation of the induced current
density into the human body due to relative LF magnetic field generated by realistic devices, IEEE
Trans. Mag. Vol. 40(2), pp. 643-646, March 2004.
[7] T. W. Dawson, M. A. Stuchly, High-resolution organ dosimetry for human exposure to low-frequency
magnetic fields, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 34(3), pp. 708-718, May 1998.
[8] S. Gabriel, R. W. Lau, C. Gabriel, The dielectric properties of biological tissues: II. Measurements in
the frequency range 10 Hz to 20 GHz, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 41, pp. 2251-2269, 1996.
[9] T. W. Dawson, K. Caputa, M. Stuchly, A comparison of 60 Hz uniform magnetic and electric induction
in the human body, Phys. Med. Biol., Vol 42, pp. 2319-2329, 1997.
Chapter 5
Electromagnetic Field in Standards and
Policy
IOS Press, 2008
Electromagnetic Fields Measurements

Methods and Accuracy Estimation
Pawel BIENKOWSKI
Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland
pawel.bienkowski@pwr.wroc.pl
Abstract. The paper presents theoretical analyses and measurements results of

factors affecting the precision of survey EMF measurements. Presented problems
are connected mainly with errors of a method and imperfection of the measuring
device. In particular: using probes with non-zero geometrical dimensions,
difference between conditions of calibration and measurement (eg. modulated and
pulse fields), uncertainty of calibration, nonlinear dynamic characteristic and
frequency response and human factor.
Keywords. Electromagnetic metrology, survey measurements, uncertainty
Introduction
The development of contemporary civilization is associated with the consumption of

more and more quantities different forms of energy. One of the forms of energy, which
role has been rapidly growing in every branch of everyday life, is energy of RF currents
and fields. The intentional or unintentional irradiation of a part of the RF energy, which
results in contamination of the whole environment and the interference in wide
frequency range is take place in those processes. Because of the fact that the
electromagnetic field is not detectable by organoleptic methods, EMF detection and
every works and investigations connected with the field require the use of the specific
tools to detect it.
EMF measurement in the far-field (Fraunhofer zone) is one of the less accurate as
compared to measurements of other physical quantities. The near-field conditions
(Fresnel region) cause further degradation of the near-field EMF measurements
accuracy as compared to the far-field one. An additional problem is the accuracy of the
EMF standards and as a result low accuracy of measurement devices.
1. EMF Measurement Methods
Generally EMF is described by electric field vector - E, magnetic field vector - H and
Poynting's vector S, but only in the limited level. In the far field these vectors are
strictly connected by the impedance of free space. In the near source fields their
relations are more complicated and depend on the type of EMF source and distance
from source to sensor. In more general situations and completely unknown fields
(especially in the primary and secondary EMF sources proximity) the E and H field
strength must be measured separately.
230 P. Bienkowski / Electromagnetic Fields Measurements Methods and Accuracy Estimation
In order to optimally select a method of the EMF measurement in the near-field it

is initially necessary to find quantities that would characterize the field in the best way
and would be possible to use in a practical application. The dominating technique of
EMF measurement is the use of an antenna (mainly a symmetrical dipole for E-field
and a loop for H-field) loaded by a detector (diode or, more rarely, thermocouple) with
lowpass filter and transfer of DC voltage from the probe to an indicator (in the case of
the most popular designs of two-piece meters) through a high resistance (transparent)
transmission line. There are usually wideband probes. There are some restrictions in
using antennas as an EMF probes.
2. Geometrical Size of Antennas
Every EMF measuring probe causes the measured EMF integration by finite sizes of a
probe. In the case of the far-field measurements the integration is usually negligible as
the probe standardization is done in similar conditions as measuring ones. The near-
field probes are standardized in similar conditions (in a TEM cell, on an open site) and
then the change of the measuring conditions to those during standardization must be
taken into account. The EMF integration may be divided into two phenomena, i.e.: the
phase integration and the amplitude integration [1,2].
The phase integration is based upon a current distribution in a measuring probe and
the phase integration error p may be defined in the form (1):
1 2kh
p = 1
2 sin 2kh (1)
where: k - propagation constant,

2h - probes length.
In order to make it possible to compare the measuring band of limiting factors the
formula is plotted in Figure 1.
0 .1 0.2 0.3 0 .4 0 .5 0 .6 2h /
0
p
[%]
-2 0
-4 0
Figure 1. Phase integration error versus 2h/
The error presented supports the widely accepted point that the measuring antenna
(for the near-field purposes) should be 'electrically small'. It may be seen from the
diagram that this means that the antenna length should not exceed, say, 0.2. It is not
necessary to call the power line frequency example to show the role of the limit at
microwave ones (which are here of concern).
P. Bienkowski / Electromagnetic Fields Measurements Methods and Accuracy Estimation 231
To illustrate probes' size limitations at lower frequencies we should take into

account the amplitude integration error a. The error depends upon the EMF curvature.
If present, for instance, the electric (E) field in the near-field in the form (2):
const
E =
R (2)
where: R - distance between a source and a probe,

- wave type indicator.
For spherical wave = 3, for the plane one (TEM wave) = 0 and analyzed error
disappears. The error as a function of 2h/R, for three values of is plotted in Figure. 2.
60
p
[%] =3
40
=2
20
=1
2h/R
0
0 .4 0 .8 1 .2 1 .6
Figure 2. Amplitude integration error versus 2h/R
It may be summarized that p play the main role in high frequencies and a in
measurements in source proximity, independent of frequency range.
For magnetic field measurement one usually uses probes consisting of a circular
loop antenna loaded with a detector of shaped frequency response. Analogically to
electric field it is possible here to follow the discussion related to the measuring
antenna sizes limitation, which results from the error of a quasi-point value of the
magnetic field measurement and the results are almost the same.
3. EMF Probe Frequency Response
The structure of a typical E-field broadband probe and its equivalent circuit is
presented in Figure 3.
Ca Rf Lp
high resistive line

ea Cp+f C R Um
Figure 3. Structure and equivalent circuit of wideband E-field sensor

Source ea represents the voltage induced in the antenna. The voltage value depends
on field intensity E in the measurement site and on the effective height of the antenna
hef (3):
ea = E hsk (3)
For the electrically short dipole (2h<0.1 ) the effective height is a constant in the
frequency function and equals the half of the geometrical length of the antenna. Its
input impedance is purely of the capacitance nature. The input signal of the detector,
simultaneous to the voltage at antenna load equals (4):
Z0 ( f ) (4)
U 0 ( f ) = ea
Z0 ( f ) + Za ( f )
where: U0 voltage in load impedance,

Za input impedance of the antenna,
Z0 load (detector and monitor) impedance
In Figure 3 impedance Za = Ca , Z0 are represented by C, R, Cp+f and Lp. C and R are
detector parameters, Cp+f and Rf are the elements of the low-pass filter that allows
modification of the probes frequency characteristic, especially in high frequencies to
reduce an influence of fields from beyond of probe measuring band causing parasitic
reactance of probe elements that are connected with parasitic capacities and
inductances related to the montage and imperfections of the elements. As a result probe
sensitivity rapidly increases near resonance frequency. It will only mention here that
the measuring band of the probe must be artificially limited to frequencies below
resonance of these reactances and the resonance of the antenna (very important in loop
antennas). Results of use high frequency filter is presented in Figure 4.
10
|T|
0.1
10 4 10 5 10 8 10 9 10 10 f[Hz] 10 11
Figure 4. Frequency responses of E-field probe without- (dashed line) and with RC filter.
Analysis circuit from Fig. 4 in the frequency function allows distinguishing three
typical sub-ranges:
low frequency range, in which transmittance increase with frequency
medium frequency range, in which transmittance is a constant:
Ca
U( f ) (5)
C + Ca + C p+ f
(This range is the most interesting one from the metrological and practical point
of view.)
high frequency range, in which the influence of the antenna filter is visible and
where the transmittance decreases while the frequency increases.
By changing the values of particular elements of the probe, we can modify both the
shape of the frequency characteristic and the values of transmittance, having a direct
influence on sensitivity of the system [3].
Examples of frequency response of different commercial E-field probes are
presented in Figures 5 and 6.
Cf
[dB]
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
-2
0,1 1 10 100 f [Mhz] 1000
Figure 5. Measured frequency response of E-field probe 0,1MHz-1GHz
Cf
[dB]
15
10
5
0
-5
1 10 100 1000 10000 f [MHz]
Figure 6. Measured frequency response of E-field probe 1MHz-40GHz,
Typically deviation from flat frequency response is from 0.5dB in kHz and MHz
up to 5dB in GHz range. Of course it is possible to use frequency correction factor in
measurements, but it is difficult or even impossible eg. where fields from different
sources working on different frequencies are measured simultaneously.
4. Dynamic Characteristic of EMF Probes
Dynamic response of passive EMF sensors depends on used detector characteristic. For
typically used diode detector, the probes dynamic characteristics consist of three
segments:
square-law characteristic for low measured field intensity. In this area it is RMS
detector;
transitional characteristic for medium field intensity (characteristic changes from
square-law to linear);
linear characteristic for high intensity, where can be observed the peak detection.
Dynamic characteristic changes are negligible when monochromatic harmonic

fields are measured (this complies with calibration conditions), but it is very important
in measurements of the complex (eg. multifrequency source) and pulsed fields [4]. It is
possible to prove that in square-law area measured effective field intensity can be
estimated as (6):
Ew = E
n
2
n (6)
where: Ew effective intensity of E or H-field,

En field intensity of n
Typically RMS detection is only for 15-30% of probes measuring range. The
results of experiment carried out to check this thesis are presented in Table 1. In
laboratory conditions measured signal from two EMF sources 900MHz and 1800MHz
were simulated. Measurements were performed in three conditions: works only
900MHz source, works only 1800MHz source and both of them work simultaneously.
The error of RMS measure was defined as (7):
Ew
rms = 20 lg [dB] (7)
E2
900 Mhz + E1800 Mhz
2

Table 1. Results of complex E-field measurement

probe 0.3-3 GHz probe 0,01-3 GHz
E900M E1,8G E900+1800 Erms rms[dB] E900M E1,8G E900+1800 Erms rms[dB]
[V/m] [V/m] [V/m] [V/m] [V/m] [V/m] [V/m] [V/m]
3,4 3,4 4,8 4,8 0,00 5,2 3,8 6,4 6,4 0,09
5,1 5,1 7,3 7,2 0,04 7,5 5,5 9,5 9,3 0,16
8,3 8,3 11,8 11,7 0,05 12,2 9,0 15,5 15,2 0,16
11,6 11,6 16,6 16,5 0,06 17,9 12,9 22,5 22,1 0,17
16,8 16,8 23,9 23,8 0,04 24,7 18,5 33,3 30,9 0,66
24,2 24,2 34,6 34,2 0,10 36,0 27,4 50,0 45,2 0,87
45,5 45,5 64,7 64,4 0,04 56,7 56,7 92,7 80,2 1,26
69,5 69,5 100,0 98,2 0,15 103,0 66,0 142,5 122,3 1,33
The error rms as a function of indicated E field intensity for three commercial
available probes is plotted in Figure 7.
rms
[db]
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
-0,2
-0,4
0 20 40 60 80 100 Erms[V/m]
Figure 7. No-RMS error of three different type EMF probes
The next problem connected with no-rms detection is probes response for pulse
fields. Theoretically simulation and experiments results show that pulse response
depends on detector characteristic and time constant of all measurement system (probe
and monitor). Figure 8 presents example results of measured probes response for pulse
CW signal with pulse duration from 1% to 100% (pure CW). Experiment carried out
for pulse repetition 217 Hz and for 20V/m of CW field strength. The error pulse was
defined as (8):
E
rms = 20 lg ind [dB] (8)
E RMS
where: Eind field strength indicated by the meter

Erms RMS value of pulse field strength
pulse
[dB]
2,0
XX-1
1,5
1,0 XX-2
0,5
0,0
XX-3
-0,5
XX-4
-1,0
-1,5 XX-5
-2,0
1 10 [%] 100
Figure 8. Error pulse of pulse field measurement for five different type of EMF probes
5. Human Factor
Human factor is a factor defined by author as an influence of skills, experiences and

perfection of person performing the measurements upon their results [5]. There is
practically impossible to calculate this factor theoretically, but it can be estimated on
the ground of experimental results. Good opportunity to perform experiments is
interlaboratory comparisons programs (ILC/PT). Figure 9. presents results of
experiment performed during one of ILC/PT coordinated by author. All participants
measured EMF strength in one point established by the organizer in the same
conditions and used the same meter.
1,3
1,2
E/Emean
1,1
0,9
0,8
0,7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Number of participant
Figure 9. Scatter of measurements results due to human factor
Table 3 presents results of additional experiment. In the laboratory conditions

series of special measurements were done. Four men have done two series of
measurements using two different EMF meters (all of participants used the same
meters). The EMF source was specially prepared. There was 433MHz generator and
power amplifier loaded with LPD antenna. Measurements took place in 5 points
located 1-3 meters from the transmitting antenna. Three of them were placed in free
space, two ca. 20 cm from a metal surface.
Table 3. Results of the laboratory experiment

Serie I Serie II
(min-max) (min-max)
Point 1 2 3 4 Emean 1 2 3 4 Emean
[%] [%]
1 14,9 16,5 17,6 15,5 16,1 8,3 16,6 15,8 14,2 16,9 15,9 8,7
2 17,6 16,2 18,5 19,0 17,8 8,0 16,5 16,5 19,2 18,5 17,7 7,6
3 9,2 7,3 6,6 8,8 8,0 16,5 5,8 8,8 8,2 6,1 7,2 20,5
4 9,1 8,2 10,2 8,2 8,9 10,9 9,6 10,4 9,9 8,6 9,6 9,5
5 9,9 10,2 11,6 11,0 10,7 7,9 11,0 10,4 14,0 10,4 11,5 14,8
In the both presented experiments the power of EMF source was controlled and all
measurements were done with the same meters, after that it was possible to say, that
human factor was the main reason of scattered measurement results.
Based on presented results and laboratory practice one can estimate the importance
of this factor to be a 1/3 1/2 of the total uncertainty of measurements and it leads to
the conclusion that human factor is one of the most important factors limiting the
precision of the measurements, but almost never took into account in uncertainty
budged.
6. Summary
In the paper short review of the measurement methods and main factors that limit
accuracy of the near-field EMF metrology are presented. Except technical factors we
have to take into an uncertainty budget a human factor. If we consider all factors
degrading the accuracy of measurements, one can say that survey measurements
uncertainty better than 2-4 dB is a satisfying result. As a proof of this thesis the final
results of ILC/PT program in EMF survey measurements are presented in Figure 10.
80
60
40
E/Emean [%]
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Measurement in point number
Figure 10. Finally results of ILC/PT program
Acknowledgment
The research was partly supported by Polish Ministry of Science and Higher Education
(Grant: 3T11D00629)
References
[1] H. Trzaska, Electromagnetic Field Measurements in the Near Field, Noble Publ. Corp. 2001.
[2] P. Bienkowski, H. Trzaska, Frequency limitations in photonic EMF probes, Electromagnetic
compatibility 1997. 12th International Zurich Symposium and Technical Exhibition on Electromagnetic
Compatibility, Zurich 1997, pp. 603-606.
[3] P. Bienkowski, Parameters of wideband electromagnetic field sensors and possibilities of their
modification, Applied Electronics 2005. International conference. Pilsen, 2005 pp. 41-44.
[4] P. Bienkowski, Accuracy limitation factors in near field EMF metrology. COST 281/EMF-NET
Seminar on the Role of Dosimetry in High-Quality EMF Risk Assessment; Zagreb, Croatia 2006.
[5] P. Bienkowski, H. Trzaska, Interlaboratory comparisons in EMF survey measurement - methods and
results, International Conference and COST 281 Workshop on Emerging EMF Technologies, Potential
Sensitive Groups and Health, COST Action 281, Graz, Austria, April, 2006.
IOS Press, 2008
Cardio-Vascular Homeostasis and Changes

in Geomagnetic Field,
Estimated by Dst-index
S. DIMITROVA1
Solar-Terrestrial Influences Laboratory at the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences
Abstract. Physiological parameters of 86 healthy volunteers were examined. 26 of

them were taking medicaments mainly because of hypertension. The examinations
were performed every working day at one and the same time for each person
during the autumn and spring equinox in years of maximal solar activity.
MANOVA was employed and the influence of the factors geomagnetic activity,
estimated by Dst-index, gender and taking/not taking medicaments was
investigated. The results obtained revealed that arterial blood pressure and pulse
pressure increased statistically significantly with geomagnetic activity increment.
It was found that probably physiological parameters of females and persons on
medications were more sensitive to geomagnetic activity increase.
Keywords. Geomagnetic activity, arterial blood pressure, pulse pressure, heart rate
1. Introduction
All living organisms including human beings are continuously exposed to natural
electromagnetic fields (EMF). Biological systems have accommodated to these
fluctuations in the course of evolution but they have never stopped reacting to any
sharp changes in environmental physical conditions.
The possible influence of helio-geophysical factors on biological processes has a
great importance for medicine and social-economic life [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]. Different indices
are used for assessment of geomagnetic activity (GMA) related to solar variations.
During the last years we have studied the influence of changes in GMA by using
different indices (Ap, Kp-indices and amplitude of H-component of local geomagnetic
field on human physiological and psycho-physiological parameters [6, 7, 8]. Here we
present results obtained from investigations of effect of changes in GMA, estimated by
hourly Dst-index on arterial blood pressure (ABP), pulse pressure (PP) and heart rate
(HR).
Dst (Disturbance Storm Time) is a geomagnetic index, which monitors the
worldwide magnetic storm level. It is constructed by averaging the horizontal
component of geomagnetic field (GMF) from mid-latitude and equatorial
magnetograms from all over the world. Negative Dst values indicate a magnetic storm
is in a progress. The more negative Dst is, the more intense the magnetic storm.
1
Svetla Dimitrova: Solar-Terrestrial Influences Laboratory at the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Acad. G.
Bonchev Str. Bl. 3 Sofia 1113, Bulgaria; Email: svetla_stil@abv.bg
S. Dimitrova / Cardio-Vascular Homeostasis and Changes in GMF, Estimated by Dst-Index 239
Our examinations were performed in Sofia city, which is situated at middle

latitudes (Latitude: 4243' North; Longitude: 2320' East). Therefore Dst is a very
appropriate index for such investigations. Moreover Dst is an hourly index and our
measurements were performed at one and the same time for each person during the day
which allows to assess the effect of current GMA on the physiological state of the
persons examined.
Data were obtained in 86 volunteers (33 males and 53 females) of an average age 47.8
years. 26 persons in the group had cardio-vascular complaints (mainly hypertension)
and were taking medicaments, prescribed by physicians. Recording of physiological
parameters was performed on every working day from 1 October 2001 to 9 November
2001 and from 8 April 2002 to 28 May 2002. These periods were chosen because of the
high probability for geo-effective solar storms during the autumn and spring.
Observation periods were in years of maximal solar activity.
Systolic blood pressure (SBP), diastolic blood pressure (DBP) and HR were
measured. PP is the algebraic difference between SBP and DBP and it was computed.
ABP was registered by sphygmomanometric method to the single millimetre of Hg
because of the required accuracy for such investigations. HR was palpatorically
measured over arteria radialis as beats/minute and by counting for a full minute. A total
of 2799 measurements for each of the physiological parameters examined were
gathered.
The impact of the following factors on the physiological parameters under
consideration was studied: GMA, estimated by hourly Dst-index, medication -
taking/not taking medication, and gender males/females.
GMA was divided into 5 levels according to Dst-index values (Table 1). Data were
got from Internet (World Data Center for Geomagnetism, Kyoto:
http://swdcdb.kugi.kyoto-u.ac.jp/). The number of measurements for each of the
physiological parameters for the corresponding GMA levels, which were realized
during our examinations, is also presented in Table 1.
Table 1. Dst-index levels.
GMA level 1st level 2nd level 3rd level 4th level 5th level
(quiet GMA) (weak storm) (moderate storm) (major storm) (severe storm)
Dst, nT Dst > -20 -50 < Dst -20 -100 < Dst -50 -150 < Dst -100 Dst -150
Number 1819 544 290 104 42
Measurements
Above-discussed factors were used to apply 3-Factor Analysis of Variance

(MANOVA). The main effect and the interaction effect between the factors under
consideration on the physiological parameters examined were investigated.
Post-hoc analysis (Neman-Keuls test) was also used to establish the statistical
significance of the differences between the average values of the measured
physiological parameters in the separate factor levels. The chosen level for statistical
significance was p<0.05.
240 S. Dimitrova / Cardio-Vascular Homeostasis and Changes in GMF, Estimated by Dst-Index
3. Results
Table 2 shows significance levels p of main effect and interaction effect for the factors
investigated on the physiological parameters examined.
Table 2. MANOVA table for significance levels of main effect and interaction effect for the factors
investigated (GMA, estimated by Dst-index; Gender; and Medication) on the physiological parameters
examined.
Effect (main and interaction p

effect for the factors)
SBP DBP PP HR
GMA 0.000* 0.000* 0.002* 0.588
Gender 0.000* 0.003* 0.003* 0.010*
Medication 0.000* 0.000* 0.000* 0.000*
Gender * Medication 0.865 0.113 0.107 0.378
GMA * Gender 0.062 0.076 0.467 0.844
GMA * Medication 0.526 0.939 0.155 0.455
GMA * Gender * Medication 0.88 0.684 0.69 0.347
* - statistically significant effect
Main effect for the factor GMA, estimated by Dst-index, revealed that GMA
influenced statistically significantly on SBP, DBP and PP (Table 2) of the group
examined. The average value of ABP of the group increased with the decrease of Dst-
index values (Figure 1). Post hoc analyses showed that ABP reached statistically
significant increment during moderate storms. The maximal growth for SBP of the
group was 11.2% and for DBP 10.1%. Vertical bars in the figure denote 0.95
confidence intervals (CI).
PP of the group also increased and it was significantly higher at severe
geomagnetic storms in comparison with the other GMA levels and the range of changes
was 13.4% (Figure 2).
HR of the group was not significantly changed (Table 1). The maximal increase of
that physiological parameter for the group was only 1.4% (Figure 2).
Two-way interaction effect for factors GMA and gender revealed a trend SBP and
DBP of males and females to react in a different way at GMA increment (p<0.1, Table
2). Figure 3 shows dynamic of ABP for both genders under GMA variations. It was
established that SBP and DBP for females increased respectively with 13.7% and 11%
from 1st to 5th GMA level while for males the corresponding values were 8.9% and
9.1%.
PP dynamic for males and females under different GMA conditions is shown on
Figure 4. The increment of PP for females was 19.4% while for males only 8.5%.
Post-hoc analyses revealed that females were probably more sensitive at GMA
increase than males. Females ABP reacted statistically significantly still at moderate
storms and PP at severe storms. At the same time males ABP reacted significantly
hardly at severe storms and their PP was not changed significantly when Dst-index
values decreased. Significant differences in HR reaction of males and females
examined to Dst-index changes were not revealed, Figure 4.
Two-way interaction effect for factors GMA and medication on physiological

parameters examined was not statistically significant (Table 2). Although, it was
established by the additional Post hoc analyses that persons on a medication were
probably more sensitive to Dst-index changes than persons not taking medicaments
since their SBP reaction during severe storms was more sharply expressed, DBP
reacted statistically significantly still at major storms (Figure 5) and only they
increased significantly PP during severe storms (Figure 6). Significant changes in HR
for both subgroups were not established (Figure 6). HR variations were only 4% for
persons not taking medicaments and 4.6% for persons taking medicaments. The
maximal increase for SBP, DBP and PP for persons taking medicaments was
respectively: 13.6%, 9.8% and 21.5% and for persons not taking medicaments: 8.5%,
10.3% and 4.5%.
Post hoc analyses for three-factor interactions confirmed the probable higher
sensitivity of the persons taking medicaments and females in comparison with
respectively persons not taking medicaments and males.
105 80
140 50 78
Pulse pressure, mmHg
Heart rate, beats/min

100 76
Diastolic BP, mmHg
135
Systolic BP, mmHg
48
74
130 95 46 72
125 70
44
90 68
120 42 66
85 64
115 40
62
110 80 38 60
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
GMA levels GMA levels
Syst(L) Diast(R) PP(L) HR(R)
Figure 1. Main effect for GMA on SBP and DBP Figure 2. Main effect for GMA on PP and HR
(95% CI) (95% CI)
145 110 80
54
140 105 76
Diastolic BP, mmHg

Systolic BP, mmHg
135 51
100 72
130 48
125 95
68
120 45
90
115 64
85 42
110 60
80 39
105
100 75 36 56
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
SBP Males (L) SBP Females (L) PP Males (L) PP Females (L)
DBP Males (R) DBP Females (R) HR Males (R) HR Females (R)
Figure 3. Two-way interaction effect for factors Figure 4. Two-way interaction effect for factors
GMA and Gender on SBP and DBP (95% CI); (L) GMA and Gender on PP and HR (95% CI); (L)
denotes Left axis while (R) Right axis denotes Left axis while (R) Right axis
242 S. Dimitrova / Cardio-Vascular Homeostasis and Changes in GMF, Estimated by Dst-Index
65
80
150 120
60 75

Diastolic BP, mmHg

Systolic BP, mmHg
140 110 55 70
130 65
100 50
120 60
90 45
110 55
40 50
100 80
35 45
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
SBP No Medic (L) SBP Medic (L) PP No Medic (L) PP Medic (L)
DBP No Medic (R) DBP Medic (R) HR No Medic (R) HR Medic (R)
Figure 5. Two-way interaction effect for factors Figure 6. Two-way interaction effect for factors
GMA and Medication on SBP and DBP (95% CI); GMA and Medication on PP and HR (95% CI);
(L) denotes Left axis while (R) Right axis (L) denotes Left axis while (R) Right axis
4. Conclusions and Discussion
Our examinations and analyses revealed changes in some physiological parameters in

result of GMF disturbances. ABP of the group examined increased with the decrease of
Dst-index values. The fact that the increment of SBP and DBP reached 10-11%
deserves attention from a medical point of view. Moreover PP of the group also
increased, especially during severe geomagnetic storms when the increment reached
13.4%.
Analyses showed that probably physiological parameters of females and persons
taking medicaments were more sensitive than respectively males and persons not
taking medicaments to GMA increase.
It was expected that persons with anti-hypertension therapy would have been much
more sensitive to GMA but possibly owing to pharmaceutical precautions their reaction
was not statistically significantly different from the reaction of healthy persons.
However we should pay attention that they had sharper reaction of SBP during severe
geomagnetic storms as well as that they increased very strongly PP.
Results obtained enhance the importance of other similar investigations which were
retrospective analyzing of average values of ABP and HR of persons for a period of
several years or of different group persons [9, 10]. Variations obtained in these and our
investigation are very close the difference between the most disturbed and quiet days
in respect to GMF was about 6-8 mmHg.
Results obtained show that investigations in that field should continue and more
data should be gathered, especially if it is possible at different geographical regions and
latitudes. If future similar studies confirm the results presented it could be helpful for
countermeasures to protect people from adverse solar emissions, especially unstable
individuals and persons with different pathology.
Acknowledgment
This study was partially supported by National Science Fund of Bulgaria under
contract NIP L-1530/05. We thankfully acknowledge the contribution of all volunteers
who took part in the examinations.
References
[1] G. Cornelissen, F. Halberg, T. Breus, E. Syutkina, R. Baevsky, A. Weydahl, Y. Watanabe, K. Otsuka,

J. Siegelova, B. Fiser, E. Bakken, Non-photic solar associations of heart rate variability and myocardial
infarction, JASTP 64 (2002), 707-720.
[2] . Zhadin, Review of Russian literature on biological action of DC and low-frequency AC magnetic
fields, Bioelectromagnetics 22 (2001), 27-45.
[3] F. T. Hong, Magnetic field effects on biomolecules, cells, and living organisms, Biosystems 36 (1995),
187-229.
[4] S. J. Palmer, M.J. Rycroft, M. Cermack, Solar and geomagnetic activity, extremely low frequency
magnetic and electric fields and human health at the Earths surface, Surveys in Geophysics 27 (2006),
557595.
[5] E. S. Babayev, A.A. Allahverdiyeva, Effects of geomagnetic activity variations on the physiological
and psychological state of functionally healthy humans: some results of Azerbaijani studies. Advances
in Space Research 40 (2007), 1941-1951.
[6] S. Dimitrova, I. Stoilova, I. Cholakov, Influence of local geomagnetic storms on arterial blood pressure,
Bioelectromagnetics 25 (2004), 408-414.
[7] S. Dimitrova, I. Stoilova, T. Yanev, I. Cholakov, Effect of local and global geomagnetic activity on
human cardiovascular homeostasis, Int. J. Archives of Environmental Health 59 (2004), 84-90.
[8] S. Dimitrova, Relationship between human physiological parameters and geomagnetic variations of
solar origin, Advances in Space Research 37 (2006), 1251-1257.
[9] E. Stoupel, C. Wittenberg, J. Zabludowski, G. Boner, Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in patients
with hypertension on days of high and low geomagnetic activity, J. Hum. Hypertens. 9 (1995), 293-294.
[10] S. Ghione, L. Mezzasalma, C. Del Seppia, F. Papi, Do geomagnetic disturbances of solar origin affect
arterial blood pressure?, J. Hum. Hypertens. 12 (1998), 749-754.
IOS Press, 2008
Progress in the ITU Work Concerning

Protection Against Radiation
Fryderyk LEWICKI1
Telekomunikacja Polska R&D, Poland,
Abstract. Human exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMFs) is a matter of

considerable public concern and therefore many international standardization
bodies are involved in this problem. In this paper the activity of the International
Telecommunication Union (ITU) is described. It deals with the exposure
assessment around the operating transmitting stations in multiple sources
environment and with modeling of the transmitting antennas based on
telecommunication operators experience. Recommendations prepared by the ITU
are presented. It is pointed out that the work carried out by ITU is complementary
to the activity of other entities.
Keywords. Human exposure, cumulative exposure, multiple sources environment
Introduction
Over the last two decades a significant progress can be noticed in the development of
radiocommunication services, which leads to the substantial growth in the transmitting
equipment in use and to the considerable increase in the number of transmitting and
base stations. In this paper the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) activity
in the field of the exposure assessment in the areas around operating
radiocommunication installations is presented. ITU is the United Nations agency for
information and communication technologies. It is divided into 3 sectors:
radiocommunication, standardization and development. ITU is based in Geneva,
Switzerland, and its membership includes 191 Member States and more than 700
Sector Members and Associates.
1. Protection Against Radiation ITU Activity
ITU activity in the standardization consists mainly in preparing Recommendations that

are used worldwide and refer to telecommunication installations. Electromagnetic
fields in the areas around radiocommunication installations are under consideration of
the ITU-T Study Group 5 (SG5) and ITU-R SG6. ITU defines, for an internal use, its
own field of activity in order to prevent duplication of the work carried out in other
international standardization bodies like WHO, ICNIRP, IEEE, IEC TC 106 or
CENELEC TC 106X. ITU activity is focused on guiding telecommunication operators
how to handle the problem of protection against radiation in the areas around existing
1
Corresponding Autor: Fryderyk Lewicki, Telekomunikacja Polska R&D, ul. Prusa 9, 50-319 Wrocaw 48,
P.O. Box 2454, , Poland; E-mail: fryderyk.lewicki@telekomunikacja.pl
F. Lewicki / Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation 245
transmitting stations in the situation of simultaneous exposure to multiple sources used

for different radiocommunication services (operating in different frequency ranges and
belonging to numerous operators). The ITU goal is to give guidance to all the interested
entities on how to apply standards and limits to the existing telecommunication
installations and how to model the operating transmitting antennas.
ITU-T SG5 Protection against electromagnetic environment effects includes
Question 3/5 Radio-frequency environmental characterization and health effects
related to mobile equipment and radio systems dealing with this subject. Currently
there are three ITU-T Recommendations in force.
ITU-T Recommendation K.52 Guidance on complying with limits for human
exposure to electromagnetic fields [1] defines classes depending on the category of:
transmitting antenna directivity, accessibility to people and general public or
occupational exposure. For each class it gives a simple equation allowing for
compliance evaluation.
ITU-T Recommendation K.61 Guidance to measurement and numerical
prediction of electromagnetic fields for compliance with human exposure limits for
telecommunication installation [2] provides an overview of the measurements and
numerical prediction of ELFs for compliance with human exposure limits.
ITU-T Recommendation K.70 Mitigation techniques to limit human exposure to
EMFs in the vicinity of radiocommunication stations [3]. This Recommendation
gives guidance for mitigation techniques which may be used in order to decrease
radiation levels in the areas around typical transmitting or base stations which are
accessible to people. It includes the guidance on how to identify the main source of
radiation (the source which gives the highest levels of radiation) and moreover the
guidance concerning required modifications of the transmitting antennas configuration
in order to decrease radiation levels. This Recommendation contains descriptions of
typical radiocommunication antennas (broadcasting, mobile and other), including
radiation patterns and typical ERP levels used for different services. These parameters
may be used if exact data concerning transmitting antennas are not accessible, in order
to give an estimation of the level of radiation which may be expected. Such general
information may be sufficient if radiation level is substantially under the limits.
ITU-T Rec. K.70 contains, as the Appendix, the software EMF-Estimator, that was
designed to support the application of mitigation techniques, but any other software
appropriate for numerical modeling may be also used. The EMF-estimator allows for
the calculations of the field in the far-field region (exact results) and in the radiating
near-field region (results with satisfactory exactness). It is designed especially for the
multiple sources environment which is now a typical situation. Fig. 1 presents an
example of the screen output on which the results of calculations of the cumulative
exposure as a function of distance to the antenna tower are drawn. In this case 5
operating frequencies are under consideration. The EMF-Estimator includes library
with typical radiocommunication antennas and gives the possibility to introduce the
user defined antennas for the exposure assessment.
246 F. Lewicki / Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation
Figure1. Example of the screen of the EMF-estimator results of calculations of the Cumulative Exposure
ITU-R SG6 Broadcasting Services in the Working Party 6E (WP6E) Terrestrial

delivery has prepared the Recommendation BS.1698 Evaluating fields from
terrestrial broadcasting transmitting systems operating in any frequency band for
assessing exposure to non ionizing radiation [4]. This Recommendation provides
guidance concerning an influence of the type of modulation used in telecommunication
for the radiation levels and guidance for numerical prediction and measurements in the
vicinity of telecommunication installations, mainly for MF and HR broadcasting and
for parabolic antennas.
2. Importance of the Transmitting Antenna Modeling
In the exposure assessment, a very important issue is the accuracy of the computer
simulations of electromagnetic fields (EMFs). This accuracy depends on the tools used
in computational electromagnetics, on the models of the environment (including, for
example, human tissues) and of transmitting antennas. As far as the first two points are
concerned many satisfactory methods and models are proposed as standards. A
different situation occurs in the field of transmitting antenna modeling. The
transmitting antennas are usually described in a very simplified way or represented just
by a dipole (prEN 50492), while real telecommunication antennas are usually very
F. Lewicki / Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation 247
complex, for example up to 256 dipoles with screens operating as one transmitting
antenna.
A transmitting antenna determines the distribution of energy around transmitting
stations and if a numerical model is not accurate enough, then the evaluation is not
satisfactory [5, 6]. In general, it is very difficult (in some cases even impossible) to
obtain exact data describing transmitting antennas on operating frequency. In
manufacturers catalogues only general information, such as antenna gain and radiation
patterns for central frequency, can be found. There are amplitude radiation patterns
only (without any phase information) and in most cases in polar coordinates, which
make them very difficult to read and use (vertical radiation patterns for many
transmitting antennas are very narrow and with many sidelobes). A transmitting
antenna may be precisely modeled, using full wave numerical modeling for example
using the method of moments (MoM), but it requires even more exact data covering
detailed antenna geometry and full information concerning antenna feeding
arrangement. A transmitting antenna feeding arrangement is very difficult to obtain
because it is know-how of the manufacturer. It determines the antenna electric and
propagation parameters and such knowledge may be used by competing manufacturers.
The exact data for modeling transmitting antennas is especially required if:
the radiation levels are near or exceed the exposure limits
the transmitting antennas are of high gain type.
In all cases the accuracy of the transmitting antenna modeling determines the
accuracy of the exposure assessment. It is a very good practice to approve all
evaluations by measurements but it should be noted that the measurement has also
limited accuracy and should be done properly.
3. Experiences of the Telecommunication Operators
Since in many countries the radiation limits are very restrictive (much more
conservative than ICNIRP limits), the telecommunication operators have considerable
experience in decreasing the radiation levels, because radiation can cause serious
problems when it exceeds the exposure limits, especially for general public. It has been
found that the most effective way is to make proper changes in the feeding arrangement
which allows to modify a transmitting antenna vertical radiation pattern [5, 6]. This
solution is cost effective (does not require any changes in antenna geometry) and it
makes possible to sustain propagation parameters, i.e. with no changes in the coverage
area, which is very important for telecommunication operators.
An example of the application of the mitigation techniques is shown in fig. 2. On
the left the result of calculations of the cumulative exposure for the transmitting station
with 6 FM high power, 2 TV high power and many radiocommunication (including
GSM) operating frequencies is shown. It can be seen in the figure that there is a big
area where exposure limits are exceeded (cumulative exposure higher than 1). After the
modification of the FM transmitting antenna (using the methods described in the ITU-T
Recommendation K.70) the cumulative exposure distribution has changed as it is
shown in fig. 2 (on the right). It can be seen that the radiation levels around the
transmitting station have been reduced substantially and now they are under the limits.
The compliance with exposure limits has been achieved by the modification of the FM
transmitting antenna configuration (changes in antenna geometry and in tnatenna
feeding arrangement).
248 F. Lewicki / Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation
Figure 2. Example of the application of mitigation techniques. Cumulative exposure around the transmitting
station, before (left) and after (right) changes in the FM antenna configuration
4. Conclusion
In this paper the ITU activity in the field of protection against radiation is described. It
has been pointed out that the ITU-T activity is complementary to the activity of other
international standardization entities. In order to improve the dialogue between various
organizations active within the EMF Health Effects domain, to increase the
understanding and alignment, and to reduce the potential duplication of standardization
efforts, the ITU-T is organizing the Workshop: Human exposure to electromagnetic
fields (EMFs), in Geneva, November 2007. An example of evaluation of the EMFs
which show the importance of modeling the transmitting antennas and the effectiveness
of mitigation techniques leading to the reduction of radiation levels have also been
presented.
References
[1] ITU-T Recommendation K.52, Guidance on complying with limits for human exposure to
electromagnetic fields, Geneva 2004.
[2] ITU-T Recommendation K.61, Guidance to measurement and numerical prediction of electromagnetic
fields for compliance with human exposure limits for telecommunication installations, Geneva 2003.
[3] ITU-T Recommendation K.70, Mitigation techniques to limit human exposure to EMFs in the vicinity
of radiocommunication stations, Geneva 2007.
[4] ITU-R Recommendation BT.1698, Evaluating fields from terrestrial broadcasting transmitting systems
operating in any frequency band for assessing exposure to non-ionizing radiation, Geneva, 2004.
[5] F. Lewicki, A. ugowski, S.A. Lesiak, Simplification of the Exposure Assessment in Multiple Sources
Environment, XVIII International Wroclaw Symposium on EMC, Wroclaw, Poland, pp 123-126, 2006.
[6] F. Lewicki, Importance of Antenna VRP in Radiation Protection Consideration, XVII International
Wroclaw Symposium on EMC, Wroclaw, Poland, pp 80-84, 2004.
IOS Press, 2008
A Verification of Quality and Efficiency

of Therapeutical System Using
Electromagnetic Field
Mira LISIECKA-BIEANOWICZ1, Andrzej KRAWCZYK2, Adam LUSAWA1
1
Department of Prevention of Environmental Hazards, Medical Academy of Warsaw,
Poland, mira.lb@wp.pl
2
Central Institute for Labour Protection National Research Institute,
Warsaw, Poland, ankra@ciop.pl
Abstract: The paper deals with the evaluation of therapeutic systems which use
electromagnetic field of low frequency. The key-point of the research is to
evaluate and verify the real effectiveness of such therapies, taking into account the
fact that majority of them are scientifically unproved.
Introduction
The paper deals with the evaluation of therapeutic systems which use electromagnetic
field of low frequency. The key-point of the research is to evaluate and verify the real
effectiveness of such therapies, taking into account the fact that majority of them are
scientifically unproved.
The aim of this study is to make a verification of interaction between three
components: patient, therapist and environment. All three members take part in the
process of medical benefits (service). In this process electromagnetic field is generated.
It has some physical (technical) parameters and also some parameters which can be
described as added value for patients. This special mix of therapeutic fields creates
a quality of relation and one can nearly feel as being in tough as a patient or as a
therapist. Qualification of the relation process - how the patient takes it - depends on
his wishes and his experiences.
Quality of the Process
During a therapeutic process people are involved in creating a good atmosphere for
medical services. It is very important to put a perception of quality service into
partnerships perspective with reference to qualification and resource services, but
based on a patient expectation and earlier experiences[1].
The quality service is based on verification facts and can be classified as follows[2]:
1. quality in perception (Qp); this is a quality which is expected and imagined
compared with a quality which is experienced and confirmed by client in a
whole cycle of servis,.
250 M. Lisiecka-Bieanowicz et al. / A Verication of Quality and Efciency of Therapeutical System
2. quality in facts and norms (QF); into this part of quality we put everything
what we can define precisely or measure or what we can put into norms and
standards.
3. quality in relations (QR); in this part of quality we put attention into long
term of relation with a patient during the whole medical process (thought
diagnosis, medical treatment and therapy).
During medical process the time of quality in relations (QR) cannot be reduced only
into a strict time of medical visit or into a results of examination but should persist and
create as a model of interaction.
Referring the above considerations to electromagnetic therapies one can say that
these therapies are weak of theoretical fundaments but base on an experience of
therapies and quality of the facilities used in the process. It evokes sui generis
interaction between patient, therapist and environment. The latter one is just
electromagnetic field described by a set of parameters as well as the devices which
generate electromagnetic field which, in turn, builds therapeutic effect. The model of
interactions, presented in the paper, giving quantitatively three qualities, can be
successfully used in planning the therapeutic process and improve its efficiency. To
this end one needs to have technical, sociological and psychological parameters.
Method and Material
The procedure for verification (either confirmed or falsified) therapeutic processes

using electromagnetic field covers the following steps:
1. the examination of electromagnetic field as to its parameters frequency,
amplitude, shape of impulse and time of its duration, distribution of the
quantity which describes electromagnetic field in the area of therapy,
2. filling in the examination sheet by the patient ,
3. analysis of the collected sheets and correlating them with technical
parameters gathered in step 1.
The first step is of technical nature and, therefore, relatively easy to be done. Also,
some technical information comes from a producer of each particular device.
The method of statistical examination used Statistica 7.1 and Pearson correlation
with the assumption that correlations are significant at the 0,01 level.
The personal data is shown in Tables 1, 2 and 3:
Table 1. Sex
N %
Female 74 72,5
Male 28 27,5
Table 2. Age
Avarge
Female 56,5
Male 53,3
All 55,9
M. Lisiecka-Bieanowicz et al. / A Verication of Quality and Efciency of Therapeutical System 251
Table 3. Education
N %
basic 1 1,0
basic professional 4 3,9
high school 17 16,7
technical high school 18 17,6
university (humanistic) 26 25,5
technical university 12 11,8
economical university 24 23,5
Results
The most significant correlations are presented in Figures 1-8
Figure 1. Correlation between therapists treatment and patients opinion about their relations (k=0,86).
Figure 2. Correlation between knowledge before and after therapy (k=0,60).

Figure 3. Correlation between opinion about efficiency and knowledge after therapy (k=0,54).
Figure 4. Correlation between daily activity before and after therapy (k=0,49).
Figure 5. Correlation between health and daily activity before therapy (k=0,68).
M. Lisiecka-Bieanowicz et al. / A Verication of Quality and Efciency of Therapeutical System 253
Figure 6. Correlation between health and daily activity after therapy (k=0,68).
Figure 7. Correlation between health and well-being before therapy (k=0,44).
Figure 8. Correlation between health and well-being after therapy (k=0,70).

Discussion and Conclusions
The results of the study, presented above, create the stage for the discussion about:
1. the connection between patients health and patients daily activity,
2. the connection between therapists treatment and good patients contact with
therapist,
3. the connection between health and well-being or well-being and health, but
after therapy influence of therapy increase correlation between health and
well-being.
The results are not surprising and show the intuitively expected tendencies. For
example, the biggest correlation is for examination of therapists treatment vs. opinion
about therapy. But such a result confirms the credibility of patients answers. Then, we
may be sure that other answers are also credible.
There is relatively big correlation factor, which shows the relation between
knowledge after therapy vs. knowledge before therapy. It means that the therapy do not
change the patients knowledge. In consequence, the value of correlation factor
showing the relation between efficiency and knowledge after therapy (0,54) indicates
that there is no connection between patients knowledge neither before nor after
therapy and its efficiency. This can be concluded that efficiency of therapy does not
depend on how many information about therapy a patient knows.
The relations between health and well-being measured both before and after
therapy show that therapeutic process is positive since it links health and well-being to
some extent.
The summarising conclusion may be formulated as follows:
therapy in electromagnetic field has not a big influence on patients health but has
influence on their well-being in most cases.
The research is still in its infant stadium and we need more analyses to verify
electromagnetic therapies which is the final aim of the study.
References
[1] Rudawska I., Jako relacji pacjent profesjonalista w sektorze usug medycznych. W: Problemy
Jakoci nr 3/2005, Wydawnictwo SIGMA-NOT, Warszawa, 2005 r., str. 12 15.
[2] Rogoziski K., Jako usug w horyzoncie aksjologicznym. w: Problemy Jakoci nr 1/2005,
Wydawnictwo SIGMA-NOT, Warszawa, 2005 r., str. 24 oraz 29-32.
[3] Stanisz A., Biostatystyka, Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Jagielloskiego, Krakw, 2005.
IOS Press, 2008
Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator and

UMTS Telephones Interaction
Anna PLAWIAK-MOWNA1, Andrzej KRAWCZYK2
1
University of Zielona Gora, Institute of Computer Engineering and Electronics,
Zielona Gora, Poland, 2 Central Institute for Labour Protection National Research
Institute, Warszawa, Poland
Abstract. The paper presents problems of implantable cardioverter defibrillator

exposed to electromagnetic field. The authors have focused on EMF source
UMTS mobile phone antenna and base station antenna. The authors made
experiments with exposure cardiac implants to electromagnetic field from GSM
mobile phone and base station antenna. In the paper is described the problem of
ICD interaction with 3G mobile phones antenna and the results of numerical
calculation.
Keywords. Electromagnetic interaction, electromagnetic fields, electro-medical

device, calculation
Introduction
The ICD wearers can safely operate most household and office equipment, provided
this person takes a few precautions. Several safeguards built into defibrillator protect it
from interference encountered in normal daily living. Such safeguards include
electronic filters that separate natural heartbeat signals and interference signals.
Implantable cardioverter defibrillators are qualified to life-support medical electrical
implants. Manufacturers design medical devices to be immune to electromagnetic
fields up to 10 V/m for life-support medical electrical equipment, as proposed in
international standards. Meeting these standards would reduce the potential hazards of
EMI [9]. Specific EMC standards for implantable cardiac pacemakers and defibrillators
are currently being drafted by ISO. Electromagnetic field at environment comes mainly
from public available sources, like the home appliances, power lines or base station
antenna which occur near places where people live or mobile phones and other wireless
communication devices. Some of them are easy to avoid their influence, other are
difficult to be avoided. The progress of wireless mobile communication technology has
generated awareness about electromagnetic interferences of cardiac implants with
cellular phones and base station antenna.
The work discusses threats connected with possibility to appear interference of
external electromagnetic fields from UMTS mobile phone with the function of an
implantable cardioverter defibrillator.
_________________________
1
Anna Plawiak-Mowna: Institute of Computer Engineering and Electronics, University of Zielona Gora,
Podgorna 50, 65-246 Zielona Gora, Poland; E-mail: a.mowna@iie.uz.zgora.pl
2
Andrzej Krawczyk: Central Instutute of Labour Protection National Research Institute, Czerniakowska
16, 00-701 Warszawa, Poland. E-mail: ankra@ciop.pl
256 A. Plawiak-Mowna and A. Krawczyk / Implantable Cardioverter Debrillator
1. An ICD at Electromagnetic Field
Implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICDs) are small devices, about the size
of a pager, that are placed below the collarbone. Via wires, or leads, these devices
monitor the hearts rhythm and delivers energy used for pacing, cardioversion and/or
defibrillation. An ICD senses local electrogram signals; detects sensed signals
according to programmable heart rate zones; provides of therapy and paces for
bradycardia and/or cardiac resynchronization therapy.
The ICD is designed to sense very low level biological signals, for that reason
ICDs are highly sensitive low frequency receivers. The atrial sensitivity for electrical
stimulation is 0.25-1.6 mV and ventricular is 0.75-4.0 mV. The sensitivity to external
interference varies greatly between devices. A typical pulse generator senses in the
range of 0 Hz to several hundred Hz. Minimum sensing threshold is dictated
by electronic technology and battery capacity limitations. The sensitivity range for ICD
is 0.15 - 2.1 mV. Necessary voltage and frequency for ICD implant sensing (sensing
characteristic) is presented in Figure 1
Figure 1. An implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD) sensing characteristic
The potential for interaction between implanted cardioverter-defibrillators and source

of electromagnetic field has been recognized for ten years. It has been shown that EMI
can produce significant effects on patients with implanted ICDs. Implantable cardiac
implants may be sensitive to electromagnetic fields generated by personal items (GSM
mobile phone [2,3,10,14,15,18,21,22]), industrial equipment [4,11,12,20], medical
device (Magnetic Resonance Imaging scans [19]). The electromagnetic field may
generate electrical potentials on ICD sensing electrodes then electromagnetic
interference is results in improperly implants function. There are a number of possible
ICDs and pacemakers responses to external interference:
1. temporary inhibition of the device (inhibition of pacing) or inappropriate
delivery pacing and/or shocks (pacing/shock therapy not provided when needed)
[2,4,5,21],
2. asynchronous acing [3,14],
3. inability to communicate with the device [10,15],
4. inappropriate shocks (shock therapy provided when not needed) [6],
5. deactivation of shock therapy [2],
6. trigger ventricular pacing at Maximum Tracking Rate [6].
A. Plawiak-Mowna and A. Krawczyk / Implantable Cardioverter Debrillator 257
2. Exam of Implantable Cardiac Implant Responses to External Interference
Examination of isolated ICD in phantom (in vitro in phantom) is performed with the
implantable device submerged in a saline filled tank and with the source of radiated
EMI in close proximity. This method of investigations allows study of interactions
between various EMI sources and devices. Multiple iterations of the experiment permit
examination of the effects of distance, position, field strength, and device programming
on the frequency and severity of the interaction. Examination of isolated ICD (in vitro)
- is performed similar to in vitro in phantom study. Device testing in vitro study is not
submerged in a saline filled tank. Examination of ICD implanted in the human body -
study with patient volunteers requires control patient exposure to potential sources of
EMI. The fact that many sources of EMI might interfere complicates in vivo studies.
The recorded electrocardiogram is the ideal method to evaluate device behavior during
exposure to potential sources of EMI. Numerical simulation allows predict the possible
hazards might occur in examination of pacemaker implanted in the human body; that
method allows to quantify the relationship between an external electromagnetic field
and the voltage induced in the leads of an implantable device.
3. An Implantable Cardiac Rhythm Device Examination at Electromagnetic Field

from UMTS Mobile Phone
Third generation mobile phones (UMTS) will be introduced in common usage in the
near future. The frequency band for this system is between 1800 and 2200 MHz and
the power output between 0.01 W and 0.25 W. At present, the possibility to appear
interference of external electromagnetic fields from UMTS mobile phone with the
function of an implantable cardiac rhythm devices (cardiac pacemaker, implantable
cardioverter defibrillator) is a subject of study for EMC specialists, cardiac implants
and mobile phone manufacturers.
Hekmat and colleagues [8] study comprised 22 single-chamber and 78 dual-chamber
pacemaker patients. Two UMTS cellular phones were tested in the standby, dialing and
operating mode with. All pacemakers were tested under a worst-case scenario, which
includes a programming of the pacemaker to unipolar sensing and pacing modes and
inducing of a maximum sensitivity setting during continuous pacing of the patient.
Regardless of atrial and ventricular sensitivity settings all tested pacemakers did not
show any interference with UMTS mobile phones. Gustrau and colleagues [7]
presented numerical calculation for wireless telecommunication devices. The
frequencies under investigation are 900 MHz, 1750 MHz, 1950 MHz for mobile phone
use at head and chest (uplink) and 950 MHz, 1850 MHz and 2150 MHz for plane wave
exposure (downlink). Scientists presented numerical calculations of the field-to-voltage
transfer unction, i.e. the coupling between GSM and UMTS mobile phones and the
base station antenna and the voltage induced the sensing input of cardiac pacemakers.
For the numerical investigation they generated a CAD model of single chamber
pacemaker with an unipolar electrode. The highest interference is voltage for UMTS
mobile phone (67.5 mV) occurs when the mobile phone is positioned in front of the
chest at 5 cm distance from implant. In real-live situation (phone in head position)
interference voltages are smaller, 0.825 mV for lest ear and 15.9 mV for right ear.
258 A. Plawiak-Mowna and A. Krawczyk / Implantable Cardioverter Debrillator
Maximum interference voltage for plane wave exposure is 0.52 mV for vertical and
horizontal polarization.
3.1. Results of Calculation
It was used a full 3D human model with 3 mm resolution from Brooks Air Force
Laboratory, USA. It is based on anatomical slices from a male cadaver (1.8 m tall and
105 kg weight). The tissue parameters obtained from this model were used in the
presented results of calculation [1]. For the numerical investigation a CAD model of
pacemaker was generated. The size of the implantable pulse generator is 42x52x6 mm
with unipolar electrode 560 mm in length. The projection area of the pacemaker
configuration is 196 cm2, and port1 is the housing port of pacemaker and port2 is
the end of electrode.In this paper the numerical model has to represent the UMTS
mobile phone (2150 MHz). Using method of scaling [7], the distribution of
electromagnetic field has been established for the case of plane wave.For the
investigation of field-to-voltage function homogeneous electric and magnetic fields
were used. In the case of the frontal magnetic field exposure (H=1 A/m) the
interference voltage was calculated using Faradays law of induction. In the case of the
frontal magnetic field exposure the interference voltage was 0.5 mV. In the case of
vertical electric field exposure (E=1 V/m) the interference voltage at frequency
2150 MHz was U = 0.48 mV.
4. Summary
There are many factors that impact medical device EMC (EM source frequency,
modulation and field strength). On the other hand medical implants are susceptible due
to function (bandpass for sensing signals, lead system), telemetry function,
environment and patients education. Results of calculation demonstrated that the
interferences voltages are big enough not to be accepted for normal operation of
implantable cardioverter defibrillator (Fig. 1). However, the case we considered is the
worst as the projection area and the length of wire are extremely big. The method of
numerical simulation gives pre-implanting prediction as to possible hazards. Our future
plans will be focus on examination devices using in vitro method. The result of
numerical calculations will be verified.
References
[1] Active Implantable Medical Devices, Electromagnetic Compatibility Test Protocols for Implantable
Cardioverters', ANSJ/AAMI PC69:200, Association for the Advancement of Medical Instrumentation.
[2] V. Barbaro, P. Bartolini, F. Belloci, F. Caruso, A. Donato, D. Gabrielli, C. Militello, A.S. Montenero,
P. Zecchi, Electromagnetic interference of digital and analog cellular telephones with implantable
cardioverter defibrillators: In vitro and in vivo studies, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Vol. 22,
pp. 626-634, 1999.
[3] V. Barbaro, P. Bartolini, A. Donato, C. Militello, Electromagnetic interference of analog cellular
telephones with pacemakers, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Vol. 19, p. 1410, 1996.
[4] J.G. Fetter, D.G. Beneditt, M.S. Stanton, Electromagnetic interference from welding and motors on
implantable cardioverter-defibrillators as tested in the electrically hostile work site, Journal of American
College of Cardiology, Vol. 28 (2), pp. 423-427, 1996.
A. Plawiak-Mowna and A. Krawczyk / Implantable Cardioverter Debrillator 259
[5] J. G. Fetter, V. Ivans, D.G. Benditt, J. Collins, Digital cellular telephone interaction with implantable
cardioverter-defibrillators, Journal of American College of Cardiology, Vol. 31(3), pp. 623-628, 1998.
[6] Guidant Web Page, http:// www.guidant.com.
[7] F. Gustrau, A. Bahr, S. Goltz, et al.: Active medical implants and occupational safety - measurement
and numerical calculation of interference voltage, Biomedizinische Technik. Biomedical engineering,
Vol. 47 Suppl 1 Pt 2, pp. 656-659, 2002.
[8] K. Hekmat, R. Emini, R. Friedl, A. Hannekum, The interference of UMTS mobile phones with
permanent implanted pacemakers, The Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgeon, Vol. 55, Issue S 1, 2007.
[9] International Electrotechnical Commission, Medical Electrical Equipment, Part I: General Requirements
for Safety, IEC Standard 601-1-2, 2001.
[10] F. Jimenez, A. Hernandez Madrit, J. Pascual, J.M. Gonzales Rebollo, E. Fernandez, A. Sanchez, J.
Ortega, F. Lozano, R. Munoz, C. Moro, Electromagnetic interference between automatic defibrillators
and digital and analog cellular telephones, Revista Espanola de Cardiologia, Vol. 51(51), pp. 375-382,
1998.
[11] C. Kolb, B. Zrenner, C. Schmitt, Incidence of electromagnetic interference in implantable cardioverter
defibrillators, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Vol. 24, pp. 465-468, 2001.
[12] D. Marco, G. Eisinger, D.L. Hayes, Testing work environments for electromagnetic interference, Pacing
and Clinical Electrophysiology, Vol. 15, pp. 2016-2022, 1992.
[13] Medtronic Web Page, www.medtronic.com.
[14] B. Naegeli, S. Osswald, M. Deola, F. Burkart, Intermittent pacemaker dysfunction caused by digital
mobile telephones, Journal of American College Cardiology, Vol. 27, pp. 1471-1477, 1996.
[15] E. Occhetta, L. Plebani, M. Bortnik, G. Sacchetti, C. Trevi, Implantable cardioverter defibrillators and
cellular phones: Is there any interference?, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Vol. 22, pp. 983-989,
1999.
[16] A. Pawiak-Mowna, A. Krawczyk, A. Miaskowski, Implantable cardiac rhythm device at workplace
electromagnetic environment, Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola, Vol. 5, pp. 93-95, 2007.
[17] A. Pawiak-Mowna, A. Miaskowski, A. Krawczyk, J. Ishihara, Infulence of electromagnetic field on
cardiac pacemakers at workplace, Pomiary Automatyka Kontrola, Vol. 6 (wyd. spec.), pp. 68-70, 2006.
[18] A. Pawiak-Mowna, T. Zyss , E. Koluk, A. Krawczyk, R. Kubacki, Kardiostymulatory w polu
elektromagnetycznym emitowanym przez telefony komrkowe, Telefonia komrkowa a ochrona
zdrowia i rodowiska : najnowsze przepisy i wyniki bada: fakty, Warszawa: Instytut Naukowo-
Badawczy, 2003, pp. 27 37.
[19] A. Roguin , M.M. Zviman, G.R. Meininger, E.R. Rodrigues, T.M. Dickfeld, D.A. Bluemke, A. Lardo,
R.D. Berger, H. Calkins, H.R. Halperin, Modern pacemaker and implantable cardioverter/defibrillator
systems can be magnetic resonance imaging safe in vitro and in vivo assessment of safety and function
at 1.5T, Circulation, Vol. 10, pp. 475-482, 2004
[20] A. Trigano, O. Blandeau, M. Souques, J.P. Gernez, I. Magne, Clinical study of interference with cardiac
pacemakers by a magnetic field at power line frequencies, Journal of the American College of
Cardiology, Vol. 45(6), pp. 896-900, 2005.
[21] J. Vlasinova, T. Novotny, Pacemaker dysfunction during use of a mobile telephone, Vnitr Lek, Vol. 46,
pp.119-121, 2000.
[22] M. Yesil, S. Bayata, N. Postaci, C. Aydin, Pacemaker inhibition and asystole in a pacemaker dependent
patient, Pacing and Clinical Electrophysiology, Vol. 18, p. 1963, 1995.
IOS Press, 2008
Finishing the German Mobile

Telecommunication Research Programme
(DMF)
Blanka POPHOF a,1, Monika ASMUSS a, Cornelia BALDERMANN a, Anne DEHOS a,
Dirk GESCHWENTNER a, Michaela KREUZER a, Christiane PLZL a,
Gunde ZIEGELBERGER a and Rdiger MATTHES a
a
Federal Office for Radiation Protection, Ingolstdter Landstrasse 1,
D-85764 Oberschleissheim, Germany
Abstract. The current state of the German Mobile Telecommunication Research

Programme is introduced. The Programme was initiated by the German Federal
Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety and is
performed by the Federal Office for Radiation Protection. Concerning the possible
health impact of HF-EMF, a total of 52 research projects are executed from 2002
to 2007 in four scientific fields: biology, dosimetry, epidemiology and risk
communication. The total financial volume of the program is 17 Mio. . Final
results of the programme are expected in the middle of 2008.
Key Words. Mobile phone, health impact, research programmme, biology,

dosimetry, epidemiology, risk communication
Introduction
High frequency electromagnetic fields such as those found, for example, near
transmitters (e.g. radio and TV transmitters and mobile phone base stations) or when
using mobile end devices (cell phones) are often suspected by the public of having
adverse health effects on humans. There is some indication that such electromagnetic
fields can cause biological or physiological effects at levels below international limit
values. However, the question of whether or not they pose a health risk to the general
public cannot be completely answered at this time.
The German Mobile Telecommunication Research Programme (DMF) was
initiated by the German Federal Ministry for the Environment, Nature Conservation
and Nuclear Safety (BMU) and the Federal Office for Radiation Protection (BfS) to
clarify the above question. The total financial volume of the program is 17 Mio. ,
equally shared by the BMU and the network operators. Coordination and
implementation is carried out by the BfS. The research projects chosen for the program
are based on the findings of two expert workshops in 2001 in Munich and in 2003 in
Berlin and additional comments expressed by the general public. The first preliminary
1
Corresponding Author: Blanka Pophof, Federal Office for Radiation Protection, Ingolstdter Landstrasse 1,
D-85764 Oberschleissheim, Germany, bpophof@bfs.de
B. Pophof et al. / Finishing the German Mobile Telecommunication Research Programme (DMF) 261
results were presented in April 2005 at a public expert workshop. In the middle of 2008
final results of almost all projects are expected.
Detailed information on the single projects can be found on the DMF website
http://www.emf-forschungsprogramm.de. Project descriptions, current results and
workshop results are presented. Regular reports on the state of the research projects can
be found on this web-site. The researcher's Final Report together with an evaluative
statement by the BfS will be made available to the public at the end of every project.
Further more general information on electromagnetic fields and cellular
telecommunication can be found on the BfS website at http://www.bfs.de/elektro.
Research Projects
In the period from 2002 to 2007 a total of 52 research projects in mobile

telecommunications are executed in four scientific fields: biology, dosimetry,
epidemiology and risk communication. The topics cover a broad spectrum, reaching
beyond current GSM and UMTS standards. One objective, among others, is to clarify
fundamental effects and mechanisms. Another will be to delve into the possible causes
of electromagnetic hypersensitivity. The programme will seek results pertinent not only
to existing mobile telecommunications but in order to make statements on future
developments as well.
Dosimetry
Fifteen projects, covering about 15 % of the total financial volume of the DMF, are
concerned with dosimetry and exposure assessment; eleven of them are already
finished, one will end in 2007 and three will proceed until the beginning of 2008. The
topics cover on the one hand the field distribution around transmitters and far-field
exposure of the population by mobile phone base stations, WLAN transmitters,
transmitters for analogue and digital TV, etc. On the other hand, near-field scenarios
are investigated predominantly by modeling the indoor field distribution in homes,
offices, shielded rooms like trains or cars etc. Investigations of the real exposure due to
daily use of mobile phones have shown, that GSM-mobile phones regulate quite often
to the maximum transmission power, predominantly as a result of frequent handovers
and poor signal quality, and cause therefore correspondingly high SAR-values in the
head of the user. The different power control algorithms of UMTS-mobiles decrease
the userss exposure compared to GSM. SAR and temperature variations in the heads
and trunks of persons using mobile communication devices were determined. The
results show, that there is no overexposure of inner organs under realistic conditions. In
order to provide dosimetric support to biological in-vivo experiments, the SAR
distribution in laboratory animals was investigated as well.
Biology
The 22 projects investigating possible biological effects and health consequences of

high frequency electromagnetic fields cover about 56 % of the financial volume of the
DMF. Twelve projects are already completed, further five will be finished at the end of
2007, and five projects will continue till 2008. It could be shown, that a life-long
exposure with GSM and UMTS signals does not influence the survival and the
262 B. Pophof et al. / Finishing the German Mobile Telecommunication Research Programme (DMF)
incidence of lymphoma in a mice stock especially susceptible to lymphoma (AKR-

mice). The melatonin hypothesis, claiming that ELF as well as HF electromagnetic
fields result in decreased melatonin levels, could not be confirmed during
investigations on explanted pineal organs of hamsters. Electrophysiological
experiments on single cells of the acoustic and visual system did not show any acute
adverse effects of the GSM and UMTS signal. Concerning sleep quality, it could be
shown that electromagnetic fields of mobile phones have no influence on various
visually scored sleep parameters. Furthermore, shielding measures do not improve
sleep quality of electrohypersensitive persons claiming to suffer from sleep
disturbances resulting from electromagnetic fields of mobile phone base stations, if
applied in a blinded design. Electrohypersensitive persons are a very heterogeneous
group and cannot be described by a simple model. In transcranial magnetic stimulation
they displayed a diminished ability to differentiate the sham from the magnetic pulse
due to their high false alarm rate.
Epidemiology
Eight epidemiological projects are performed covering about 18% of the financial
volume of the DMF. Five projects are finished, two more will be completed at the end
of 2007, and one will continue until 2008. A pilot study has shown, that an
occupational cohort study on persons highly exposed to HF EMFs is not feasible due to
several methodological issues. In order to test whether Germany can participate in the
planned international cohort study on mobile phone users (COSMOS), a pilot study
was conducted. In principal the feasibility of such a study was successfully
demonstrated. Yet, a major limitation was the low response rate of about 5% only. The
effort necessary to recruit around 50.000 mobile phone users in Germany would be
enormous and is not practicable within the DMF. The German part of the
INTERPHONE study is finished, the results of the evaluation of the internationally
pooled data are expected soon. Preliminary results from the single countries showed no
increased risk for brain cancer due to a regular use of mobile phones for up to 10 years.
Two epidemiological studies on children are still performed a case-control study on
childhood leukemia in relation to powerful radio and TV transmitters, and a cross-
sectional study on acute health effects due to mobile telecommunication. In addition a
cross-sectional study on adverse health effects in the vicinity of mobile phone base
stations among adults has already been finished. Both cross-sectional studies used
personal dosimeters to assess the exposure.
Risk Communication
All seven projects concerned with risk perception and some other social aspects of
mobile communication, covering about 8 % of the financial volume of the DMF, are
already finished. EMF-Portal - a new information system on scientific results regarding
high and low frequency electromagnetic fields - is available online in German and
English on the web site www.emf-portal.de. The results of an analysis of target groups
show, that different population groups are differentially worried about possible health
effects of electromagnetic fields. Five different target groups have been identified
based on their concern about possible health effects of mobile phones and their use of
mobile phones, as well as their specific information needs. The specific information
needs and sociodemografic as well as psychological characteristics of
B. Pophof et al. / Finishing the German Mobile Telecommunication Research Programme (DMF) 263
electrohypersensitive persons were especially considered in a separate project. Annual

surveys carried out since 2003 have shown, that the concern, the impairment, and the
need for information remained constant over the years. About 9 % of the persons
questioned claimed to have already experienced adverse health effects due to
electromagnetic fields of mobile communications. Furthermore, based on the
knowledge on public awareness and effects of information and communication
activities recommendations were made how the design of information and
communication activities could be optimized.
Conclusions
A large portion of the projects of the DMF is already finished or just being completed
at the end of 2007. To provide a scientific discussion of all results of the DMF in the
international context, single thematic topics were presented internationally in scientific
workshops and discussed with national and international experts. The workshop with
the topic dosimetry was performed in July 2006, the workshop with the topic risk
communication in October 2006. The biological and epidemiological projects were
combined in three workshops with the topics Acute health effects in December 2006,
Action mechanisms in May 2007 and Long-term effects in October 2007. A final
evaluation of the combined national and international research on the possible health
effects of high frequency electromagnetic fields within and outside of DMF is planned
in the form of an international scientific conference in June 2008. The results will form
the base for risk assessment and communication.
IOS Press, 2008
The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound

on SAR Values of RF Phones
Igor V. SMIRNOV
Global Quantech, Inc, U.S.A., igor@gqusa.com
Abstract The results of detailed investigation regarding the ability of defined

MRET polymer compound applied to RF phones to increase the dielectric
permittivity of water based solutions and to reduce the SAR (Specific Absorption
Rate) values inside the phantom head filled with the jelly simulating muscle and
brain tissues are presented. MRET polymer generates specific subtle, low
frequency, non-coherent electromagnetic oscillations (optimal random field) that
can affect the hydrogen lattice of the molecular structure of water and
subsequently modify the electrodynamic properties of water and leads to the
reduction of the absorption rate of electromagnetic field by living tissue.
Keywords: SAR values, MRET polymer, dielectric permittivity, electrical

conductivity, piezoelectricity, microwave radiation.
1. Theoretical Concepts
The epoxy polar polymer material is a good example presenting all qualities of
volumetric fractal matrix. A number of studies show that external electromagnetic field
can affect local orientations and phase transitions in polymer crystalline systems of
longitudinal chains. Polar polymers possess comparatively low values of relative
dielectric permittivity (3-15) which means that macromolecules in the molecular
structure of these polymers can be easily displaced by external electromagnetic force.
Subsequently the external electromagnetic field can seriously modify the local
orientation order of the system and affect phase transition parameters and dielectric
properties of the polymer compound. The orientation of the polar groups in
electromagnetic field affects the backbone orientation and determines the resulting
anisotropy of crystalline structure of epoxy polymer introduced to electromagnetic field.
The external electromagnetic field generates an excitation in crystalline structures
of the polymer compound. The existence of orientations and phase transitions in
crystalline systems of epoxy polymer introduced to external electromagnetic field leads
to the origination of subsequent relaxation and strain phases in macromolecular
structures that induces the phenomenon of piezoelectricity. Piezoelectricity is the
electrical response of a material to the change of pressure in molecular structures of
polymer compound. It can only be observed in materials having a non centre-
symmetrical structure and elastic properties. Both properties can be found in polar
polymer compounds.
The introduction of foreign agents (substances) in the parent lattice of epoxy
polymer leads to the effect of superimposed periodicity and, as a result, develops
modulated crystalline structures with specific fractal microstructure, phase transition,
I.V. Smirnov / The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound on SAR Values of RF Phones 265
network topology and polarity. It is a basic concept of MRET polymer compound

covered by US Patent No: 6369399, April 2002. Due to the fractal structures of MRET
polymer compound and the phenomenon of piezoelectricity this polymer generates
subtle, low frequency, non-coherent electromagnetic field (noise field) that can affect
the hydrogen lattice of the molecular structure of water and subsequently modify the
electrodynamic properties of water. Such resonance interaction, including both a
spatial resonance and a resonance of the oscillating frequency of microscopic orbital
currents of protons in water-molecular hexagons, leads to the process of deviation from
the stochiometric composition of water and to the reorganization of water clathrate
structures with minimum input of energy.
Taking into consideration the scientific fact that living tissue such as muscle and
brain tissues are composed of 70 90% of water, it is possible to admit that the
application of MRET polymer compound to RF phones may compensate for the
possible biological effect related to the absorption of electromagnetic radiation by
human body tissues [Moulton, 2006]. It is well known scientific fact that microwave
radiation can penetrate into the living tissues at the depth of 0.3mm 300 mm
depending on the power and intensity of the radiation. The high frequency microwave
oscillations of RF phones are a perfect carrier for the low frequency signals generated
by MRET polymer material. The interaction of such composed electromagnetic field
with molecular structure of cell water may lead to the modification of dielectric
permittivity and electrical conductivity of cell water, and finally to the reduction of the
absorption rate of electromagnetic field by living tissue.
The mathematical concept and calculations are presented below. Specific
Absorption Rate is defined as the time derivation (rate) of the incremental energy (dW)
absorbed by an incremental mass (dm) contained in a volume element (dv) of a given
density (p):
d dW d dW
SAR = =
dt dm dt pdv
(1)
There is a direct correlation between the absorption of non-ionizing electromagnetic

radiation by the exposed tissue and the magnitude of the electric component of the field
applied to the tissue. Specific Absorption Rate can be related to the electric field at a
point by:
2
E
SAR = (2)
p
where conductivity of the tissue (S/m); p mass density of

the tissue (kg/m3); E electric field strength (V/m).
266 I.V. Smirnov / The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound on SAR Values of RF Phones
The equation for the electric field strength at the point in space which is distant from
the source of electromagnetic radiation is the following:
E (r ) = q 4 r 2 (3)
where q electrical charge (V); dielectric permittivity (F/m);

r distance from the source of electromagnetic radiation (m).
According to the standard methodology for SAR measurements for the phantom head
[IEEE Standard 1528-2003], the electrical conductivity () of simulated brain tissue
(hydroxethylcellullose gelling agent) and mass density of the simulated tissue (p) are
considered to be a constant. Considering this fact it is possible to conclude that any
modifications of the measured SAR values have a direct correlation with the
modifications of the measured electric field strength magnitudes. It is a scientifically
proven fact that low frequency electromagnetic field can dramatically affect the
dielectric permittivity and electrical conductivity of water and water based solutions.
Particularly, the scientists of Novocontrol Technologies GmbH & Co. KG
(http://www.novocontrol.com) provide the following results for measurements of
electrodynamic characteristics of water when the body of water is exposed to the wide
range of electromagnetic oscillations (Fig 1).
2. Electrodynamic Characteristics of Water
Fig 1. The relative dielectric permittivity of water significantly increases from 80 up to 108 and electrical
conductivity of water samples decreases up to 10 times in the frequency range of 0.1 1000 Hz.
Measurements were conducted on the samples of deionized and tap water in measurement units with different
size (length and diameter) at 20C.
I.V. Smirnov / The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound on SAR Values of RF Phones 267
In the range of low frequencies of 0.1 1000 Hz the relative dielectric permittivity
of water increases from its regular value of 80 up to 108, and electrical conductivity
decreases up to 10 times. Taking into consideration that MRET polymer compound
generates low frequency oscillations, it is reasonable to admit that these specific signals
can affect the electrodynamic characteristics of the water based jelly in the phantom
head slightly increasing the dielectric permittivity () and decreasing the conductivity
() of hydroxethylcellullose jelling agent. Subsequently the increase of dielectric
permittivity () leads to the decrease of the strength of electric field (E) inside the
phantom head in compliance with equation (3) and to the decrease of SAR values in
compliance with the equation (2).
In compliance with the equation (2) the decrease of electrical conductivity () of
the simulating tissue jelly should lead to the additional decrease of SAR values, but it is
not reflected in this test results due to the standard methodology of SAR test [IEEE
Standard 1528-2003]. According to the standard methodology only the electric field
magnitudes are measured by the probe and the value of conductivity of the water based
jelly is measured before each test and considered to be a constant during the
computerized calculation of SAR values.
3. Experimental Data
The research data provide evidence that the incorporation of 180 mg of MRET
polymeric material in the RF phones in this experiment does not change location of
Hot Spot. The Hot Spots remain in the same location as without the MRET
polymer and their amplitudes decrease in 90% of data points (Fig.2) [Smirnov, 2006].
NO MRET polymer material Applied MRET polymer material
Fig 2: Hot Spot Area Scan Diagrams; Phone Model: LG VX6000; Frequency: 1900.00 MHz; Max.
Transmitted Power: 0.256 W; Phantom data: APREL-SAM Left Ear; Probe Sensitivity:
1.20 1.20 1.20 V/ (V/m)2.
268 I.V. Smirnov / The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound on SAR Values of RF Phones
Conclusions
The application of MRET polymer to RF phones does not significantly affect the air
measurements of RF phone signals and subsequently does not lead to any significant
distortion of transmitted RF signals. In each experiment SAR values were measured in
242 points of phantom head. The incorporation of 180 mg of MRET polymer
material in the RF phones showed that Hot Spots remained in the same location as
without the MRET polymer and their amplitudes decreased in 90% of data points. In
70% of data points was observed the significant decrease of SAR values in the range of
10% to 60%. The incorporation of MRET polymeric material in the RF phones leads to
the reduction of the majority of SAR values: 19 SAR values out of 20 meaningful SAR
values in this experiment were reduced in the range of 0.3% - 29.0%, and only 1 SAR
value increased by 0.6%. The reduction of SAR values calculated on the basis of E-
field probe measurements inside the phantom head confirms that the subtle low
frequency oscillations generated by MRET polymer material actually increase the value
of dielectric permittivity of the simulating brain tissue jelly resulting in the reduction of
SAR values in the phantom head.
References
[1] I.V. Smirnov, (2006)Polymer Material Providing Compatibility between Technologically Originated
EMR and Biological Systems Explore, Vol.15, No 4, pp 26-32
[2] IEEE Standard 1528-2003, IEEE recommended Practice for determining the Peak-Spatial Average
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) in the Human Head from Wireless Communication Devices:
Measurement Techniques, October 2003
[3] J.M. Moulton, (2006)R&D Testing SAR Evaluation, Test Report No: R&D 20060601 RF Exposure
Lab, Escondido, California, pp 1-125
IOS Press, 2008
Assessment of the Results of Tightening

the Regulations in the Scope of Protecting
the Environment against the Effects of
Electromagnetic Fields with a Frequency
of 50 Hz
Marek SZUBA1
Institute of Electrical Power Engineering
Wroclaw University of Technology
Abstract. Scientific research shows a number of biological effects on living

organisms exposed to electromagnetic fields with levels similar to those produced
by high voltage overhead power lines. As a consequence, a number of countries
introduced standards, regulations or recommendations restricting levels of both
electric and magnetic fields from overhead power lines. Most of the countries
established an acceptable level of the magnetic component of the electromagnetic
field at the level close to the 80 A/m but number of countries introduced special
restrictions in residential areas in proximity to newly constructed power lines.
Lowering the acceptable level of the intensity of the magnetic field will have great
economic and financial impact. The effects of more strict regulations regarding
protection from the effects of the magnetic 50 Hz field by lowering of the
magnetic field levels may be grouped into three categories: technical effects, space
and landscape implications and financial impact. The lowering of the maximum
acceptable level of the magnetic field will require changes to the structure of new
power lines and modifications to the existing power lines, especially those
effecting highly dense residential areas. In most cases it will be necessary to
replace overhead power lines with underground cables. With existing overhead
lines, lowering of the acceptable levels to 0,1-0,2 A/m, will extend the width of the
zone along the power line with restrictions to constructing residential housing
including hospitals, kindergartens, schools etc. Financial effects of those changes
are difficult to evaluate at present. Considering the 50,000 km of overhead power
lines currently in use in Poland with voltage 110 kV and higher, it could be
expected that those costs will be substantial.
Introduction
Environmental impact of electromagnetic fields generated by overhead lines and other

electrical systems is a problem that for many years has been the centre of attention
for researchers. The researches conducted so far disclosed numerous biological effects
1
Address: Institute of Electrical Power Engineering, Wroclaw University of Technology,
WybrzeeWyspiaskiego Street 27, 50-370 Wrocaw, Poland, E-mail: marek.szuba@pwr.wroc.pl
270 M. Szuba / Protecting the Environment Against the Effects of Electromagnetic Fields
that can occur in living organisms exposed to the action of electromagnetic fields with
the levels similar to those occurring in the vicinity of high-voltage overhead lines. In
connection with this fact, many countries introduced the standards, regulations or
recommendations limiting the levels of electric and magnetic fields in the environment.
Such limits aim at protecting human health against the effects of long exposure to, first
of all, the magnetic component of the field. In most countries, permissible values of the
magnetic component of the field are close to 80 A/m, i.e. the level recommended by the
European Union [1]; however, as it is indicated by recent analyses [2], much lower
values are recommended in some countries.
A deeper analysis of this subject indicates slow but systematic tightening of the
regulations on health protection against the impact of electromagnetic fields with a
frequency of 50 Hz. This gives rise to the questions concerning the prospects of
development and modernization of the national transmission and distribution grid,
facilities of which are the basic source of the electromagnetic field with a frequency of
50 Hz.
1. Development of the Transmission and Distribution Grid Needs and

Difficulties in Implementation
The Energy Law Act [3] imposes the obligation of ensuring energy security on the
companies dealing with the transmission and distribution of energy carriers, and also
obliges them to supply electricity to individual customers countrywide. Development
plans prepared by power companies in the scope of supplying energy carriers must take
into account the needs of satisfying demand for electricity in all regions of the country,
considering the current and future allocation of its sources. In order to satisfy demand
of individual regions for electricity, which increases every year by approx. 4-5%, the
expansion of the existing power infrastructure is necessary. This concerns, first of all,
overhead power lines with a voltage of 110, 220 and 400 kV, however, expansion of
the lines and stations with the highest voltage (220 and 400 kV) is the most urgent task.
Figure 1. The length of 220 kV and 400 kV overhead lines per 1000 km2 of the area in various European
countries.
M. Szuba / Protecting the Environment Against the Effects of Electromagnetic Fields 271
This apparent fact was noticed a long time ago by highly industrialized countries
whose power transmission grid is currently much better developed than that in Poland
(Fig. 1).
Unfortunately, the currently effective laws are not conducive to implementation of
investment projects in the scope of power lines, and thus are a considerable obstacle for
development and expansion of technical infrastructure. However, apart from the
administrative barrier, a new, equally serious obstacle in construction of highest-
voltage power lines may occur. This barrier lies in the anticipated change in regulations
on protection against the effects of electromagnetic fields generated by power facilities.
Such trends have been observed for several years in various countries, first of all,
thanks to reports on possible adverse effects on human health from long action of
magnetic fields, generated, among other things, by high-voltage overhead lines.
Considering the fact that at present over 12 000 km of overhead lines with a voltage of
220 and 400 kV are in service, the signals coming from different scientific
communities about purposefulness of tightening the regulations in the scope of
protection against 50 Hz fields must cause very serious anxiety.
The results of one of the largest epidemiological investigations, carried out by G.
Draper [4], as well as the report from so called SAGE project (Stakeholder Advisory
Group on ELF EMFs. Precautionary approaches to ELF EMFs [5]) were particularly
alarming. These reports, supported to a certain extent by a group of scientists in so
called Benevento Resolution [6], makes us to consider potential effects of a
considerable decrease in permissible levels of electromagnetic fields, particularly those
generated by high-voltage overhead lines.
2. What Are Safe Values of the Intensity of the Magnetic Field with a
Frequency of 50 Hz
Although the results of the aforementioned epidemiological experiment [4] have been
many times subjected to detailed critical analysis, the most important conclusions
resulting from the performed investigations can be compiled in the following items:
there is a relationship between high incidence of leukaemia in children and a
distance of the place of their birth and residence from high-voltage overhead
lines,
if such a relationship is recognised as a cause-and-effect relationship, then
approximately 1% of all cases of leukaemia in children living in England and
Wales can be attributed to staying within the magnetic field generated by
high-voltage overhead lines,
increased risk of incidence of leukaemia in children occurs in a distance up to
approx. 600 m from an overhead line; this effect does not occur in greater
distances from a line,
the magnetic field intensity, at which adverse health effects are no longer
observed, can be assumed as a value from the range of 0.15-0.25 A/m,
the evaluation carried out within the analysed investigations has considerable
statistical uncertainty.
The data included in many studies, which present magnetic field distributions in the
vicinity of overhead lines in England and Wales, do not correlate with the information
concerning the aforementioned distance (about 600 m) and related value of the
magnetic field intensity (0.15 0.25 A/m) included in the work [4]. The work [5]
indicates that in the vicinity of typical 275 kV and 400 kV overhead lines operated by
Britons, the magnetic field intensity is lower than 0.32 A/m already at a distance of
approx. 60 m from the line axis. Only in exceptional conditions (maximum load or
asymmetric load of a power line), the aforementioned values occur in a distance up to
approx. 150 m from the line axis. Despite these inaccuracies, it is worth trying to
evaluate the level of the magnetic field, which, according to the data included in
Drapers report, is recognized as "safe. From the technical - and actually - economic
point of view, it is important to determine a relationship between the safe value of
the magnetic field and the distance of the source of the field (overhead line) from
residential buildings. This issue seems to be so important, because - according to
supporters of tightening the regulations on protection against the effects of the fields -
closer vicinity of the line will mean increased hazard from the magnetic field.
From the technical point of view, the problem comes down to determining
magnetic field intensity distributions up to the distance of several hundred meters from
typical high- voltage overhead lines. It should be demonstrated what magnetic field
levels are encountered by people nearly every day, and these values should be
compared with the magnetic field occurring in a distance of several hundred meters
from high-voltage overhead lines. This issue was discussed in detail in the work [7],
and its results indicate that:
in each analysed power supply system, the magnetic field intensity decreases
rapidly along with increasing distance from the source of the field,
magnetic field intensity in the range from 0.15 A/m to 0.25 A/m is recorded:
at a distance of 100-400 m from a 2-circuit 400 kV overhead line, under
the most unfavourable operating conditions,
at a distance of 300-500 m from a 1-circuit 400 kV overhead line, under
the most unfavourable operating conditions,
at a distance of approx. 200-300 m from a multi-circuit 2x400 kV +
2x220 kV overhead line, under the most unfavourable operating
conditions,
at a distance of approx. 30-50 m from a 1-circuit, medium voltage (15
kV) overhead line, at a typical load for this type of lines,
at a distance of approx. 5-10 m from a low voltage (0.4/0.23 kV)
overhead line supported on brackets located on the faade of a building, at
a typical load for this type of lines,
The results of the analyses indicate that a significant percentage of the society making
use of electricity is in contact with such type of hazard, if the thesis about harmful
health effects of 50 Hz magnetic fields with the levels of 0.15 0.25 A/m is true
Fortunately, domestic statistics of incidence of diseases monitored in Drapers
investigations [4] as well as the data published in Sweden [8], where this problem is
examined exceptionally thoroughly, do not confirm this thesis.
3. Potential Consequences of Tightening the Regulations on Protection against the

Effects of Electromagnetic Fields with a Frequency of 50 Hz
Despite the fact that regulations, standards or recommendations in the scope of

protection against the effects of 50 Hz magnetic fields, based on the Council
Recommendation [1], are in force in most European countries, in certain countries, and
sometimes only in selected regions of a given country, it is recommended to apply
much lower values. This concerns such countries as Slovenia, Sweden, Switzerland or
Italy, where the recommendations limiting occurrence of 50 Hz magnetic fields in the
environment apply to construction of new power facilities, and first of all - overhead
power lines. These problems were characterized more broadly in the work [9], where
permissible values of magnetic fields, recommended for use in various countries, were
given, as well as the philosophy of introducing the aforementioned field level limits
was indicated.
Before presenting the potential consequences of tightening the domestic
regulations on protection against the effects of 50 Hz magnetic fields, it is worth paying
attention to the scale of potential threat to people, particularly to children, living in the
vicinity of high-voltage overhead lines. Assessment of their potential exposure
requires, first of all, determining the number of houses (apartments) located in the
vicinity of high-voltage overhead lines, and isolating those, in which the children aged
0-14 years live. The assessments indicate that in Poland, percentage of houses
(apartments) located in the vicinity of the high-voltage lines, in which magnetic field
intensity exceeds the level of approx. 0.25 A/m (the level indicated in the work of G.
Draper, above which increased incidence of leukaemia in children is observed), is
within the range from 0.3 to 0.5%. Taking for consideration average European
standards of annual rate of incidence of leukaemia in children (1 case per 200,000/year)
and estimated number of children exposed to the effects of the magnetic field with the
values exceeding 0.25 A/m (percentage of apartments 0.5%), it can be established
that in Poland, an increase in incidence of leukaemia in children if any, would be 1-2
cases a year, at the maximum. If this increase is assumed as inadmissible, then the only
preventive measure would be a change in the currently valid regulations on protection
against the effects of electromagnetic fields [10]. In these regulations, instead of the
currently valid permissible value of 60 A/m a maximum level of approx. 0.25 A/m
should be accepted. However, as it will be demonstrated, the consequences of such
changes would be very serious.
Such a substantial decrease in the level of permissible magnetic field intensity in
the areas, where residential buildings are located, and in the areas earmarked for
construction of residential buildings, is not attainable through applying special
technical solutions for construction of power lines. Replacement of the overhead power
lines made in traditional technology with the lines on compact supports allows
reducing the intensity of the magnetic field by approx. 60%. Increasing the height of
supporting structures, recognized as one of the most effective methods of reducing
magnetic field intensity, would be a very costly measure and would considerably
deteriorate the landscape. Replacement of overhead lines with cable systems, although
very effective, would provide excessive financial burden for each power company, not
only in Poland. That is because of the fact that the cost of constructing a 400 kV cable
line is approx. 10-20 times as high as the cost of the overhead line with the same
transmission capacity.
In consequence, the only possible solution is exclusion of the areas neighbouring
with an overhead line from the building function (residential buildings). Although such
measure is possible from the formal and legal point of view, the cost of such actions
would be very high. It can be estimated that at construction of a 100 km section of a
400 kV line, which on the length of 10 km, runs through the areas that can be allocated
for residential buildings, the costs of compensations for obtaining easement
appurtenant will be approx. PLN 265 million (assuming the price for 1m2 of the land at
the level of PLN 50). The estimation was performed under the assumption that the
width of the area excluded from construction of residential buildings will be 2x300 m,
while at currently effective regulations - this width is 2x35 m.
Attention should be paid to the fact that, in case of adapting the regulations
tightened to such significant extent to the current situation, it will be necessary to
exclude large areas from the residential function. Rough estimations indicate that the
area of the land around existing and currently operated overhead lines, which would be
excluded from construction of residential buildings, will be:
approx. 5,760 km2 in the vicinity of a 400 kV line, under assumption that the
field with the levels exceeding 0.25 A/m occurs along the line, within a strip
with a width of 1200 m (2 x 600 m),
approx. 6,400 km2 in the vicinity of a 220 kV line, under assumption that the
field with the levels exceeding 0.25 A/m occurs along the line, within a strip
with a width of 800 m (2 x 400 m),
approx. 12,800 km2 in the vicinity of a 110 kV line, under assumption that
the field with the levels exceeding 0.25 A/m occurs along the line, within a
strip with a width of 400 m (2 x 200 m),
which gives a considerable area of nearly 25,000 km2 (approx. 8% of the area of the
country).
Although it is possible to imagine construction of new transmission and
distribution systems, which will bypass areas with residential buildings, there is no
doubt that the costs of constructing such infrastructure will be several dozen times
higher than currently. Whereas, it is difficult to imagine the costs of possible rebuilding
of the existing distribution systems in order to adapt them to the requirements
suggested in the work [4]. Attention should be paid to the fact that the considerations
presented above, including potential effects of accepting the permissible level of
magnetic field as approx. 0.25 A/m, concerned solely the issue of the residential
buildings located in the vicinity of high-voltage overhead lines (400, 220 and 110 kV)
operated currently in Poland. The need of comprehensive approach to the problem is
the reason that other situations of exposure should also be identified. This includes the
situations, where people also children are exposed to staying within the magnetic
fields with the intensity exceeding the level of 0.25 A/m. As it is indicated in the data
from the literature [11], the fields with just such levels can occur, inter alia:
at a distance of approx. 35 m from a 1-circuit medium voltage (15 kV)
overhead line, at a typical load for this type of lines,
at a distance of approx. 8-40 m from a low voltage (0.4/0.23 kV) overhead
line supported on brackets located on the faade of a building, at a typical load
for this type of lines.
The population staying within these fields has not been determined quantitatively so
far, even roughly. If the suggestions contained in the Drapers report [4] are
accepted, also this group of people, which seems rather numerous, would be
considerably exposed to the increased risk of falling ill with certain, rare types of
tumours.
When analysing the problem more broadly, it can be found that 50 Hz magnetic
fields with the levels exceeding 0.25 A/m also occur in the vicinity of many electrical
appliances commonly used in households. Although the exposure to such fields cannot
be defined as long (continuous) exposure, possible health effects occurring in

consequence of use of such appliances should be examined thoroughly.
References
[1] Council Recommendation of July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to
electromagnetic fields: 0 Hz to 300 GHz. 1999/519/EC.
[2] EMF Exposure Standards Applicable in Europe and Elsewhere. Environment & Society Group.
Eurelectric, March 2006, Ref: 2006-450-0006.
[3] Act of 10 April 1997 - Energy law. Consolidated text: Journal of Laws: Dz.U. from 2006, No 89, item
625 as amended: Journal of Laws: Dz. U. from 2006, No 104, item 708,No 158, item 1123 and No 170,
item 1217, from 2007, Nr 21, poz. 124 and No 52, item 243.
[4] Draper G., Vincent T., Kroll M.E., Swanson J., Childhood cancer in relation to distance from high
voltage power lines in England and Wales: a case-control study, BMJ, Jun 2005, Vol. 330, p. 1290.
[5] Stakeholder Advisory Group on ELF EMFs (SAGE). Precautionary approaches to ELF EMFs. First
Interim Assessment: Power Lines and Property, Wiring in Homes, and Electrical Equipment in Homes.
RK Partnership Ltd. 27.04.2007.
[6] Benevento Resolution. Internet address: http://www.icems.eu/docs/BeneventoResolution.pdf
[7] Habrych M., Jaworski M., Szuba M.: Wzajemna odlego pomidzy budynkami mieszkalnymi a
liniami napowietrznymi wysokiego, redniego i niskiego napicia rnych typw w aspekcie
oddziaywania pola magnetycznego. Elektro-Info, No 3 from 2006, p. 106-108.
[8] Low-frequency electrical and magnetic fields: The precautionary principle for national authorities.
Guidance for decision-makers. The Swedish National Board of Occupational Safety and Health.
[9] Szuba M.: Ochrona przed oddziaywaniem pl elektromagnetycznych 50 Hz w wietle postulowanych
zmian w przepisach. Materials from ELSAF 2007 Conference (in press).
[10] Regulation of the Minister of Environmental Protection dated 30 October 2003 on permissible levels of
electromagnetic fields in the environment and methods of controlling the observance of such levels.
Journal of Laws: Dz. U. No 192, item 1883.
[11] Guide: Linie i stacje elektroenergetyczne w rodowisku czowieka. Collective work edited by M.
Szuba. Edition 3, Publication commissioned by PSE S.A. to Biuro Konsultingowo- Inynierskie "EKO-
MARK, Wrocaw 2005.
IOS Press, 2008
Author Index
Agayev, T.M. 86 Guarnieri, M. 151
Aleixo, I. 67 Guneser, C. 53
Almeida, G. 67 Hayakawa, T. 122
Alotto, P. 151 Hernndez, G. 38
Anioczyk, H. 27 Hoang, L.H. 221
Aponte, G. 162 Hori, T. 116
Asmuss, M. 260 Ikehata, M. 122
Baldermann, C. 260 Ishihara, Y. 116, 207
Brtolo, M.J. 67 Janiak, M. 98
Bauer, E.B. 110 Kos-Kudla, B. 72
Bednarek, K. 32 Krawczyk, A. v, 3, 79, 157, 207,
Bergeron, R. 110 249, 255
Bienkowski, P. 229 Kreuzer, M. 260
Botelho, M.F. 67 Kubacki, R. v, 98, 126
Botoc, M. 105 Lemos Antunes, C. v, 168, 176
Burais, N. 221 Lewicki, F. 244
Byliniak, A. 3 Lisiecka-Bieanowicz, M. 249
Cadavid, H. 162 Lopes, M.C. 67
Cardoso, J.R. 47 Lucca, G. 188
Carreira, I. 67 Ludwiczuk, R. 198
Castro, J. 67 Lusawa, A. 249
Ceclio, J. 168, 176 Marques, J. 67
Cheda, A. 98 Martnez, M. 43
Cieslar, G. 72 Matsumoto, S. 122
Ciosk, K. 157 Matthes, R. 260
Cordeiro, R. 67 McIntosh, R.L. 213
Costa, R. 67 McKenzie, R.J. 213
Creang, D.E. 142 Mekhdiyev, A.A. 86
Dabala, D. 105 Miaskowski, A. 207
Dbrowski, M.P. 98 Miclu, S. 105, 133, 142
Dahle, M. 110 Mikolajczak, P. 198
Dehos, A. 260 Moro, F. 151
Dniz, F. 38, 43 Nakajima, M. 116
Daz, F. 38, 43 Neves, L. 67
Dimitrova, S. 238 Nicolas, A. 221
Duraj, A. 79 Nowosielska, E. 98
Enge, J. 110 Panakhova, E.N. 86
Escobar, A. 162 Pereira Filho, M.L. 47
Estacio, J. 162 Pinto, M. 67
Ferreira, C. 67 Plawiak-Mowna, A. 255
Fleming, A.H.J. 18, 110 Ponecki, P. 92
Fujiwara, K. 116 Plzl, C. 260
Geschwentner, D. 260 Pophof, B. 260
278
Pulido, A. 43 Surcel, D. 105

Rcuciu, M. 133, 142 Suzuki, Y. 122
Rolo, I. 67 Szanto, C. 105
Rotaru, O. 105 Szmigielski, S. 98
Rysz, A. 92 Szmuro, R. 92
Sadiyeva, A.A. 86 Szuba, M. 269
Sahin, O. 53 Szymanski, Z. 58
Santos, A.C. 67 Tavares, H. 67
Sauren, M. 213 Toader, S. 105
Sawicki, B. 92 Todaka, T. 116
Scorretti, R. 221 Turri, R. 151
Sdek, E. 126 Ueno, S. 8
Sekerci Oztura, H. 53 Valente, H. 168, 176
Sieron, A. 72 Wac-Wlodarczyk, A. 207
Smirnov, I.V. 264 Wiak, S. v
Sobiech, J. 126 Wincenciak, S. 92
Sowa, P. 72 Wrembel-Wargocka, J. 98
Stankiewicz, W. 98 Yoshie, S. 122
Starzyski, J. 92 Ziegelberger, G. 260

Ehe 07

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ehe 07

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electromagnetic Field, Health and

Amsterdam Berlin Oxford Tokyo Washington, DC

Distributor in the UK and Ireland Distributor in the USA and Canada

PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz on His

Chapter 1. Electromagnetic Field and Environment

Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz 300 GHz

Chapter 2. Electromagnetic Field and Health

Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures 67

Chapter 3. Electromagnetic Field and Biology

Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to Electromagnetic

Non-Thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects on Vegetal Tissue

Chapter 4. Computer Simulation in Bioelectromagnetics

Three-Dimensional Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting

Chapter 5. Electromagnetic Field in Standards and Policy

Electromagnetic Fields Measurements Methods and Accuracy Estimation 229

Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation 244

Author Index 277

Some Remarks on Life and Achievements

Abstract. In this paper a biographical draft of an eminent German physicist,

Keywords. Heinrich Rudolph Hertz, electromagnetic wave, wireless

It seems to be an undisputable fact that Heinrich Hertz (1857-1894), a German scientist

Figure 1. Heinrich Rudolph Hertz

As a schoolboy he had already revealed a distinguishing capabilities not only in

Figure 2 Title page of Hertzs doctors dissertation

Maxwells theoretical considerations on electromagnetic field. In his laboratory Hertz

Figure 3 Hertzs experiment: up setup, down - scheme

2. Death and afterwards

Figure 4 Hertzs grave and his signature

Heinrich Hertzs experiments confirmed the existence of electromagnetic waves

New Horizon in Biomagnetics and

Abstract. New developments in the fields of biomagnetics and bioimaging have

Keywords. electromagnetic field, biomagnetism, magnetotherapy, magnetic

Biomagnetics is a multidisciplinary research field that studies the interactions between

of the Heart ( =1ms)

Frequency of Magnetic Field

1. Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation

In transcranial magnetic stimulation a pulse of a strong magnetic field is used to

Figure 2: Basic principles of magnetic stimulation using a figure-eight

Recently, repetitive TMS (rTMS) has also become an increasingly important

3. Magnetic Resonance Imaging

Estimation of conductivity distributions in the brain is essential for various analyses in

ii) To obtain a conductivity-enhanced images at an arbitrary frequency, an additional

Figure 3: Color map of the conductivity in the brain as measured by the

4. Magnetic Cancer Therapy

From the combination of nanotechnology and magnetism aroused the original

Figure 4: Scanning electron micrographs of the cell/bead/antibody

5. Magnetic Control of Cell Orientation

When diamagnetic materials such as fibrin, collagen, osteoblasts, epithelial, Schwann

Figure 5: Magnetic orientation of biological macromolecules and cells

[1] S. Ueno, IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. 18 (1999), pp. 108-120.

Abstract. Self-field theory (SFT) provides deterministic eigensolutions to the

Keywords. Self-field theory, quantum field theory, Planck's constant, fine

in nature. It is also assumed to move in two orthogonal directions. This leads to

where, m = 1,2,3... n = 2,3,4... The photon Rydberg number

is a photon-specific function of mass and charge. These frequencies may be related to

2. Mass of the Photon

3. Discussion: The Role of the Photon in Microbiology

Supervision of State System of Protection

Keywords. electromagnetic field, system of monitoring exposure

In Poland, in 1970s, State System of Monitoring Electromagnetic Field Sources was

Eliminate and reduce unnecessary and excessive exposures to EMF in a

4. Organisations and Institutions Responsible for the Development and